It’s the sporting event that’s had the world gripped for over a month, but the FIFA World Cup finally drew to a close with Spain taking home the trophy after battling against Argentina in the final.

80,000 spectators gathered at MetLife Stadium in New York to watch the last match play out, with over 1 billion people tuning in via TV and livestreams – but it wasn’t the football that had everyone talking.

For the first time in World Cup history, a half-time show was included, mimicking the spectacle that operates similarly during the Super Bowl each year.

And with a list of performers longer than the list of yellow-carded Argentina players, reports have emerged that two of the iconic singers were locked in a behind-the-scenes feud that left organisers tearing their hair out.

Organised by Coldplay frontman Chris Martin, the performance exceeded football’s usual 15-minute half-time limit, taking just over 27 minutes, and replaced 96 years of tradition in the meantime.

Madonna kicked off the show, accompanied by former professional footballers Ronaldinho and Ronaldo, who drove her into the stadium on a buggy. Also on the line-up was the Muppets’ house band, the Electric Mayhem – minus their leader, Dr Teeth – performing the White Stripes’ classic, Seven Nation Army, along with BTS, performing Dynamite.

Arguably, the standout moment of the half-time show was Shakira and Burna Boy performing a version of World Cup track Dai Dai, and Coldplay then shared a song called Believe in Love alongside a children’s choir.

And after his historic Coachella headliner sets earlier this year, Justin Bieber was back on stage. The pop star, 32, belted out his now-viral track Everything Hallelujah.

The half-time line-up followed an already star-studded pre-match show, which saw Robbie Williams, Nicole Scherzinger, Jennifer Hudson, Laura Pausini, Swae Lee, Post Malone and iShowSpeed all perform, before Tom Cruise took to the stage with a heartfelt speech.

While there’s no doubt that the World Cup performances were stressful to organise, it’s been revealed that things took an even trickier turn behind-the-scenes, after a feud erupted between two pop icons.

Reports claim that Madonna, 67, was struggling to see eye-to-eye with Justin. The pair’s ideas about how they wanted the half-time performance to play out were wildly contrasting, with both determined to have their moment on stage.

'Neither wants to walk away feeling like they played second fiddle. Their different approaches have created real tension behind the scenes,' a source claimed.

Both singers had different points to prove at the half-time show. While Madonna is promoting her new dance album CONFESSIONS II, Justin is easing himself back into live performances, having returned to the stage earlier this year at the Grammys and Coachella – his first live performances since 2024.

And their creative outlooks couldn’t be further apart. The Material Girl singer is known for her risqué stage performances and ensures she puts on a show for fans, whether it be stunts and OTT outfits or kissing fellow performers on stage.

Justin takes a more laidback approach to his live performances nowadays. At Coachella, he sang with no dancers or backing singers and during one part, he performed with his old YouTube videos playing in the background from a MacBook.

And with his headliner sets having received mixed reviews, it’s claimed that the Baby singer had become set on playing the half-time show safe, with no possibility of backlash – something Madonna wasn’t on board with.

An insider told the Daily Mail, ‘Finding the balance between Madonna's instinct for spectacle and Justin's desire to play it straight has been the biggest challenge of the entire production. Madonna has no intention of being upstaged. If she feels he's steering things in a direction that's too safe, she won't be - and hasn't been - shy about pushing back.'

And with the show being the first of its kind, Madonna’s expectations were high, sources say. 'She believes a stage this massive calls for something people will be talking about for years. In her mind, a World Cup Final performance should be unforgettable - not safe.'

This tug-of-war left Chris – who creatively directed the show – stuck in the middle, but insiders say the Coldplay frontman had a very clear vision and wasn’t prepared to let anything get in his way.

A source added, ‘His mindset is simple. Don’t overcomplicate it, don't take unnecessary risks, and absolutely don't have a performance that becomes a story for all the wrong reasons. He wants this to be about the music.’

While Madonna and Justin did opt for contrasting performance styles on the day, it seems things went off without a hitch, though reviews of the World Cup half-time spectacle were extremely mixed.

Despite the line-up of pop powerhouses, some were left disappointed by how it played out. Footballer-turned-pundit Wayne Rooney branded the show ‘crap’ when asked about it by the BBC’s Gabby Logan directly after the performance ended, and other reviews criticised the extension of football’s usual 15-minute half-time period, insisting it could’ve taken place prior to the game beginning.

“Just make it the preshow. I don’t know why they had to make it in the half-time break,” a fan said on X, as another added, “Just too long for no reason.”

However, some football fans applauded the introduction of a half-time show. “Ashamed to say it, I enjoyed the World Cup half-time show,” a football fan wrote, while someone else said, “I thought it was kind of nice, the production was top-notch.”

Oasis singer Liam Gallagher also had something to say on the performance, calling it a ‘bad trip’, but adding, ‘It’s a good job I’ve got my spiritual socks on or that halftime entertainment could have tipped me over the edge.’

It’s been an exciting time for Jeff Brazier, who became a first-time grandad in March when his youngest son Freddy welcomed his baby daughter, Isla Jade, with on/off girlfriend Holly Swinburn.

And now, the 47-year-old tells Closer how much he is loving this next chapter for his family. ‘I’m finding it to be the most wonderful experience that I’ve ever had,’ Jeff says.

‘There’s a different kind of love that you experience for a grandchild, you get to just hold them and just know that they’re so safe in your arms. And all of the lessons you’ve learned through being a parent yourself, and now you get to use all the best bits to make sure that this little girl knows how loved she is.’

Freddy’s journey into fatherhood has unfolded against the backdrop of a turbulent relationship with ex-girlfriend Holly. The couple first connected on TikTok in June last year and announced they were expecting a baby just two months later.

But by November, they had split after reports Freddy, 21, had partied with other girls at Holly’s home while she was away on holiday. He denied the claims, stating, ‘No orgy has been had in our flat.’ Although they briefly reunited around the time of Isla’s birth, the pair called time on their relationship again three months later.

Freddy – who Jeff shares with the late Jade Goody, as well as older son Bobby – has also spoken candidly about his past struggles with cannabis addiction, alleging his maternal grandmother Jackiey Budden introduced him to drugs when he was just 12. Jackiey has denied this. In March 2025, Jeff launched legal action to prevent Jackiey from contacting his youngest son over concerns for his wellbeing, but later withdrew the case after the pair reached a reconciliation.

Now, Jeff says he has been passing on the lessons he’s learned from his own parenting journey. ‘I wrote Freddy a letter as I wanted to express to him the things that are most important about being a parent,’ he tells Closer. ‘The main one was about being present. We think that we have to be the answer to everything and, actually, it’s impossible to be that.

‘We need to leave space for our children to problem solve. What your children go through is not a reflection of whether you’ve been a good or bad parent. A lot of the time you have to leave room for your kids to make mistakes and grow through the lessons.’

Jeff is also immensely proud of his eldest son, Bobby, 23, who followed him into showbiz with a role on BBC’s EastEnders before reaching the Strictly Come Dancing final in 2023. More recently, Bobby – who is also a model – has embraced the Hare Krishna faith and relocated to America. ‘Bob’s out in New York enjoying himself,’ Jeff tells us. ‘I was over there for the football and I got to spend a couple of days with him. He’s having a good time and plans to kind of stay out there for the foreseeable.’

He laughs, ‘I miss him, but also my home is really tidy now. But I love seeing him flourish and go and enjoy wonderful adventures.’

Away from fatherhood and grandfatherhood, Jeff has also navigated changes in his own personal life. Last November, the TV presenter announced his separation from his wife of seven years, PR executive Kate Dwyer, revealing they had quietly gone their separate ways earlier that summer. The couple, who met in 2013 and married in Portugal in 2018, had previously separated in late 2022 before reconciling.

Throughout life’s highs and lows, Jeff has remained open about his own mental health journey, even qualifying as a grief counsellor and life coach.

‘Authentic relationships are the ones that we should really be looking for, because that’s steeped in reality,’ he explains. ‘The power is in the sharing and in the receiving that you get from that and the connection it builds between you and whoever it is that you’re entrusted. There are so many benefits to speaking your truth.’

Jeff is currently working on the Let's Save Water campaign, championing caution over water usage – for both the environment and his children and grandchildren. ‘I’d rather be in the countryside than in London, because I value nature and the effect it has on mental health,’ he says. ‘I wouldn’t want to contribute to anything that means that these environments are going to struggle, and I don’t want my children and grandchildren to have to worry about how much more they’re allowed to use on a daily basis.’

She’s been loved up with boyfriend David Putman for three years, with the pair even sparking wedding rumours. But Alison Hammond tells Closer she has no plans to officially tie the knot – instead, she wants to celebrate their relationship with a big party.

‘I just don’t think I need to get married,’ the TV presenter shares. ‘I’ve got my man and I’m settled. I just want the big day, so I’m going to have a big summer party. I’d love a blessing and celebration of love. I’m going to have the beautiful dress, the band, food and drink, everything.’

And Alison – who has co-hosted This Morning every Friday alongside close friend Dermot O’Leary since January 2021 – reveals she’s already found a role for her TV partner on the big day. ‘Dermot keeps going on that he’s giving me away. He’s absolutely not giving me away,’ she laughs. ‘He can be the flower boy who comes down and scatters flowers on the floor at the blessing. That’s what he can do. My son is going to be giving me away.’

The broadcaster, who shares 21-year-old son Aidan with her ex Noureddine Boufaied, stands firm when it comes to rejecting traditional wedding arrangements. ‘If I marry someone, I want him to take my name,’ she explains. ‘Why does it have to be the other way round? I don’t want to be owned by anybody.’

Alison, 51, first met Russian model and masseuse David, 28, in 2023 after she booked him for a massage therapy session – and they have gone from strength to strength ever since.

Opening up about her dream date night with David, she admits it’s simply being in bed together. ‘Bedtime is just watching Love Island with cherries and some seaweed from Itsu. That is a night and a half for me. I’m in my element – him massaging my feet, you couldn’t get any better!’ she says.

And while Alison has found happiness in her own love life, she’s hoping the same is on the horizon for her close friend and This Morning co-star, Josie Gibson. The pair – who both found fame on Big Brother – have forged a strong friendship, and Alison tells Closer she’s rooting for 41-year-old Josie to find her perfect match. ‘I’d love for Josie to find the one,’ she admits. ‘I really want that for her. She’ll find the man when the time comes, it will come.’

As we chat to Alison, it’s clear that she’s in one of the happiest and healthiest places she’s ever been – both physically and mentally.

But the presenter – who also hosts The Great British Bake Off and For The Love Of Dogs – admits juggling exercise with her demanding work schedule hasn’t been easy.

‘I enjoy Reformer Pilates. I feel like the stretch is real. But because of filming The Great British Bake Off, I have fallen off my exercise routine, I’m not going to lie,’ Alison – who has lost around 13 and a half stone over the last few years – says.

‘I like exercise that’s fun. I like ballroom dancing, my boyfriend dances with me. He loves a dance – we do a bit of tango and foxtrot. That one gets you out of breath actually!’

Having built a stellar career on her famously down-to-earth and infectious personality, the TV favourite also lifts the lid on her secrets to staying youthful, admitting she swears by a strict daily regime. ‘I get through two litres of water a day without fail, and I never go to bed with my make-up on,’ she says. ‘I use the Tropic Radiance Cleanser and it takes my make-up off straight away. And I don’t drink alcohol. I’d rather spend the calories on a nice Chinese!’ And while she has undergone a magnificent transformation in recent years, Alison insists she remains exactly the same at heart. ‘I’ve literally stayed the same since the age of 20,’ she laughs. ‘I’ve always got young people around me – my young man, my young son and his girlfriend. I’ve got that young energy!’

Although she’s undoubtedly glowing, she admits that her trademark confidence didn’t come overnight. ‘When I was young, I used to get nervous about everything,’ Alison reveals. ‘But I don’t get nervous like that anymore – confidence comes with age.

‘My advice to my younger self would have been to just don’t worry about anything and face your fears. You realise in the end, that it’s actually not that hard once you just go for it. Everything that you want is going to happen.'

Love celebrity news with heart? Want real-life stories you can’t stop talking about? With a digital subscription to Closer, you’ll never miss a moment.

From the latest showbiz updates and exclusive interviews to powerful real-life features and must‑read lifestyle advice, Closer brings you the stories that matter - and now you can enjoy them anytime, anywhere.

Your weekly fix of celebrity, real life and more

Every issue of Closer is packed with:

- ✨ The latest celebrity news, relationships and behind-the-scenes updates

- 💬 Exclusive interviews and heartfelt confessions

- ❤️ Emotional real-life stories that stay with you

- 👗 Fashion and beauty inspiration you’ll actually want to try

- 🏡 Lifestyle advice on health, family, money and wellbeing

- 📺 The TV everyone’s talking about

It’s the perfect mix of escapism and real-world connection — and it’s ready whenever you are.

Why Choose Digital?

Life is busy. Your magazine should fit around you.

With a digital subscription, you can:

Read instantly - Get each new issue delivered straight to your device as soon as it’s available.

Take it anywhere - On your commute, on holiday, curled up on the sofa — Closer goes where you go.

Catch up anytime - Missed an issue? Your digital edition keeps everything in one place.

Enjoy every detail - Swipe, zoom and scroll through every story with ease.

Feel Closer to the Stories That Matter

Whether it’s the celebrity headlines everyone’s talking about, a powerful real-life feature that moves you, or practical advice that makes your week easier, Closer brings you stories with heart.

It’s your weekly moment to pause, unwind and feel connected - to the celebrities you follow and the real people sharing their journeys.

Subscribe Today

Subscribe to Closer’s digital edition today and stay connected to the stories, the stars and the real-life moments that bring us all closer. Get your first four issues for just £4

After months of speculation, Holly Willoughby has finally confirmed that her new YouTube series, Together, will launch on 28 July.

But while fans await more details on what to expect, insiders tell Closer that the This Morning-style show – produced by her husband of 19 years, Dan Baldwin’s production company, Hungry Bear – has caused some tension between the couple.

A source tells us, ‘Holly is working around the clock on Together, which is planned to launch while This Morning is off air for its summer break. But the excitement has come with pressure behind the scenes.

‘Holly’s pouring everything into this job – the stakes feel much higher – and her perfectionist streak has led to the odd clash with Dan. They’re both passionate and have had some tense moments. Neither is afraid to fight for their ideas.’

The hotly anticipated new lifestyle show will mark Holly’s big comeback after a tough couple of years. Her close friendship with former BFF and co-presenter Phillip Schofield, 64, broke down after his affair with a younger male colleague came to light in May 2023. Five months later, Holly took the decision to step away from her 14-year presenting role on This Morning – which has since been taken over by Cat Deeley and Ben Shephard – after becoming the target of a sick kidnap plot.

On top of that, Dancing On Ice – which Holly hosted for almost 20 years – was axed by executives last year, and Celebrity Bear Hunt, her Netflix show with Bear Grylls, wasn’t renewed for a second season. Holly’s lifestyle brand, Wylde Moon, is also said to be struggling, having dropped all but two of its employees, Holly and her sister Kelly, from its previous team of 14.

Though Together feels like a fresh start, it’s far from the first time that Holly and Dan have worked together. Their joint projects include sports panel show Play To The Whistle, Take Off With Brad & Holly and Freeze The Fear with Wim Hof. But our insider says the pressure on this project, which Holly is reportedly funding herself, is affecting their marriage.

‘Holly’s shouldering a lot of the responsibility for making it brilliant,’ they say. ‘She and Dan have always left work at work, but with this project, they’re still talking about rehearsals over dinner. Holly tweaks things she’s not completely satisfied with, which most people wouldn’t notice. The intention is still to launch in the next few weeks, but Holly would rather delay it than put out something that isn’t the very best it can be.’

The insider adds that the hope is that Together can catapult Holly – who shares children Harry, 17, Belle, 15, and 11-year-old Chester with Dan – back to stardom.

The source says, ‘Viewers can expect a more relaxed feel than traditional television, with celebrity interviews alongside fashion, cooking and lifestyle features. There’ll be plenty of familiar faces too – Michael McIntyre is one of the names lined up – as Holly is keen to make the most of her friendships.

‘There’s a lot riding on Together, and Holly knows first impressions matter. She wants people to immediately understand what she’s trying to build.

They’re loving parents to their brood of six children, along with numerous pets that make up their lively household. And now insiders reveal that Joe Swash is keen to expand his and Stacey Solomon’s family – and to silence the ongoing reports of relationship trouble once and for all.

A source tells us, ‘Joe is a big family man. He loves the kids, he’s a great dad, not just because he’s a bit of a kid himself, but he is also very loving and attentive to them as well. He does everything for them – he just loves being a father and truly believes having another child could really help their marriage. He doesn’t think of it as a stress having a baby, but he knows some people say you shouldn’t have one unless you know your relationship is absolutely tight.’

The insider adds, ‘He feels that kids always brought him and Stacey closer together and hopes another baby would do the same. He thinks it would definitely help their relationship and make them feel closer again as a couple.’

It’s been over a decade since Stacey, 36, and Joe, 44, began dating, and four years since they tied the knot in the grounds of their Essex home, Pickle Cottage. After welcoming their first child, Rex, in 2019, the couple went on to have daughters Rose and Belle in 2021 and 2023, respectively. Combined with Stacey’s two sons, Zachary, 18, and Leighton, 14, and Joe’s son Harry, 19, the pair definitely have their hands full.

And while they’ve long portrayed an image of a happy family to the public, Stacey and Joe’s relationship has come under scrutiny in recent months.

FRESH START

They’ve faced constant rumours of tension and marital issues, especially after their day-to-day squabbles were laid bare in their BBC reality show last year. Reports of rows over differing careers and parenting styles have been rife, and eyebrows were also raised when it was revealed earlier this year that their marriage is not legally binding.

More recently, it was claimed that Stacey and Joe were preparing to put their five-bedroom Essex mansion on the market after falling in love with a larger home nearby, prompting rumours of the pair seeking a fresh start.

And our source says Joe is keen for a whole new beginning.

They say, ‘They’ve had such a rocky time recently – lots more downs than ups. So, when they’ve moved and are in the new house, he would love to have a baby just to bring them back together – he’s joked they could christen the house with a new arrival. He thinks it would be beautiful.’

In recent years, Stacey and Joe have seen their careers take different paths. The mum-of-five has a thriving TV career, from fronting BBC’s Sort Your Life Out to being a guest judge on Britain’s Got Talent, not to mention her ever-growing Instagram account, which has led to collaborations with several major fashion and lifestyle brands. Meanwhile, Joe has largely styled himself as a stay-at-home dad, sharing clips of himself cooking family meals and playing with the children at Pickle Cottage.

DOWNSIDES

And while Joe may be eager to add to his and Stacey’s brood, she previously admitted that their youngest, Belle, is likely their ‘last baby’ after fearing she was experiencing early symptoms of menopause at age 36. In a conversation with her sister Jemma, which aired during an episode of her and Joe’s reality series, Stacey said, ‘I think we have always in the back of our heads known that on mum’s side, the menopause came early. If I am going through the menopause and that’s it for me, no more children, then I think… animal sanctuary.’

But despite his wife’s reservations, sources say Joe is hopeful that another baby could soon happen.

The source says, ‘Stacey is very career driven and still struggles with the downsides of fame and fortune – the trolls, speculation over their marriage… Joe thinks bringing a new baby into the house would help her have something positive to focus on. She’s not saying no, but she’s not convinced either. She’s very creative, driven and feels unfulfilled still in her career. She has lots more plans.’

Sam's tears: 'I need Billie at my wedding!'

Fans have been speculating that Paul Knightley has finally popped the question to long-term partner Sam Faiers after she was spotted sporting a huge diamond ring on her finger.

And now insiders say the ex-TOWIE favourite is indeed engaged – but the happy news has been overshadowed by some ongoing tension with her sister Billie.

‘Samantha is over the moon, but it’s bittersweet as things are still fractured with her sister and the tension shows no signs of thawing anytime soon. Sam can’t imagine getting married without sorting things out with Billie, and she doesn’t think she’d dare let that happen,’ a source says.

‘She always thought when she got engaged and married, she would have Billie by her side through all the proposal aftermath, the excitement, the planning and as her maid of honour. Sadly, it hasn’t quite worked out like that.

‘Pals are assuming it will be a long engagement. This will give them time to repair their relationship so she can have her sister by her side on the day.’

After both rising to fame on TOWIE, Sam, 35, and Billie, 36, established themselves as TV stars with their own reality show, The Mummy Diaries. The sisters documented their journeys as mums, as well as their relationships and work projects, but Sam – who shares sons Paul, 10, and Edward, four, and daughter Rosie, eight, with partner Paul – eventually quit the show in 2021. Billie and her partner, Greg Shepherd – parents to Nelly, 12, Arthur, nine, and Margot, three – then continued the series under the title The Family Diaries.

Although Sam and Billie launched their own podcast shortly after, there were already cracks beginning to show in their bond, especially after Sam relocated to Surrey in 2020 and left Essex behind. The existing tension combined with their newly-launched series Sister Act being axed by ITV after one series prompted rumours of a bigger falling out last year. However, earlier this year it seemed things were looking up, as Sam and Billie holidayed together with their mum, Suzie, in Turkey.

But our source says things are still tense and, as it stands, Sam and Billie are worlds apart from the sisterly bond they once had.

‘Sam and Billie have been distant for ages. They really tried to brush things over recently, but the fallout actually seems to be getting worse,’ the source says.

‘Since Samantha left Essex, the sisters have drifted apart. The girls have grown in different directions and are nowhere near as close as they once were. They just can’t seem to see eye to eye and, in their case, time hasn’t been a healer.

Arrested again? Katie Price and new hubby Lee in more scandal

As the roller-coaster saga involving Katie Price’s husband continues to rumble on, it emerged last week that Lee Andrews had been arrested yet again after allegedly failing to settle a debt.

Now insiders exclusively tell Closer that Katie has forked out for legal advice to help get her husband out of prison – and her family are not pleased.

‘Katie has paid for legal advice for Lee, and it’s left her family concerned. She felt like she had no choice but to help him,’ says our insider. ‘Those closest to her can’t understand why she’s taking on another expense when she’s spent so long trying to get her own finances back under control. Her family feel Lee’s problems are becoming Katie’s responsibility, and they’re worried she’s sacrificing her own security to rescue him.’

After only knowing Lee, 43, for a matter of days, Katie, 48, married him in Dubai back in January. Speculation about Lee’s motives immediately began circulating, especially after his exes spoke out against him. The drama intensified when Lee suddenly disappeared, only for it to be revealed that he’d been imprisoned over a ‘private civil matter’ without Katie’s knowledge. And when he failed to turn up for an interview on Good Morning Britain, further backlash ensued – but Katie has stood firmly by her husband’s side.

Concerns have been voiced by many, including Katie’s family and children. Her sister Sophie previously said the situation was causing their mother Amy ‘horrendous’ stress and warned Katie that Lee was ‘mugging her off’. More recently, Katie’s eldest child, Junior, 21, branded his mum’s fourth marriage the ‘most silly, stupidest thing’.

But the warnings are falling on deaf ears, sources say. ‘Katie won’t hear a bad word against Lee. People around Katie fear she’s become so emotionally invested that she can’t see how much the situation is costing her. Katie has reached the point where supporting Lee feels like defending her own judgement. Walking away would mean admitting her family may have been right all along,’ they add.

Andy and Lou back on... again!

They’ve been on and off, but it seems Andy Carroll and Lou Teasdale are back together once again. The couple – who began dating in 2024 – are following each other on social media again, with loved-up photos of the pair also restored.

Andy, 37 – who has three children from his nine-year relationship with TOWIE star Billi Mucklow – and Lou, 42, have split and reconciled three times since they began dating, with a source claiming their ‘opposing lifestyles’ have caused tension.

Last June, Andy hit the headlines after being quizzed by police over an alleged drunken bust-up with Lou while in Ibiza.

Fans of Michelle Keegan are gearing up for her brand-new drama series The Blame to hit screens this autumn. And the newly released trailer has only added to the excitement, with followers rushing to praise the actress’s performance.

However, while Michelle’s career reaches new heights, insiders claim there is a strain at home with husband Mark Wright, who would love to team up with her on a new project – but she is not keen.

‘Behind closed doors, tensions are brewing as Mark is pushing Michelle to team up with him to help save his career and ensure more work. Mark would love to team up with Michelle, ideally a husband-and-wife role on a show such as This Morning or something in the reality genre, but she’s reluctant.

‘She likes to do her own thing, and the possibility of them doing their own reality-type show is close to zero. She has refrained as much as possible from reality TV despite numerous offers,’ a source says.

‘Mark is totally in Michelle’s shadow in terms of profile and work, and it’s hurting his ego. Of course, he’s incredibly proud of her and supports her endlessly. But there are elements of jealousy with the work that constantly floods in for his wife, while he waits for more opportunities to come in to help sustain his profile.’

CAREER-CHANGING

In recent years, Michelle, 39, has seen her career skyrocket. After rising to fame on Coronation Street, she landed the leading role in the drama series Our Girl, allowing her to reach a new audience. Further roles in Brassic and Ten Pound Poms followed, before she achieved global recognition by starring in Netflix’s Fool Me Once. Michelle’s role in the Harlan Coben drama proved to be career-changing, with the show reaching number one on Netflix in several countries and coming in sixth place on the streaming giant’s most popular TV list with over 98 million viewers in 91 days.

She’s currently filming another Harlan Coben drama, The Woods, with actor Tom Bateman – with the famous author saying, ‘What a thrill I get to collaborate again with the amazing Michelle Keegan.’

After the release of Fool Me Once, Michelle welcomed her first child, daughter Palma, with Mark. But her time away from acting was brief, and she soon got stuck into filming The Blame. She and actor Douglas Booth are the stars of the six-part crime drama and have been busy promoting the show, even raising some eyebrows with their chemistry off-screen.

And thanks to Michelle’s ever-growing success, her income is steadily increasing. It’s been reported that she raked in £5 million last year – £1.4 million more than the previous year – despite taking time away from acting after becoming a mum.

BACKLASH

Meanwhile, Mark – who rose to fame on ITVBe’s The Only Way Is Essex – has seen his career become noticeably quieter than his wife’s. After leaving TOWIE, the 39-year-old was inundated with work opportunities and went on to front numerous TV shows and appeared on the likes of I’m A Celebrity! and Strictly Come Dancing, before heading to America to become a presenter on Warner Bros.’ entertainment news programme, EXTRA. Now, he hosts a weekly Saturday morning radio show on Heart with best pal Olly Murs and earlier this year began fronting BBC’s Clean It, Fix It.

But while their clothing brand Aytee7 didn’t manage to make a splash – they quietly closed the business four years after its launch – the dad-of-one has focused on social media influencing, collaborating with the likes of Marks & Spencer and Listerine in recent months, and building up a following of two million on Instagram.

And with plenty of other celebrity couples monetising their relationships through joint ventures like podcasts, Mark is said to be keen to do the same.

Mark’s family previously launched a podcast, Wright At Home, but it faced backlash when his mother, Carol, and sisters, Jess and Natalya, publicly criticised women who wore thong bikinis, branding them ‘gross’. Awkwardly, Mark’s dad, Mark Wright Sr, was later spotted liking Instagram models wearing these, sparking ridicule from fans.

Reports at the time claimed Michelle was unimpressed with the drama surrounding the incident, and insiders say the criticism only reinforced her reluctance to do a podcast with her husband or work together in such a public way.

BEING CANCELLED

‘Due to what became a social media brawl, even the prospect of a husband-and-wife podcast worries her. She doesn’t want anything to affect her credibility as a serious actress.

‘They tried working together previously on their fashion brand, but they have very different visions and opinions in terms of work,’ the source says.

And with her career continuing to flourish, Michelle doesn’t want anything to tarnish her reputation or threaten her future opportunities.

Our insider adds, ‘Michelle says she just wouldn’t want to do that and risk “being cancelled” for anything that’s said out of context. She’s on the up and doesn’t want to rock the boat. She just wants to focus on her career right now and achieve her full potential.’

Prince Harry’s homecoming was marred by chaos at the start of last week as photographs emerged of the estranged royal looking devastated and defeated following an epic judgement that ruled against him in his lengthy and bitter legal battle with a British newspaper.

Now, Harry - alongside six other high-profile claimants including Elton John and Baroness Doreen Lawrence – now face a staggering £50 million legal bill, with legal fees reported to have reached around £350 to £5000 per hour for the high-stakes case.

The end of his UK trip of course ended triumphantly with what was undoubtedly an emotional reunion with his ‘pa’ King Charles at Highgrove House. But a source tells us that the humiliating court defeat has still come as a ‘brutal blow’ for Harry – one from which the Prince may take a long time to recover from if he is forced to foot the bill.

An insider says, ‘Harry's putting on a brave face but privately this has been a brutal blow because the financial hit may end up being worse than anyone expected.

‘It’s going to be up to the judge to decide exactly how much he’s on the hook for, but between his own side’s costs and the defendants, the bills are massive and his share could potentially be upwards of $25 million.

‘Harry is being very defiant about all this and saying the numbers are all being exaggerated to try and intimidate him and make this look like an even bigger loss, but the fact is he did lose the case and by law will have to pay up.’

Harry, 41, and Meghan Markle, 44, are widely reported to be under pressure when it comes to their finances and just how they are going to continue to fund their lavish Montecito lifestyle following recent polls that suggest their popularity has dropped both in the UK and the US.

Last month, it was revealed how data collected by YouGov America shows a rapid decline in Meghan’s popularity since last year. Polls showed that compared to 2025, where 37% of voters ‘liked’ Meghan, only 29% voted in favour of the Duchess at the start of this year.

Furthermore, US site Newsweek claimed that a separate search they had conducted revealed that the traffic to Meghan’s As Ever brand’s website fell by 89,000 in the US in January.

And, of course, behind the gates of their sun-soaked Californian home, Meghan only shares glimpses of their farmhouse style kitchen and idyllic grounds, but if she were to pan the camera a little further, audiences buying into her ‘simple life’ ethos would see the nine bedrooms, 16 bathrooms, a swimming pool, a play park and the expansive grounds and private rose garden the couple need to maintain.

Royal author Tom Bower made the shocking revelation in his new book, ‘Betrayal: Power, Deceit and the Fight for the Future of the Royal Family’, that the Sussexes need an income of at least $3 million annually to maintain their current lifestyle, with recent US reports speculating that the figure could even reach $6 million.

However, the source says Harry is insistent that ‘standing his ground was worth the price’ even though we’re now told his defeat may have come at a huge personal cost as he could be forced to make a major change.

Harry, 41, and Meghan Markle, 44, are widely reported to be under pressure when it comes to their finances and just how they are going to continue to fund their lavish Montecito lifestyle following recent polls that suggest their popularity has dropped both in the UK and the US.

Last month, it was revealed how data collected by YouGov America shows a rapid decline in Meghan’s popularity since last year. Polls showed that compared to 2025, where 37% of voters ‘liked’ Meghan, only 29% voted in favour of the Duchess at the start of this year.

Furthermore, US site Newsweek claimed that a separate search they had conducted revealed that the traffic to Meghan’s As Ever brand’s website fell by 89,000 in the US in January.

And, of course, behind the gates of their sun-soaked Californian home, Meghan only shares glimpses of their farmhouse style kitchen and idyllic grounds, but if she were to pan the camera a little further, audiences buying into her ‘simple life’ ethos would see the nine bedrooms, 16 bathrooms, a swimming pool, a play park and the expansive grounds and private rose garden the couple need to maintain.

Royal author Tom Bower made the shocking revelation in his new book, ‘Betrayal: Power, Deceit and the Fight for the Future of the Royal Family’, that the Sussexes need an income of at least $3 million annually to maintain their current lifestyle, with recent US reports speculating that the figure could even reach $6 million.

However, the source says Harry is insistent that ‘standing his ground was worth the price’ even though we’re now told his defeat may have come at a huge personal cost as he could be forced to make a major change.

The insider says, ‘All this talk about Elton John and other people coming to the rescue is not grounded in reality at all. For one thing Harry is far too proud to go around asking his friends for handouts, and even if he was willing to humble himself and beg, everyone in the real world knows that it's not as simple as that, people don't just write huge checks to their friends for tens of millions of dollars.

‘The more likely scenario is that he will have to find his own way to come up with the cash through a more traditional loan which will throw all of his, and Meghan's, plans into total chaos.’

The Sussexes have also found themselves in a catch 22 following their reunion with the King, with the general consensus amongst royal observers now being that, if Harry and Meghan are to have any further opportunities to reconcile with the royals, they must under no circumstances speak out about anything considered personal or private.

So far, so reasonable, but given that the couple’s most profitable projects in recent years, including their 2022 documentary, Harry & Meghan, and Harry’s 2023 memoir, Spare, have had one notable selling point – telling their ‘truth’ about the Royal Family.

Meanwhile, Meghan has now thrown herself whole heartedly into expanding her lifestyle brand, As Ever, but the source says there is now a fear that the cutbacks they are putting in place to fund this legal bill could have a devastating effect on continuing to promote the brand.

Yet the unexpected hurdle could be the least of their worries, with the biggest fear being that they could, in time, be forced to sell their Montecito home if they don’t brainstorm some ways to pull in more cash – and fast.

The source says, ‘The expansion for her brand will most certainly have to be dialed way back, if not totally put on hold. There’s been all this talk about them looking to buy more property and that will be difficult, if not impossible.

‘Their property in Montecito is worth $30 million, but having to sell that and purchase something cheaper would be devastating. He’s telling Megan not to worry, but it's easier said than done.’

She’s currently in her Formula 1 wife era, being in the throes of romance with racing driver Lewis Hamilton, after her marriages to a record producer, an NBA star and a rapper – but while she’s living the high life, one of Kim Kardashian’s ex-husbands is a fast-food entrepreneur and loving his new low-key life.

Once known for his prowess on the basketball court, playing for the NBA’s top teams like Brooklyn Nets, Boston Celtics and Toronto Raptors, Kim’s second husband, Kris Humphries, has swapped being courtside for the kitchen, and he’s all the happier for it. 15 years after their split, the former sportsman – who famously married the reality star for 72 days in 2011 – runs Dave’s Hot Chicken restaurants in Minnesota. He’s been working on the franchise venture since he retired from professional basketball in 2019.

‘Since I’ve stepped away from the game, I’m trying to stay under the radar and work on a new phase of my life,’ he said. ‘I’ve been developing some business ventures.’

Kris, 41, launched his first franchise restaurant near Ridgedale Centre in Minnetonka, Minneapolis, in 2023. ‘I’m familiar with the area: we used to come over to the mall a lot after school. So I thought it would be cool to do the first one near where I used to go to school,’ he said.

The following year, he signed on to launch ten more throughout Minnesota, with the help of his family: parents William and Debra and cousin Alex. Their latest restaurant in Oak Park Heights – their eighth eatery – opened in June.

The restaurants have become such a runaway success that the former power forward has already signed up to open 30 more locations across the Twin Cities in Minnesota and surrounding counties last September.

While his social media accounts were previously packed with basketball content, now his grid is filled with chicken challenges and cheese sticks – a sharp contrast from his ex-wife’s Instagram promoting her SKIMS line. Dave’s Hot Chicken is known for its Nashville-style spicy chicken, chicken tenders, mozzarella sticks, mini sliders and of course, fries.

This isn’t Kris’ first foray into food – he invested in Five Guys during his NBA career, and owned 10 diners across Minnesota and became a franchise partner for Crisp & Green health-focused restaurants.

While this may seem like an unexpected twist, viewers of Keeping Up With The Kardashians would not be too surprised by Kris’ career pivot. The couple, who had a whirlwind romance after meeting in 2010, clashed over his hopes to return to Minnesota, away from Kim’s Hollywood home.

‘I’m never moving to Minnesota. Ever,’ she told him on an episode of Kourtney And Kim Take New York. ‘How am I going to have my career and live in Minnesota?’ to which he told her, ‘Baby, by the time you have kids and they’re in school, and all that, no one will probably care about you. Let’s be honest.’

Kim, 45, and Kris had one of the shortest marriages in Hollywood history. The worlds of sport and reality collided when they met in October 2010, after she saw him playing at a New Jersey Nets basketball game and was introduced by their mutual friend Kris’ teammate Jordan Farmar. Seven months later, in May 2011, they were engaged. The couple married at a private estate facing the ocean in Montecito, California, on 20 August, with the run-up to their lavish nuptials covered by a two-part TV special and the big day airing on E!

But just 72 days after they walked up the aisle, their relationship came crashing down when it was announced that Kim had filed for divorce, citing ‘irreconcilable differences’. In December 2011, he filed his response to her petition, requesting an annulment on the grounds of fraud.

Kim later admitted that while she had entered the marriage for love, she had gotten swept up in the pressure and hype of the television production and realised after the honeymoon that they were incompatible. ‘At the time… I just thought, “Holy s**t, I’m 30 years old, I better get this together. I'd better get married,’ she said. ‘We’re filming this for a TV show. If I leave, I’m going to be known as the runaway bride forever, and it’s going to be a huge joke.’

It was her second marriage, following her union with music producer Damon Thomas when she was 19, which lasted three years until 2003.

While Kim and Kris’ marriage lasted less than three months, the consequent estrangement lasted nearly two years. Rumours flew that it was all a publicity stunt to promote the Kardashians’ brand and subsequent TV ventures, which the family denied. Kim and Kris reached a divorce settlement in April 2013, and their divorce was finalised in June 2013, by which time Kim was already loved up with rapper Kanye West and heavily pregnant with their daughter North – despite still being legally married to Kris.

She later said that she owed Kris an apology for the way their short-lived marriage and years-long divorce were handled, but admitted, ‘I tried to. I tried calling him for months. I handled it totally the wrong way. I fully broke up with him in the worst way, and I couldn’t – I just didn’t know how to deal. I learned so much from it.’

The pair once bumped into each other at the Beverly Hills Hotel, while Kim was with North and pregnant with Saint, but Kris gave her the cold shoulder. ‘We had the tables next to each other. All of his friends got up and said hi to me, and he literally just looked at me and wouldn’t even speak to me,’ she said.

It wasn’t to be a happy ever after for Kim and Kanye either, who split in 2021 after nine years together and four children – North, 13, Saint, ten, Chicago, eight, and Psalm, seven. She’s now dating racing ace Lewis, while Kanye is married to architect Bianca Censori. Kris, meanwhile, has kept out of the spotlight, away from the cameras, which he’s more than happy with.

‘At the end of the day, I’m just a guy from Minnesota who loves the game of basketball,’ he said in 2019. ‘I never wanted to be that guy.’

Vicky Pattison

The Queen of UK reality TV was once famous for being absolutely WILD on hit show ‘Geordie Shore’. At that time, she would often be filmed getting ‘mortal’ (that’s very, very drunk for those who don’t speak fluent Geordie) and basically partying up a storm. These days, she’s settled down after marrying in 2024 and she’s living a healthy (mortal-free) lifestyle. Now 38, she swears by dog walks and Pilates to keep her fit. ‘I don’t want to be a slave to the gym, so getting (her beloved pooches) Milo and Max transformed my life. I’m a big advocate for getting out into nature and I do about five-to-10 walks a week. I also like Zero Gravity Reformer Pilates.’

J.Lo

We’ve all heard those rumours about J.Lo, 56, insuring her butt for a million dollars… but given this impressive poolside look, we would strongly advise Jennifer to take out a new policy for a TRILLION dollars for the whole bod.  Want to get her look, ladies? Well, you’ll need 10 hours sleep a night, not a drop of alcohol or caffeine EVER and sadly you will have to spend a fair chunk of your waking hours in a gym doing heavy weights, circuit training and Pilates. Other than that, it’s just plenty of greens and plenty of SPF. Easy-peasy!

Tulisa Contostavlos

The N-Dubz singer has long been known as The Female Boss. And just in case you were thinking of challenging her about that, know this: Tulisa, 37, loves nothing more than an intense boxing session. She’s also into strength training, so be warned that those upper cuts will, er, cut. It’s no wonder that her biggest hit was ‘Ouch’!

Liz Hurley

Every time we write a caption for a picture of Liz we have to do a double-take. Just how is it possible that this body has walked the Earth for 61 years? Looking more like a hot 20-something, the sexy sexagenarian loves sharing pics of her bikini body and who can blame her. The secret to this wizardry? Eat sensibly, eat slowly, don’t bother with the gym, do bother taking the stairs, make sure half of your dinner plate is vegetables and make your own bread and cakes. Could it be possible to love her anymore than we already do?

Rita Ora

When one of your biggest hits is ‘Hot Right Now’ you really need to make sure you can live up to the promise. And Rita really does. Hotter than the surface of the Sun, Rita credits sloooow and steady workouts with weights and rather than trying to hit thousands of steps per day, she says that 20 minutes of movement is enough. Add to that two litres of water per day, some red light therapy and green juices and you’ll be good to go like our girl Rita.

Tess Daly

She’s recently quit her starring role hosting Strictly Come Dancing (the UK version of Dancing With The Stars) and she’s recently quit her marriage to fellow TV presenter Vernon Kay. But we’ll tell you something that just won’t quit – her smoking hot bikini look! Tess may be 57 but she’s channelling 27 thanks to her daily yoga habit, power walking, cardio intervals and, get this, her ‘phone call routine’. She swears by using phone calls as an opportunity to get off her butt and take a hike. Also known as the ‘walkie talkie’!

Amanda Holden

With an Instagram account titled ‘noholdenback’ you pretty much immediately get the message. Amanda loves to be ‘out there’ and here she is in yet another sensational two-piece rocking her 55-year-old curves while looking for all the world like she’s just quit college. As well as drinking fresh coconut milk, the British TV presenter swears by a vegetarian diet, Peloton workouts, A LOT of water (she reckons about twice the recommended amount) and accidental fasting (accidental as in ‘whoops, I forgot to eat’). Not something you’ll ever catch us doing!

Lizzo

Having reached her ‘weight release goal’ last year, the Good As Hell singer has a new-found appreciation and love for her body. ‘I’m taking the time every day to put some love into it,’ she admitted. Lizzo, 38, does ‘intense’ Pilates, skipping and circuit training with weights and an exercise ball. She’s got it all going on!

Kelly Brook

One of the UK’s finest models, 46-year-old Kelly is celebrating 30 years at the top of her game this year. And since running the London Marathon last year, Kelly has a fresh outlook. ‘I absolutely love my body. My body has got me through so many things. I love my curves – my husband [actor Jeremy Parisi] loves my curves,’ she says. ‘Yes, I am older and not as thin as I used to be, but my life is 100% better and I am definitely 100% happier. I don’t think being thin makes you happy. Being healthy does.’ You go, girl!

Tina O’Brien

She grew up as a child star of one of the biggest soaps in the world – Coronation Street. But all these years on and Tina, 42, doesn’t look like she’s aged a day. The mum of two credits her youthful looks to plenty of sleep and exercise. ‘Sleep is a superpower for me – I aim for a minimum of eight hours, but I love 10,’ she said. ‘I love exercise, too, and like to lift weights.’

After months of speculation, Meghan Markle finally flew to the UK to join her husband, Prince Harry, on his recent visit to Britain. In an encouraging step towards a royal reconciliation, the couple enjoyed a successful private meeting with his father, Charles, 77, and Queen Camilla, 78, at Highgrove on 10 July, alongside their two children, Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five. But the Gloucestershire estate wasn’t the duke’s only familial stop-off – as he was later driven to his mother Diana’s ancestral home, Althorp.

SUSPICIOUS

The Northamptonshire pile – still owned by the late princess’s brother, Earl Charles Spencer – is Diana’s final resting place. And insiders tell Closer that Harry, 41, and Meghan, 44, took their children for their first visit to their grandmother’s grave – ahead of the 30th anniversary of her untimely death.

A source says, ‘It was an emotional and cathartic occasion for Harry, and such a special honour for Meghan and the kids to be included too. They’re extremely proud of Harry for being so protective and proactive about maintaining his mother’s legacy. He sees this as his birthright, but he’s also very keen for the family to be included – though he treats the topic with the utmost sensitivity.’

The world was stunned when Diana was fatally injured in a Paris car crash on 31 August 1997, aged just 36. But rather than be laid to rest in the family vault, her brother Charles opted for her to be buried on a small island at Althorp, known as the Oval Lake, due to concerns about public safety.

Five years ago, Harry took Meghan to the Oval Lake for the first time. ‘At long last, I was bringing the girl of my dreams home to meet Mum’, he wrote in his autobiography, Spare.

And as the milestone anniversary of her tragic death approaches, our source says, ‘Harry intends to honour his mother in a special and meaningful way. He’s more committed than ever to making it happen, and the precise arrangements are currently being planned as an ongoing priority.’

However, Harry and Meghan’s visit has apparently upset his brother William, as the source says the Prince of Wales believes the couple are on a ‘content gathering’ trip.

After previously monetising other royal moments for their Netflix series – as well as in their bombshell 2021 interview with Oprah Winfrey, and Harry’s 2023 memoir – William, 44, is perhaps right to have his concerns.

The insider says, ‘William is suspicious that obtaining footage for a docuseries about Diana is the real motivator for Meghan to come on this trip. It upsets him that she’s going to have any part in this tribute to his mother. He blames her for tearing the family apart and doesn’t believe for a second that Diana would approve.’

Not only that, but Harry has made several comparisons between Meghan and Diana in the past.

DEEPLY OFFENSIVE

In their 2022 series, Harry – who previously shared that the Sussexes have a shrine to her at their family home in Montecito – said, ‘So much of what Meghan is, and how she is, is so similar to my mum. She has the same compassion, empathy, and confidence. She has this warmth about her.’

The latest claims also come after reports that Meghan could be set to launch a fashion line inspired by Princess Diana, following speculation sparked by her wardrobe choices during a visit to Switzerland in May.

The source claims that this has fuelled William’s fears that a project could help to bolster Meghan’s lifestyle brand.

They say, ‘Harry keeps selling this idea that Meghan is Diana 2.0 – and it really gets under William’s skin. He finds the comparisons deeply offensive and way off the mark.

‘The thought of her ending up front and centre in the tribute would make him explode at Harry. As far as he’s concerned, they are using Diana’s legacy to help build Meghan’s brand, which he’ll never stand for. He’s told his inner circle he simply won’t let Harry disrespect their mother.

Following their previous 2017 BBC documentary, Diana, Our Mother: Her Life And Legacy – which saw the brothers come together to mark the 20th anniversary of her death – William reportedly rejected Harry’s offer to team up.

So it appears the duke and his wife have taken matters into their own hands.

The insider goes on, ‘Harry apparently took some discreet photos and video footage while paying his own private respects. He also met with the ground staff, whom he thanked for lovingly maintaining his mother’s final resting place.

‘Harry’s aware that people will criticise him for using the footage in a documentary or tribute. But his conscience is clear – he’s past the point of being affected by other people’s judgements.

‘Harry knows in his heart that his mother would trust him to make his own decisions, and feels it’s crucial that future generations know what she stood for – the embodiment of decency, compassion and sheer selflessness. Her work is utterly unrivalled in that regard, so Harry couldn’t be prouder to keep flying the flag in her honour. If people want to pick apart how he goes about that, it’s just water off a duck’s back.’

They’re an unlikely duo, but last week it emerged that TV star Alan Carr and former Duchess of York, Sarah ‘Fergie’ Ferguson had had a secret meet-up to discuss an upcoming TV show together – before her alleged links to Jeffrey Epstein were exposed earlier this year.

Comedian Alan, 50 – who won Celebrity Traitors last year – is said to have hit it off with Fergie, 66, during a private lunch at Royal Lodge.

The pair reportedly discussed a travel TV show that would see them visiting extraordinary places around the world. A source said they believed ‘they could make a great partnership for telly, flying around the world together’, with the project said to have attracted interest from a production company.

It seems Alan – who already has a travel and renovation TV show with BGT judge Amanda Holden – was likely one of the last visitors to Royal Lodge before Fergie and disgraced husband Andrew Mountbatten-Windsor were reportedly evicted following the release of the Epstein files.

Leaked emails also revealed Fergie’s close relationship with the convicted sex offender, including one which showed her describe him as ‘a supreme friend’ and ‘the brother [she] never had’ even after his paedophile convictions.

Alan – who previously had Fergie as a guest on his hit podcast Life’s A Beach back in 2023 – hasn’t publicly commented on the allegations or the state of his relationship with her. Following his skyrocketing popularity after Celebrity Traitors, he’s currently working on new Disney+ show CastleMan, which sees him buy and renovate a Scottish castle as he approaches his 50th birthday.

Wowing fans with her bikini body, Josie Gibson looked happier and healthier than ever last week. And now insiders tell Closer that the presenter, 41, who is currently single after a series of heartbreaks over the years, is ready for romance.

‘Josie is flying high in her work and her personal life – she’s in the best shape ever and has admitted she’s ready for love,’ says a source. ‘She’s got a spring in her step after losing 5 stone and is now working hard to tighten and tone up other areas.

‘She’s been given some fantastic advice from pals too – they think she should get herself a new workout partner, and she has a queue of men wanting to take her out!’

Josie, who rose to fame by winning Big Brother in 2010 before becoming a TV presenter on shows including This Morning, has been unlucky in love over the years.

OLD-FASHIONED GIRL

Splitting from her Big Brother boyfriend, John James Parton, a year after the show, Josie became engaged to plumber Luke Sanwo in February 2012 – just six months after their romance began. But the pair never made it down the aisle and separated in 2015.

And just four months after welcoming their son, Reggie, now seven, in September 2018, Josie and her then boyfriend, property developer Terry Bond, called time on their year-long romance.

Earlier this month, Josie – who has been linked to horse farrier Sam Wolfenden, though both denied the claims – admitted she would love another baby, ‘If I’d met the right man, I probably would have had about 10 [children]. I would love to foster.’

And the source says the star is now ready to get back on the dating scene to make that happen.

‘Josie can’t believe the messages that slip into her DMs – they leave her blushing! She’s quite an old-fashioned girl at heart, but she loves a good flirt,’ they explain. ‘She likes a real man’s man – she’s ready to be swept off her feet and wants the butterflies and passion.

‘Josie finally feels she looks good in her underwear and has spent a small fortune on matching lingerie – she’s told friends it’s a shame to have it go to waste! She’s loving the changes and feeling like her pin-up best.’

Josie has never shied away from talking about her weight loss and body image.

OVERHAUL

Dropping 6 stone and slimming from a size 20 to a size 8 in the 12 months after leaving the Big Brother house, Josie released workout DVDs including 30 Second Slim and her book, The Josie Gibson Diet.

Undergoing a tummy tuck in 2016 to remove 6lbs and 13 inches of loose skin, Josie revealed that becoming a single parent made her previous fitness regimen unsustainable.

‘I’ve done everything. I took diet tablets back in the day. I’ve done some extreme things, but I can’t mess around with my body anymore,’ she previously told Closer.

But after overhauling her nutrition and exercise plan, Josie has also lost an incredible 5 stone and has said it’s down to the ’70s diet of focusing on smaller portions and more filling, less-processed foods.

In an Instagram post, Josie wrote, ‘I didn’t get a gastric bypass – I got off my big a***, moved more, ate less and educated myself on what I was stuffing into my body.’

Not only that, but Josie was diagnosed with lipoedema – a chronic condition that causes an abnormal build- up of fat in the legs and sometimes the arms – after seeing a myriad of experts.

The TV personality then made the decision to spend £7,000 on calf liposuction last September and underwent an arm lift in March to treat the condition, which she described as a ‘last resort’, as even ‘training seven days a week’ won’t get rid of lipoedema fat.

PERFECT MATCH

Josie then told Closer, ‘I healed really fast. I threw everything at it because I’m a working mum. I didn’t have the time that they said I’d need to heal – I had to go back to work after two weeks.’

One of the ways Josie now stays healthy is by circuit training with her son, Reggie, once a week.

‘It’s so cute,’ she admitted to Closer. ‘If I try to stop, he goes, “Come on, Mum. Get up, get up!” He’s been like my little personal trainer!’

And someone else Josie has in her corner is close friend Alison Hammond. The presenter, 51, has been in a relationship with 28-year-old David Putman since late 2023 and recently told Closer that she’s rooting for Josie to find her perfect match.

‘I’d love for Josie to find The One,’ she admitted. ‘I really want that for her. She’ll find the man when the time comes – it will come.’ And the insider says that Josie agrees.

‘Josie doesn’t know what’s next, but she’s never felt better and hopes Mr Right comes knocking,’ they add. ‘Her new confidence has led TV producers to start seeing her as the new Holly Willoughby.

‘Alison is obviously her biggest supporter, and has even suggested the pair start double dating!’

After years of speculation that Meghan Markle had no intention of ever returning to Britain, the Duchess of Sussex surprised royal watchers last week by accompanying Prince Harry on his first UK visit with his family in four years.

The couple were joined by their children, Prince Archie, seven, and Princess Lilibet, five, as they travelled to Highgrove House for a private afternoon tea with King Charles and Queen Camilla.

The reunion was orchestrated with remarkable discretion. Harry and Meghan reportedly arrived during a Chanel event taking place at the royal residence, allowing them to avoid photographers entirely, with no official images released. Even Meghan's usually active social media channels have remained noticeably silent.

That silence has not gone unnoticed. Many royal insiders believe it signals a significant shift in the Sussexes' approach, suggesting Harry, 41, and Meghan, 44, may finally be willing to respect the King's preference for keeping family matters firmly behind closed doors after years of public criticism and headline-making revelations.

Now, sources claim that while Harry is said to have approached the meeting with a renewed sense of humility, he has also made it clear to Meghan that, if they hope to receive another invitation, they will both need to "swallow their pride" and embrace a very different relationship with the Royal Family going forward.

An insider says, ‘Clearly they've been pretty humbled by everything that's happened. As much as they don’t want to accept it, their only option now is to follow Charles’ rules if they want any hope of rebuilding the relationship.

‘Harry’s telling Meghan they have to take a serious step back and trying to keep the ball in their court because this opportunity may never come again, and he knows any mistake could come at a huge personal cost.

‘He’s told Meghan they've got to swallow their pride, follow all directions from Charles and his aides and prove they can be trusted. At this point, they really have no other choice.’

Since stepping back from royal duties in 2020, Meghan has spoken candidly about the challenges she faced adapting to life inside the monarchy, sharing a series of stories that painted an unflattering picture of royal life.

Among the most talked-about moments was her 2021 interview with Oprah Winfrey, where many viewers felt she poked fun at the tradition of curtseying to the late Queen Elizabeth II.

Another anecdote that drew attention was her reported response of 'colourful' when the Princess of Wales asked what she thought of the annual Trooping the Colour parade—a remark that was widely interpreted as highlighting her unfamiliarity with royal traditions.

Meghan has also described her first meetings with the Royal Family as awkward, claiming Kate seemed taken aback when she went in for a hug, while revealing that Oprah had laughed at the modest size of Nottingham Cottage, the couple's first home after their wedding.

Given that history, it's perhaps no surprise that insiders say Harry's biggest priority is ensuring details of this latest meeting remain private.

According to sources, he has urged Meghan to stick firmly to the agreed approach and avoid the kind of public disclosures that have previously caused tensions within the family—at least for the time being.

‘It's a huge adjustment for Meghan in particular because staying quiet and just toeing the line really isn't in her nature, but she's reluctantly accepted that's what has to happen,’ the source says.

‘She knows how much this means to Harry, and she also sees it's important for the children and for their future prospects. Harry's biggest concern is that nothing derails the progress they've made. He doesn't want anything that could put a spanner in the works, so there can’t be any leaks or any demands.’

Harry’s return to the UK came just over a year since the estranged Prince admitted that Charles had refused to see him amidst his legal dispute over his security arrangements when in the UK, and ten months since he last met the King for a brief afternoon tea in September.

The Sussexes homecoming also comes after weeks of reports suggesting that William had been left ‘furious’ by Charles’ apparent resolve to welcome Harry and Meghan back into the fold. So much so, he is alleged to have threatened to boycott any family events at the Sandringham estate for the foreseeable future.

And with Charles potentially risking his harmonious relationship with William to reconcile with his son and form a closer bond with his grandchildren, the source says Harry is also keenly aware that he and Meghan will have to make their own sacrifices in return.

‘This is a complete 180 to the way they’ve been approaching this up until now but Harry has clearly come around and realised they need to get off their high horses and make a lot of concessions if this going to work,’ the insider says.

‘He came so close to losing his relationship with his father, so the fact that Charles has agreed to move past everything that’s been said and done and give them another shot does feel like something of a miracle, and he’s vowed not to do anything to jeopardise that.’

The week before the Sussexes' return also saw a staggeringly public tit-for-tat between the palace and Harry, as last-minute battles over the Duke’s security and accommodation ahead of his UK trip descended into complete chaos.

Eight days after Harry and Meghan’s UK itinerary was reported, it was then announced that Harry would be returning alone, due to not having been granted police protection for their family in the UK ‘at the eleventh hour’.

Meanwhile, it has since been made clear that the armed security, which Harry had previously sworn he wouldn’t bring his children to the UK without, had never been withdrawn, because it had never been granted.

So why make their visit and the children’s potential reunion with their grandpa so public? According to royal observers, the very public twoing and frowing may have been a very deliberate attempt to use the children to ‘blackmail’ the King into attempting to influence the security decisions made by RAVEC [Royal and VIP Executive Committee].

And after, the Crown appeared to make their own standpoint clear when it was revealed that the King had revoked his son’s invitation because it had not been accepted within the given timeframe.

Now the source says it has been made clear to Harry that any more demands or games of royal top trumps will be highly unwelcome – a message we’re told he has been at some pains to relay to Meghan.

‘It’s been spelt out to him just how catastrophic it will be to the peace process if there’s any sense that he and Meghan are making demands or trying to dictate how this will unfold,’ the insider says.

‘Harry is in a very awkward position because he’s now got to find a way to abide by his father’s wishes without completely sacrificing his own values or making his wife feel like she’s not being heard.

‘It’s not been easy because he and Meghan usually operate as a team, but in this case the only option is for her to take a back seat. He’s very proud of how strong and outspoken she is, and he’s certainly not asking her to change who she is. But at the same time the gravity of this situation requires that they take a very different approach then they have in the past.’

Meanwhile, Harry has long expressed his desire to reunite with his ‘pa’, especially follow Charles’ cancer diagnosis in 2024, for which he continues to undergo a now reduced regimen of treatment.

Now, ten months on from when he declared that ‘the focus has to be on my dad this year', Harry may have finally, but tentatively been granted his wish.

In return, the source says that Harry – who knows all too well the preciousness of time - now wants to ensure that his near-80 year old father is granted to the opportunity to spend further time with his grandchildren in the very near future.

They tell us, ‘He’s also considering the King and the state of his health, which is still a big concern. The last thing Harry wants to do is add any more stress. And to be fair, Meghan certainly isn’t out to do that, either.

They both want to build on this renewed connection with Charles, and they want him to look forward to these visits and that’s clearly being reflected in how deferential he’s now being, not just to Charles but to the courtiers as well. It’s very out of character but it goes to show how badly Harry wants this to work.’

It’s been just days since Prince Harry and Meghan Markle’s reunion with King Charles, but it appears the Royal Family now seems more divided than ever.

For months, the message had been clear – if Harry and Meghan were not willing to show remorse for their public lambasting of the Royal Family, then the doors of the Palace, or Palaces, would remain firmly shut, with both Charles and Prince William at the helm as gatekeepers.

Then came Friday’s secret summit at Highgrove House and a statement from a source close to the King that: ‘Blood is blood’ – an odd sentiment given that his other son William has reportedly threatened to ‘boycott’ any family events at Sandringham for the foreseeable future.

Now royal observers are now waiting on tenterhooks as to Charles’ next meeting with William, and what will unfold in the aftermath of the King’s shocking U-turn.

The proof of William’s stubbornness over his brother needs no explanation. They are believed not to have spoken for four years, and William, 43, has shown absolutely no sign that he is willing to forgive and forget.

Until now, the King has appeared to have taken a backseat to what has been largely viewed and reported as a feud between the Sussexes and the Wales. However, we’re told that Charles is now ‘angry’ at William for not ‘falling into line’ and is demanding that he follow this three-word ultimatum: Let It Go.

The insider says, ‘It’s become a real battle because Charles believes it’s time for William to let this go. He’s made his decision to make peace with Harry and Meghan, and, in his assessment, everyone, including William, should fall in line. After all, he is the King.

‘But William is refusing. He’s furious and insists his father has been manipulated into all of this, which is only making Charles angrier because he sees it as a sign William no longer trusts his judgment.’

The King and his Heir had until recently stood united, and we’re told their alleged divide has now sunk deeper behind palace walls, as William and Charles’ respective teams are finding it increasingly ‘difficult’ to manage their loyalties.

So much so, the source claims Charles, 77, has made the decision to stop briefing his son on his interactions with Harry, 41, altogether.

‘The longer William digs in his heels and refuses to make peace with his brother, the more difficult it becomes for his aides and other senior royals who are loyal to both him and Charles. Things have gotten so bad that Charles has stopped briefing William on what’s been discussed with Harry,’ the source says.

‘He’s insisting those conversations are private and telling him to stop poking for information because it’s simply none of his business. That has only made William more convinced that Harry and Meghan are working their way back into Charles' inner circle.'

Meanwhile, for months, there have been reports of a power battle between William and Charles. On one hand, the heir who it’s claimed had been given more responsibilities following his father’s cancer diagnosis, and who continues to carve out the kind of monarchy he one day wants to rule, and a King who appears to be admirably determined to fulfil his duty as leader throughout his reign.

Now, following the happy news earlier this year that Charles is now undergoing a reduced regimen of treatment, we’re told the very idea of him being painted as ‘a fool’ is ‘incredibly insulting’ – especially when his primary goal is to heal the family feud.

The insider says ‘Charles finds it borderline obsessive that William is still so fixated on everything Harry does. He’s accused William of having far too much pride, and he says it’s a quality he ought to be working to snuff out if he wants to be a good ruler down the line.

‘Charles also takes a huge offence to William telling people that he’s going to get taken advantage of, that’s incredibly insulting because it implies that he’s somehow lost his edge and can’t see when he’s being played for a fool, which he says it absolutely ridiculous and not true in the slightest.

‘He is adamant that this visit with Harry was done with a lot of consideration and that it was the right choice, not just on a personal level, but also because he doesn’t want his legacy to be one of bitterness and family infighting.’

However, the Sussexes' return to the royal fold has also come at a time when the couple are widely reported to be struggling with their commercial endeavours following the end of their five-year deal with Netflix last year.

Last month, it was revealed how data collected by YouGov America appears to show a rapid decline in Meghan’s popularity since last year. Polls concluded that compared to 2025, where 37% of voters ‘liked’ Meghan, only 29% voted in favour of the Duchess at the start of this year.

Furthermore, US site Newsweek claimed that a separate search they had conducted revealed that the traffic to Meghan’s As Ever brand’s website also fell by 89,000 in the US in January.

Even so, royal observers have claimed Meghan is still the ‘breadwinner’ for their family, with Harry recently naming his full-time occupations as ‘full-time dad’ and ‘Prince of England’.

And the source claims William is very aware that, from a cynical perspective, the timing could be seen as somewhat suspicious.

‘William won’t budge, though, and says this is just a case of his father trying to justify a terrible decision,’ the insider says.

‘It’s hard to imagine this getting any better because William still sees Meghan as a huge threat to the monarchy. Even if he finds a way to drop his sword with Harry, he honestly can’t see how they could ever have a proper relationship while she’s still in the picture.

‘Regardless of how the meeting went, William is still convinced Harry has an agenda that is being driven by Meghan and that every move is designed to strengthen the Sussexes’ brand. He finds it staggering that Charles can’t see something that’s so painfully obvious.’

In the days that followed Harry’s return, William appeared determined to put duty and his own family first, competing in the Royal Charity Polo Cup and later photographed hugging Kate Middleton on the sidelines.

But the source says, make no mistake, Charles’ actions have ‘felt like a huge betrayal’ to his eldest son, who fears things could only be on a downward spiral from here.

The insider says, ‘He’s at the end of his tether over this and genuinely worried that Charles has become too soft in his old age. He’s convinced that Charles is being made to look like a fool by his own son, and he says that is going to damage his legacy more than standing his ground against his spoiled son and daughter-in-law, every could.

‘What makes it even harder for William is that he and Charles were on the same page for so long, so this sudden flip-flop feels like a huge betrayal.

‘William is doing his best not to constantly fight with his dad over this, but it’s very difficult. He’s convinced that it’s only a matter of time before Meghan and Harry betray them all again, and he’s not going to roll over and let it happen.’

She’s been stoically single – and insistently reclusive – for 10 years now, ever since splitting from Brad Pitt and enduring one of the most toxic celebrity divorces of all time.

But reader, cast your minds back to a time pre-Brangelina when Angelina Jolie was the ultimate Hollywood femme fatale. Men adored her, women idolised her, and her ballsy attitude, larger-than-life pout, and ability to both kick ass and seduce any suitor on screen – and in real life – knew no bounds.

As we all know, life really did a number on Angelina, 51, in the interim. She’s been shyly licking her wounds and focusing first and foremost on her brood of six for 10 years and counting, while also fighting – up until late 2024 – the constant legal battle that was hers and Brad’s never-ending divorce.

But the question is – 10 years since their bitter split – is she finally ready to put the past to bed, and focus on entering a whole-new era…one that might even include welcoming some love into her life?

Indeed, that’s the question on everyone’s lips, including Angelina’s, who got surprisingly candid last month in an interview with Yahoo Entertainment.

Speaking about her personal life, she told the publication she is slowly becoming ‘the person I used to be’ and credits her six children for ‘bringing me back to my old self’. To that end, she hinted she might finally be ready to ditch her decade-long dating drought.

‘To be candid, I haven’t dated since I divorced a decade ago,’ she said. ‘So, I kind of get in my head that that aspect of me is not centred in my life if I’m focusing on my children, my family.’ It was her family, she added, who were pushing her to open herself up to love.

‘I think they kind of want me now to not just be “mum”,’ she confessed. ‘There’s a different room for me to be that woman again, that’s not just a mum.’

All this has, of course, sent fans reeling with excitement over what could be – potentially – the renaissance of one of the most seductive and adventurous women to ever rule Hollywood. But behind the scenes, she’s apparently not feeling quite so ballsy this time around. According to insiders, Angelina is indeed eager to finally cast a line in the sand on all the pain, heartache and inertia of the past 10 years.

But the problem is, she simply isn’t the person she used to be. Since then, she’s had her heart torn apart, and she can’t help but worry that, this time around, it won’t survive another battering. All that, we’re told, is leaving her fixated on Brad and all the baggage he left her with, making it even more difficult to move on for good.

‘Angelina’s talking a good game and is putting the word out to friends that she’s open to suggestions or introductions,’ says an insider close to the actress, who had already been married twice by the time she met Brad, aged 28, in 2004. ‘But the truth is she’s filled with anxiety about putting herself out there again, letting her guard down and running that risk of disappointment if and when things don’t ultimately work out. Brad did a real number on her faith in romance – there’s no escaping that – and Ange is not sure if she could deal with trusting her heart, then getting trampled on all over again. She blames him for that entirely.’

Time was when Brangelina really were the golden standard for modern family bliss. Despite some rocky beginnings – that involved meeting and falling in love on the set of Mr & Mrs Smith while he was still married to Jennifer Aniston – they plastered over that with their jet-set lifestyle and rapidly growing family. By the time they got married in 2014, they had six kids, and split their time between making movies and travelling the world together for work and charity projects.

But then, the perfect portrait was smashed to smithereens in September 2016 after that private plane altercation, which allegedly saw Brad reportedly turn abusive to both Angelina and the children. The FBI and the Los Angeles Department of Children and Family Services both investigated Brad, and while the actor was later cleared of all allegations, he himself has admitted that his heavy drinking did a whole lot of damage.

They split immediately after and spent the next eight years fighting a contentious legal battle over custody, financial disputes, and ownership of their French vineyard, Miraval.

Since then, Brad, 62, has lived a life of two halves. When it comes to his children, he’s really fallen short. Though no one has crystallised the current situation, optics suggest he barely has any relationship with any of his kids, five of whom have either publicly or legally changed their names to permanently distance themselves from their paternal name ‘Pitt’.

But – as for his professional and love life – Brad’s come up trumps. He’s resolutely back on top of the Hollywood pile, and he’s also more loved up than ever with his girlfriend of four years, Ines de Ramon, 33.

As for Angie, her life has been 100 per cent dedicated to motherhood. Despite rumours of dinner dates here and there with the likes of the Weeknd and – most recently – her Couture co-star Louis Garrel, she truly hasn’t been significantly attached to anyone.

But this summer marks a whole lot of changes for the star, not least since her youngest children, twins Vivienne and Knox, turned 18 this month. This is a serious milestone, as it means she no longer has to stay living in Los Angeles - something she was legally bound to do while they were underage. Speaking last year, Angelina reflected on this moment, telling The Hollywood Reporter, ‘As soon as [my kids are] 18, I’ll be able to leave’. She added that she will ‘spend a lot of time in Cambodia’ moving forward.

Then, there’s the fact that this September marks 10 years exactly since the blissful marital bubble burst. If ever there was a time to reflect and move on, it’s now.

To that end, we’re told that – despite all the nerves and anxieties – Angelina’s tentatively pushing forwards, not least for the sake of her children.

‘She knows they worry about her being lonely; they’ve been telling her for years that she needs to meet someone, so she has promised to at least give it a try,’ our insider reveals. ‘She’s admitted that she’s not got a lot of faith in her ability to pick men that aren’t going to ultimately hurt her and let her down, and the fact is, she’s terrified of getting into another toxic relationship. But she also doesn’t want to just give up and make her life choices from a place of fear, that’s certainly not the example she wants to set for her children.’

Ultimately, it seems as if the wheels are finally in motion. But crucially, it all hinges on Brad’s continued ability to cast a shadow in Angelina’s life. If she can finally give up the ghost and move on, that might just be her ballsiest move yet.

His relationship with one of the world’s most famous women took fans by surprise – but despite raising eyebrows, Lewis Hamilton’s romance with Kim Kardashian looks to be the real deal.

The Formula One megastar has dated a string of famous and famously beautiful women, but is now said to be captivated by the reality queen and there’s even talk of the two starting a family of their own.

But until then, insiders say the racing driver is pulling into pole position as a supportive ‘stepdad’ to Kim’s brood – and he’s already stepping in to help her eldest daughter, North West, who is determined to become a major star with her debut single ‘Piercing on My Hand’.

North, who is 13, has faced a barrage of criticism for her edgy style and most recently, her collection of dermal piercings – with jewellery embedded into the skin on her fingers and hands – has sparked concern among worried fans and been condemned by some experts who warn she could be scarred.

Our insider tells Closer, ‘Kim wants Lewis to be a big part of the kids’ lives and, right now, North is the one who needs the most support because she's throwing herself headfirst into this big showbiz career.

‘She's doing incredibly well despite some of the negativity that she gets online. Lewis is no stranger to being on the end of an online backlash himself, so he has this rescue plan for her and is constantly reminding her not to lose sight of her goals. He loves that she’s carving out her own unique path, but of course, there are a lot of pitfalls ahead of her, and as someone who can see the bigger picture, he can't help wanting to guide her through them.

‘He’s very careful not to overstep the boundaries because he wants to be respectful to Kanye, but he’s become one of North's biggest cheerleaders. He's always telling her how proud he is of what she's achieving and, whenever she needs it, he's there with a pep talk or some advice about handling the pressures that come with success.”

Lewis has spoken before about his desire to have a family. In an interview with The Times in 2017, the F1 legend – who regularly posts pics of himself with his godson and is very close to his niece and nephews – said that the only thing stopping him would be the demands of his career.

‘I’m not even in a relationship, but I love kids, and I know I want kids. If anything, the amount I want is growing.

‘My heart melts when I’m around them. I look forward to that stage of my life. But what I have witnessed of friends who are not always able to be around because of commitments - I already struggle with my dogs. I can’t have them with me all the time. Travelling is very, very difficult for them. It’s strenuous on your heart to be away from them.

‘Hopefully, I think I’ll be fortunate enough to be in a position where I don’t have to be [away], particularly in the early stages of their life.’

A source previously told Closer that Kim was open to the idea of having another baby with Lewis, saying, ‘Kim’s long friendship with Lewis is what makes this so different for her. Lewis was upfront and said he didn’t want to risk that for something casual.

Meanwhile, our insider says that it’s not just North that Lewis has formed a supportive bond with.

‘He’s really fantastic with all the kids, which of course totally melts Kim’s heart. He came with them on their annual family summer vacation to the lake in Idaho for the July 4 holiday, and it could not have gone better. Kim told everyone they all had the most incredible time, and she says Lewis was a big part of what made it so fun.

‘He was all in on playing with the kids and being really present for them. Kim says he's a total natural with them, nothing is forced, and he genuinely seems to get a kick out of them, which is such a huge relief for her because trying to date as a single mom of four kids is not easy, even when you are Kim Kardashian!

‘She says finding someone who excites her but is also happy to fit into her family and play a stepdad role to her kids, kind of feels like a miracle, she definitely prayed for it.’

And the source says that by winning over the affections of North, who is set to go on her debut music tour this August, Lewis has easily fitted in with the family dynamic. He’s also said to have been accepted by Kim’s ex and the father of her children, rapper Kanye West.

‘North is by far the toughest one of the kids to win over, and she sets the tone for the rest of them,’ says the insider. ‘So the fact that she likes Lewis is a massive relief. It also helps that Kanye isn’t making any issues for them and has actually come round to the idea and given his approval.

‘He wasn’t so easy going about it at first, because he and Lewis were friends way back when, but he's moved past all of that, thankfully. Having him accept that Lewis and Kim are together, and actually be somewhat positive about it, makes a huge difference to how North reacts because she’s such a daddy's girl.

‘She’s accepted that Kanye has moved on with Bianca and actually really likes her, and now she’s bonding with Lewis too. Kim loves that North has got another person in the world who’s looking out for her and supporting her.

‘It doesn’t hurt that Lewis is one of the most admired race car drivers in the world. North acts pretty nonchalant about that, but every once in a while she drops her too-cool teenager act, and Kim says she can tell she’s actually impressed by Lewis!’

Nicola Peltz

Reportedly just 7st after four months of intensive ballet training for an acting role, fans suggest 31-year old Nicola’s altered features could be down to her dramatic weight loss. But Dr Hassan Galadari, aesthetic doctor and dermatologist, tells Closer, ‘Nicola’s very beautiful, but possibly has subtle anti-wrinkle injections like Botox to maintain a smooth forehead, as well as gently lifting her eyebrows. Nicola’s nose appears more refined, which could be from either a surgical or non-surgical rhinoplasty using dermal filler. ‘Her even skin can be achieved with treatments such as IPL – which targets pigmentation, redness and sun damage, while still looking natural.’

Kelly Osbourne

Candid Kelly hailed her 2018 gastric sleeve operation as ‘the best thing I’ve ever done’. And though the TV personality, 41, has ‘never done anything but Botox’, she has ‘needle-free’ EmFace and EmSculpt to tighten her skin following her 85-pound weight loss. Plastic surgeon Dr Fai Hamadani says, ‘Treatments such as Quantum RF stimulate collagen production and tighten the skin without creating an overfilled look. Kelly’s smooth complexion hints she'll also likely be having regular laser treatments, medical-grade skincare and anti-wrinkle injections.’

Michelle Keegan

Michelle’s appearance has altered since entering the spotlight aged just 19. ‘People point out that they think I’ve had a nose job. They think I’ve had new cheeks, a new chin – but I haven’t and I don’t think I ever would,’ the actress, 39, previously revealed. Dr Barbara Kubicka says, ‘Michelle’s possible aesthetic treatments are very subtle – skin boosters to improve hydration, anti-wrinkle treatments to soften expression lines, and treatments designed to stimulate collagen production. Michelle's appearance is polished and fresh without looking over-treated.’

Adele

Fans were thrilled when Adele made a rare public appearance at the British Grand Prix – but some noticed that the global superstar, 38, looked a little different. ‘Botox and enhanced lips?’ speculated one. Dr Paul Banwell tells Closer, ‘Weight loss can alter facial proportions – it's common to see greater definition around the jawline and cheeks, and reduced facial volume sculpts the face. Adele’s polished look may be down to small amounts of filler to restore volume, alongside anti-wrinkle injections. She perhaps has laser treatments or regenerative skin booster procedures such as Jalupro. Work is very conservative – she looks refreshed and age-appropriate.’

Victoria Beckham

Attributing her ageless looks to make-up, Victoria, 51, has commented in the past, ‘A lot of people have said that I've had some kind of surgery on my nose. I have never […] It's clever contouring.’ Dr Barbara Kubicka says, ‘Victoria’s skin looks exceptionally smooth, bright and even. She may have benefitted from anti-wrinkle treatments alongside collagen stimulating procedures such as radiofrequency microneedling,
laser resurfacing or injectable skin boosters – which improve skin quality and firmness while maintaining natural movement. Victoria’s a good example of healthy, luminous skin that still looks like your own.’

Brooklyn blasts Posh: ‘I told you to stay away!’

It was a family affair for the Beckhams as they celebrated Victoria’s first fashion and beauty pop-up shop in Florida – with the notable absence of estranged son Brooklyn. Victoria and David, with daughter Harper and their sons Romeo and Cruz, along with their girlfriends Jackie Apostel and Kim Turnbull, turned out for the House of Victoria Beckham launch at Bal Harbour Shops in Miami.

Victoria, 52, shared photos of her big night afterwards, writing, ‘So excited to be here tonight in Miami, celebrating the House of Victoria Beckham at @balharbourshops with my family and friends!’ Now, sources say that Brooklyn, 27, is ‘absolutely livid’ about his mum’s new venture in his wife Nicola Peltz’s hometown, despite Victoria and David – who co-owns Inter Miami CF – also having a home there.

‘Brooklyn went ballistic when he heard about the shop. He sees Victoria having her own store there as an aggressive encroachment on their personal territory,’ the insider says. ‘Brooklyn has warned Victoria this is crossing a major line. He’s said he feels like she’s deliberately trying to muscle in on the Florida fashion and beauty scene that Nicola’s family has been such a big part of for years.’

The insider adds that Nicola, 31, is less than thrilled. ‘Nicola feels like this is a deliberate slap in the face and a highly strategic power play by Victoria to mark her territory right on their doorstep.’

Since his bombshell Instagram statement in January, Brooklyn has distanced himself from the rest of his family, despite them offering olive branches. Most recently, David, 51, and Victoria gave a shout-out to their ‘four amazing children’ as they celebrated their 27th wedding anniversary earlier this month.

Molly-Mae's sexy night with Tommy

After welcoming their second child Midas in May, engaged couple Tommy Fury and Molly-Mae Hague enjoyed some quality time together for their seventh anniversary – with a day at Wimbledon, followed by a £12,000-a-night stay at the Musician’s Penthouse at the Corinthia hotel in London.

Molly-Mae, 27, shared photos of their jaunt to SW19, writing, ‘Spent the day court side,’ to which Tommy replied, ‘Gorgeous girl’. He also posted snaps of them on Centre Court, which he captioned, ‘Court is now in session’. Tommy, 27, later shared pics of their two-storey Corinthia suite with piano, chandeliers and private outdoor terrace.

The mum-of-two also posted throwback photos during their time on Love Island, saying, ‘Who would’ve thought!!!’ before adding a current pic of them as a family. ‘Seven years of us’, she captioned with a heart emoji, while Tommy wrote, ‘Happy seven years my girl’.

The couple – who share three-year-old daughter Bambi and six-week-old son Midas – met on Love Island in 2019 and got engaged in July 2023. A year later, they announced their shock split over his boozing ways but rekindled their romance last year, before announcing Molly-Mae’s second pregnancy in February.

Trinny's hinge dates!

Three years after splitting from art dealer Charles Saatchi, Trinny Woodall is ready for romance again as she joined dating app Hinge. The former What Not To Wear TV stylist, 62 – who found fame hosting with pal Susannah Constantine – revealed she’d swiped right for Rupert, who’s offering ‘fun, honesty, food and warmth’. ‘I’m in the game,’ she said after she sent him a message. But she was less impressed with others, one of whom she called ‘a bit creepy’.

Trinny, who has daughter Lyla, 22, revealed she prefers a taller man to match her height. ‘I’m somebody who might be with a really short man and that’s cool, but because I’m 5’10”, it’s challenging,’ she admitted. Luckily for her, Rupert is 6’7”.

Helen's heartbreak: ‘I won’t be disrespected!’

Seven months after they moved in together, Call The Midwife star Helen George, 42, is reported to have split from her boyfriend Dan Innes, after he was pictured moving his belongings out of her London home.

Seemingly alluding to the split on social media, Helen said, ‘I absolutely take responsibility for when I am wrong. But I will never apologise for responding to disrespect. If you lit the match, do not stand in the flames pretending to be the victim.’

She also posted, ‘I don’t want my daughter to be like me. I want her to speak up sooner. Walk away faster. Trust herself deeper. Apologise less. Take up more space. Ask bigger questions. Dream louder. And if that means she becomes everything I wasn’t, good.’

Helen – who shares daughters Wren Ivy, eight, and Lark, four, with ex-husband Jack Ashton – and property marketing agency manager Dan, 52, had been dating since March 2025 after meeting on dating app Raya, and he moved in with her earlier this year.

A source said, ‘Helen and Dan have gone their separate ways. They had a whirlwind romance but their differences became apparent.’

Headlines have been dominated by Katie Price’s fourth marriage to Lee Andrews in recent months – and her close pal Hannah Elizabeth has been just as hooked by the drama as the rest of us.

‘I don't like to be too nosey and ask a lot of personal questions, but I was invested in the whole thing. Only Kate!’ Hannah, 36, tells Closer.

The two glamour models struck up a friendship years ago, joining forces for a raunchy OnlyFans shoot in 2022. The pair remain close, with Hannah revealing more plans to work with Katie, 48, are in the pipeline. ‘I love Katie. We are so similar. I think she’s absolutely hilarious and what you see is what you get,’ she adds.

And while both Hannah and Katie have carved out successful careers as glamour models, most will recognise Hannah from Love Island. One of the show’s OG cast members, she was a runner-up on the very first series in 2015 with ex-fiancé Jon Clark, who she famously got engaged to during the ITV2 show’s finale.

Hannah – who split from Jon just three months later – remains in disbelief, telling us, ‘Genuinely at the time, I thought “Oh my god, this is the love of my life,” but when I look back… I got engaged. Who does that?! That is wild.’

Hannah returned to the villa for a second chance at finding love in 2024 as one of the All Stars Islanders. While she ‘had a ball’, she ultimately failed to find a romantic connection. ‘You've got to go in there and have a laugh. I obviously didn't meet anyone. I was just along for the ride to be honest. It was amazing,’ she admits.

Romance wasn’t on the cards, but Hannah won her own prize after All Stars. The show catapulted her back into the public eye and ultimately enhanced her OnlyFans career – and her bank balance. She reveals, ‘I had such a nice response from the public. It definitely helped to give a big boost in with my earnings.’

The former Playboy bunny launched her OnlyFans account during the pandemic, having already built up a fanbase thanks to TV and glamour modelling. And while she’s worked with a handful of brands on Instagram, Hannah admits she never had any plans to follow the traditional Love Islander-turned-influencer career path.

Describing glamour modelling as her ‘thing’, she explains how her love for the ‘big bombshell look’ associated with it led to her numerous plastic surgery procedures – the most recent of which was a simultaneous boob job and lower face lift at the beginning of the year.

‘I always wanted the Pamela Anderson; the big, pin up, playboy look. I've always loved that. It might not be everyone's cup of tea, but I am so about that,’ she says.

Hannah has previously revealed that she’s spent over £100k on surgery, including a fox eye lift, a nose job and a BBL. But at the time of our chat, she doesn’t have plans for any further procedures. ‘I'm happy. I think for the time being, I'm done. But I love a bit of surgery,’ she adds.

Away from the glamour, Hannah is a doting mum to five-year-old son Reggie, who she shares with her ex-fiancé George Andreetti, who she split from in October 2019. The mention of her son prompts a smile from the star and it’s immediately evident that being a parent is her top priority.

And she’s clearly mastered balancing work and motherhood, as she says, ‘I'm lucky because I can do my work from anywhere. I get to balance that with spending time with my son.’

The arrival of Reggie in November 2019 prompted Hannah to relocate to her native Liverpool, after living in Essex for around eight years. Being closer to her parents, who she describes as ‘amazing’, was the driving force behind the decision, as well as her love for the ‘best city in the world’.

But she admits there’s one thing missing. Describing her love life as ‘tumbleweed’, Hannah is unapologetically honest about the lack of romance she’s experiencing – though she won’t be entertaining the world of online dating anytime soon.

‘There are just no fellas!’ she says. ‘I don’t even know where you’d meet a nice fella. I feel like no one comes over. I don’t know if I’m a bit too loud for them and they can’t handle it. Honestly, there’s no one. I've never been on a dating app. I like to know the person and be mates with them first.’

Despite her current singleness, Hannah is still a hopeless romantic at heart – and is certain she’ll find her happily ever after. ‘I’m romantic. I want the fairytale!’ she adds.

WATCH: Love Island's Sam and Mibs open up to Closer about what really happens in holding

Despite looking the very picture of serenity as she made her final appearance at the Wimbledon finals, sources say that the Princess of Wales' calm exterior and warm smile is masking an inner sadness. There is, we’re told, one issue continuing to divide the Waleses, and Kate is determined to take charge.

She has been radiating positivity, grit and resilience in recent weeks, taking on the Three Peaks challenge, visiting Evelina London Children’s Hospital and making an appearance at Wimbledon. Yet behind her trademark optimism, we’re told that Kate, 44, is privately heartbroken as one ongoing family issue remains unresolved – her husband Prince William’s ‘pain’ over his ongoing rift with Prince Harry.

‘It’s tearing Kate apart to see William so upset and angry all the time,’ an insider tells heat. ‘She’s tried everything – she’s listened, she’s sympathised, she’s encouraged him to talk it through, but nothing seems to work. She’s at the point where she doesn’t know what else she can do, so she’s resorting to a bit of tough love. She’s ordered him to snap out of it. She’s told him to look around him and realise they’ve got so much to be grateful for. Kate’s feeling happier than she has in a long time, and she wants William to start seeing that the glass is half full, too.’

The source adds, ‘She told him to stop letting all this stress impact his mood, because it’s affecting everyone around him. The last thing she or the kids need is to see him moping around all the time.’

The past several years have been extremely challenging for William, 44. His younger brother Harry, 41, and wife Meghan Markle, 44, stepped back from senior royal duties in 2020. A year later, they levelled a string of explosive claims about their experience within the monarchy. Shortly after, William’s grandmother, the late Queen, passed away, briefly bringing the brothers together again. However, the Sussexes’ Netflix docuseries followed, reinforcing many of their earlier allegations.

But it was Harry’s 2023 memoir Spare that proved to be the final blow, with Harry accusing William of physically attacking him during a confrontation about Meghan. Standing beside him throughout, Kate understands more than anyone how deeply William has been affected. While she is taking a firm stance, she also recognises the hurt beneath the surface.

We’re told, ‘Kate recognises that, underneath the bluster, William is in a lot of pain, too. Deep down, he still loves his brother, and no one ever imagined they’d still be this estranged after all these years.’

Adding to the pressure, in 2024 both Kate and his father, King Charles, received cancer diagnoses, with the King continuing precautionary treatment to this day. Although his ‘Pa’ is said to be doing well, our source claims Charles’s illness has sharpened William’s awareness that he will eventually become monarch – a reality he feels deeply.

‘William feels this enormous sense of duty – he’s very aware that, one day, he’ll be King. He puts so much pressure on himself, so it’s hardly surprising he struggles to keep a lid on his emotions. People mistake it for having a temper, but Kate knows it’s actually sadness. William’s learned to protect himself and never show weakness, but anyone who knows him well will tell you he’s an incredibly gentle soul. That’s why it’s so hard for Kate to see him so consumed with anger and bitterness.’

Kate recently demonstrated the strength of her recovery by completing the demanding Three Peaks challenge – where participants climb the tallest mountains in England, Scotland and Wales – to raise money for the hospital that treated her. Images from the day captured her chatting with William and their three children – George, 12, Charlotte, 11, and Louis, eight – and we’re told the experience has motivated Kate to urge William to spend more time outdoors, something she consistently promotes through her work.

Our insider says Kate hopes time in nature will lift William from this low period. ‘She’s told him he needs to get out of this horrible headspace and, in her view, committing to a serious exercise regime is the answer – she says working up a sweat is the best medicine,’ says our insider. ‘She also wants him to give yoga a proper try, because he clearly needs a better way to cope with this stress.‘She knows that isn’t his true nature and she’s determined to help him see things in a more positive light.’

The source goes on, ‘She keeps reminding him that he’s got so many fantastic things going on, if he’d only allow himself to focus on them. His Earthshot initiative is doing better than ever, he’s getting so much support around the world and within Hollywood – it’s exactly what he had hoped for.’

Another issue weighing on Kate and William – who marked their 15th wedding anniversary in April – is how quickly their children are growing. A recent image of George beside his mother showed the young prince nearly matching her height. With George preparing to follow his father’s path by starting at Eton this September, our insider says Kate is urging William not to dwell on old wounds.

We’re told, ‘Kate wants them spend as much time together as a family as they can before George goes to Eton. She thinks it’s crucial they make the most of this time. She doesn’t want William wasting energy worrying about things he can’t change.’

According to the latest reports, William was not believed to have met Harry during his UK visit for the Invictus Games launch. Meghan and the couple’s children also did not appear publicly while in Britain, although it has been reported that King Charles and Queen Camilla hosted The Sussexes along with their children, Archie and Lilibet for an hour at Royal residence Highgrove. Details of that meeting have been kept entirely under wraps, and no photos of the King and his grandchildren's rumoured reunion have been released.

But for the Waleses, although the feud appears far from resolved, Palace insiders hope Kate can guide William toward a more positive chapter.

‘William listens to Kate. She’s probably the only person who can get through to him. She has managed to drill a bit of sense into him, but there’s still a lot of work to do.’

After months of ‘Will they? Won’t they?’, Prince Harry and Meghan Markle finally ended their royal hokey pokeying last week. The couple proved they were very much back ‘in’ the royal fold when, alongside their children, Prince Archie, seven, and Princess Lilibet, five, they visited King Charles and Queen Camilla at Highgrove House.

And in a week that Viking-inspired battle videos generated by AI flooded our social media feeds in the lead-up to England’s World Cup match against Norway, the King himself also appeared to go all Game of Thrones on us.

After days of intense criticism over allowing Harry, 41, and Meghan, 44, who have been dubbed the Royal Family’s ‘gruesome twosome’, to afternoon tea (the royals' version of a red carpet), a source close to the monarch declared, ‘Blood is blood’ as the reason behind this perhaps ill-advised PDF – public show of forgiveness.

However, this battle cry has done nothing to dampen the backlash from royal observers, a vast majority of the UK public and reportedly, members of the Royal Family and their staff.

One member of the public summarised the return as ‘nauseating’, while The Royalist’s Tom Sykes quizzed, ‘Why has the King of England just handed the Sussexes the biggest prize of their six-year campaign — family rehabilitation, on their terms — in exchange for precisely nothing?’

Meanwhile, we’re told that Charles, 77, himself came away from their time together ‘very pleased’ and filled with a sense of renewed hope for a future in which he is able to spend a lot more time with Archie and Lili.

A source says, ‘Charles came away from this visit very pleased. Spending time with Archie and Lilibet meant the world to him, and he has told everyone they were an absolute delight.

‘It’s no secret getting to know them was the driving motivation for opening the door again to Harry and Meghan, but Charles has really put his neck on the line by inviting them back into the fold. It was nothing short of extraordinary considering the amount of opposition he’s faced from within the family.’

However, we’re now told that behind palace walls, Charles’ reconciliation with the Sussexes also prompted the monarch to deliver a shock ultimatum to Harry and Meghan, making it clear that if they are to play any part in royal life, they will have to start playing by his rules – or else.

The insider claims, ‘As much as this was a chance for Charles to spend time with his grandchildren, it wasn’t the only thing on the agenda. He also made a point to make sure Harry and Meghan understand exactly where they stand and that, from now on, things happen on his terms, or not at all.

‘This is their absolute last chance; if they put a foot wrong again, that's it. ' He is being very clear about that. Harry's been told he needs to take a back seat and trust his father to handle things his way, in his timing, even if it’s slower than he and Meghan would like.’

First up, unsurprisingly, is understood to be Charles’ alleged demand that hot-headed Harry ‘stop rising to the bait’ and stop any public tantrums, like last week’s outburst against a judge (of the King’s court, no less) who ruled against him and who was then accused of ‘whitewashing’ (the act of covering up wrongdoing or scandal) by the furious Prince.

Yet we’re told that most importantly, the monarch has demanded that Harry stop airing his dirty laundry, especially when it comes to his grievances against his family.

And the source says Charles’ warnings aren’t just advisory but spell out very clearly the rules that Harry and Meghan must follow. And if they don’t? It will be ‘the end of things for good’.

The insider says, ‘Above all else, they need to keep their mouths shut about anything that goes on behind Palace walls. Charles also expects Harry to conduct himself with the humility and grace he was raised with, rather than trying to call the shots or rising to every bit of bait.

‘He wants him to stop taking every perceived snub so personally. William and Kate certainly turn the other cheek plenty, and Charles has told Harry he needs to follow their lead.

‘If he can follow the rules, there is a path back, but if there are any more leaks or public tantrums or any signs of disrespect towards the monarchy, Charles has made it clear that will be the end of things for good. This is well and truly the last chance.’

Meanwhile, the insider claims there are still fears from within the Palace, and from Prince William in particular, that Charles could have made a grave mistake, and that the Sussexes may eventually ‘start pushing for more’ grace and favour when they feel their foundations within the fold are more secure.

‘He’s gone against what most people, particularly William, wanted him to do, so it’s stirred up a real hornet’s nest, and there’s genuine concern within the Firm that this is only the beginning, that Harry and Meghan will eventually start pushing for more once they get comfortable,’ the source says.

‘He is convinced time has changed their outlook; he really maintains that they’ve been humbled. He wants to believe they understand what’s at stake now and that preserving this relationship is more important to them than scoring points or settling old grievances.

‘That doesn’t mean he’s forgotten the past. There’s still a part of Charles that will never find it easy to move past some of the terrible things that were said and done, but he’s reached a place where he’s prepared to forgive if they prove they’ve genuinely learned from the past.’

However, following his last meeting with the King, within days, insiders had revealed how Harry had felt more like an ‘official visitor’ than a son – a claim that was strongly denied by Harry’s team.

This visit, meanwhile, was kept so secret that the Sussexes were ushered in secretly during a Chanel event taking place at Highgrove House, therefore thwarting any waiting photographers.

Now only time will tell if any of the details from the reunion will be leaked or discussed by the Sussexes, but we’re told that Charles’ team have learnt the hard way and is not willing to take any risks going forward.

‘Of course, he [Charles] also knows there are risks, and nobody around him is pretending otherwise. His aides remain in constant contact with Harry’s team, and they’re making sure there’s absolutely no confusion about what’s expected going forward,’ the source says.

‘Charles may deliver the message in a gentler way, but the people around him certainly won’t sugarcoat it. Everyone understands this truce is tentative, at best.’

This, of course, will also put Meghan and Harry in a potential catch-22, given that their most profitable projects over the past six years have been their 2022 Netflix docu-series and Harry’s 2023 memoir Spare – both with the huge selling point of bashing the monarchy.

However, the source makes it clear that if this well-trodden path is even tiptoed on again, then ‘all bets are off’.

The insider explains, ‘If Harry and Meghan continue showing restraint and respect the boundaries Charles has laid down, then there’s every chance this relationship can continue to heal.

‘But if there’s any sign that they’re slipping into old habits or trying to rewrite the terms of the arrangement, then all bets are off; there won’t be another round of forgiveness after this. This really is their last shot.’

They’ve had a rocky romance ever since their whirlwind wedding earlier this year. And now Closer can reveal that Katie Price and Lee Andrews have hit another bump in the road, with insiders saying she’s been left furious after discovering he’s been in contact with her exes.

‘Lee has been quietly reaching out to men from Katie’s past, making it very clear he doesn’t want anyone speaking negatively about him or fuelling any rumours. It’s become a bit of an obsession,’ a source says.

‘Behind closed doors they’ve had more than one heated conversation about it, with Katie making it clear she wants less drama, not more, and hoping Lee will trust her experience when it comes to navigating the spotlight.

‘Katie is becoming increasingly frustrated with how Lee reacts. She appreciates the loyalty, but she hates seeing situations escalate unnecessarily. She’s told him more than once that she’s been in the public eye for years and knows how this industry works.’

It was back in January that Katie, 48, tied the knot with Lee, 43, in a whirlwind ceremony in Dubai, just days after their first in-person encounter. It marked the fourth time she has made it down the aisle, following previous marriages to Peter Andre, Alex Reid and Kieran Hayler. Prior to marrying Lee, the mum-of-five was engaged to on-off boyfriend Carl Woods, whom she split from in 2023.

Fans of Katie immediately became suspicious of Lee – a self-proclaimed multimillionaire based in Dubai – after noticing the majority of his social media profiles were filled with AI-generated content and the businesses he claimed to run appeared inactive.

And combined with his exes speaking out against him – one even claimed he’d taken out a loan worth thousands in her name – it became clear that there was more to Lee than meets than eye. Things then took a dramatic turn in May after Lee bizarrely ‘disappeared’, only for it to be revealed he’d been imprisoned in Dubai.

But while Katie has continued to publicly defend Lee, many haven’t shied away from sharing their thoughts on her latest partner.

Katie’s ex Dane Bowers, who dated the former glamour model in the late ’90s, opened up about her fourth husband to Closer last week, comparing their marriage to a ‘soap opera’. He added, ‘He had told her that we’d met and I had DJ’ed for him, which is b*llocks. I don’t understand how he can say things, fully knowing that he’s going to get found out within seconds that he’s talking crap.'

Meanwhile, a spokesperson for Peter – the father of her children, Junior, 21, and Princess, 19 – recently hit out at Lee for ‘spreading lies’ about their kids, after he claimed he had adopted them.

Despite all the criticism, Lee has refused to back down. In a recent Instagram post, he shared his plans to expose ‘60 people from the celeb world’ who had been talking bad about him.

But it’s these public declarations that are riling Katie up, our insider says. ‘Friends think they’re beginning to clash over how to deal with fame. Katie worries that every public response creates another headline and keeps stories alive far longer than they need to be, but that’s ultimately what Lee wants,’ the source continues.

‘Lee’s instinct is to fight back every time someone says something negative, whereas these days Katie’s instinct is to stay quiet and let the headlines move on. Lee calling out celebrities was Katie’s last straw. She was so embarrassed.’

Clearly determined to put all the drama to rest, Katie insisted her husband – who is allegedly on a travel ban – would take part in a ‘lie detector test’ when he finally visits the UK. Speaking on This Morning last week, the ex-glamour model added, ‘It’s become such a gimmicky joke now, no one believes it’s even a marriage now, it’s just not fair. Especially my family, they don’t want nothing to do with him and you can’t blame them because of what’s out there.’

And amidst all the drama, Katie has been promoting her new four-part Sky documentary, Katie Price: Nothing To Hide, which marks 30 years of her being in the spotlight. Various exes of Katie’s were interviewed for the show – including Dane – and her two eldest children, Junior and Princess, featured. In emotional scenes, the siblings recalled their mum’s drug struggle, with Junior admitting Katie ‘wasn’t being a mum’ and she was ‘out all the time’.

He also addressed her fourth marriage for the first time, branding it the ‘most silly, stupidest thing’, adding, ‘Mum can’t be alone. I feel like she’s scared to be alone.’

But it looks like the Lee saga won’t be dying down anytime soon. Our insider adds, ‘People around Kate think Lee has become far too invested in controlling the narrative. He loves the attention – Lee was always fame hungry. She’s appalled by his behaviour, but she’s so in love with him.

As she prepares to take the helm of Strictly Come Dancing this autumn, Emma Willis recently underwent a specialised lymphatic drainage and body-contouring treatment to look and feel her best for the biggest job on TV. But now, sources tell Closer that the presenter’s body overhaul has created a fraught atmosphere between her and husband Matt Willis.

INTENSE

‘Matt is incredibly proud of Emma, and he’s always been her biggest cheerleader. But her sudden, intense focus on this new body contouring and fitness regime has caused a bit of quiet tension at home,’ our insider says. ‘Matt thinks Emma is absolutely stunning exactly as she is, so he’s been left a bit baffled as to why she feels this pressure to completely overhaul her look. It feels a bit sad to him that she’s changing when he loves her as she is; in a way, he feels like he’s losing the Emma he fell for, and he can’t face that.’

It was announced in May that presenter Emma, 50 – who reportedly spent £380 on her recent treatments – would be stepping up as Strictly’s new host, alongside comedian Josh Widdicombe and former Strictly pro Johannes Radebe.

After landing the huge gig, Emma said, ‘I can only hope that we are able to help to steer the ship as beautifully as [former hosts Tess Daly and Claudia Winkleman] have, into this new chapter.

Despite Busted musician Matt, 43, being supportive of his wife’s new role, Emma admitted a decade ago that she wouldn’t want him to participate on Strictly, saying, ‘I’m a jealous person. If my husband is around a younger, good-looking woman, I’m like, “Stop looking at them”.’

ANXIETIES

The source now adds, ‘Matt’s completely supportive of Emma’s success, but the situation has inevitably triggered some of his own deep-seated anxieties. He knows how tactile the Strictly world can be.’

The couple tied the knot in 2008 and are parents to Isabelle, 17, Ace, 14, and Trixie, 10. Their marriage hasn’t always been smooth, as they previously faced challenges during Matt’s struggles with alcohol and drug addiction – a period he has described as ‘dark and horrible’. Despite the difficulties, the pair worked through it and came out stronger than ever, with Matt due to mark nine years of sobriety next month.

The insider continues, ‘They have such a tight, deeply loving marriage, but friends can see that this transition is a real balancing act for them. Matt doesn’t want Emma to change who she is, and he’s trying hard not to let any creeping jealousy cloud her big moment. It’s definitely a sensitive time where they both need to be incredibly mindful of each other’s feelings before the live shows kick off.’

Headlines have been dominated by Katie Price’s fourth marriage to Lee Andrews in recent months – and her close pal Hannah Elizabeth has been just as hooked by the drama as the rest of us. ‘I don’t like to be too nosy and ask a lot of personal questions, but I was invested in the whole thing. Only Kate!’ Hannah, 36, tells Closer.

WILD

The two glamour models struck up a friendship years ago, joining forces for a raunchy OnlyFans shoot in 2022. The pair remain close, with Hannah revealing more plans to work with Katie, 48, are in the pipeline. Speaking to Closer as an ambassador for HB London luxury luggage, Hannah says, ‘I love Katie. We are so similar. I think she’s absolutely hilarious and what you see is what you get,’ she adds.

And while both Hannah and Katie have carved out successful careers as glamour models, most will recognise Hannah from Love Island. One of the show’s OG cast members, she was a runner-up on the very first series in 2015 with ex-fiancé Jon Clark, who she famously got engaged to during the ITV2 show’s finale.

Hannah – who split from Jon just three months later – remains in disbelief, telling us, ‘Genuinely at the time, I thought, “Oh my god, this is the love of my life”, but when I look back… I got engaged. Who does that?! That is wild.’

Hannah returned to the villa for a second chance at finding love in 2024 as one of the All-Star Islanders. While she ‘had a ball’, she ultimately failed to find a romantic connection. ‘You’ve got to go in there and have a laugh. I obviously didn’t meet anyone. I was just along for the ride, to be honest. It was amazing,’ she admits.

Romance wasn’t on the cards, but Hannah won her own prize after All Stars. The show catapulted her back into the public eye and ultimately enhanced her OnlyFans career – and her bank balance. She reveals, ‘I had such a nice response from the public. It definitely helped to give a big boost to my earnings.’

The former Playboy bunny launched her OnlyFans account during the pandemic, having already built up a fan base thanks to TV and glamour modelling. And while she’s worked with a handful of brands on Instagram, Hannah admits she never had any plans to follow the traditional Love Islander-turned-influencer career path.

BOMBSHELL

Describing glamour modelling as her ‘thing’, she explains how her love for the ‘big bombshell look’ associated with it led to her numerous plastic surgery procedures – the most recent of which was a simultaneous boob job and lower face lift at the beginning of the year.

‘I always wanted the Pamela Anderson; the big, pin-up, Playboy look. I’ve always loved that. It might not be everyone’s cup of tea, but I am so about that,’ she says.

Hannah has previously revealed that she’s spent over £100k on surgery, including a fox eye lift, a nose job and a BBL. But at the time of our chat, she didn’t have plans for any further procedures. ‘I’m happy. I think for the time being, I’m done. But I love a bit of surgery,’ she adds.

Away from the glamour, Hannah is a doting mum to five-year-old son Reggie, her son with her ex-fiancé George Andreetti, who she split from in October 2019. The mention of her son prompts a smile from the star, and it’s immediately evident that being a parent is her top priority.

And she’s clearly mastered balancing work and motherhood, as she says, ‘I’m lucky because I can do my work from anywhere. I get to balance that with spending time with my son.’

FAIRY TALE

The arrival of Reggie in November 2019 prompted Hannah to relocate to her native Liverpool, after living in Essex for around eight years. Being closer to her parents, who she describes as ‘amazing’, was the driving force behind the decision, as well as her love for the ‘best city in the world’.

But she admits there’s one thing missing. Describing her love life as ‘tumbleweed’, Hannah is unapologetically honest about the lack of romance she’s experiencing – though she won’t be entertaining the world of online dating anytime soon.

‘There are just no fellas!’ she says. ‘I don’t even know where you’d meet a nice fella. I feel like no one comes over. I don’t know if I’m a bit too loud for them, and they can’t handle it. Honestly, there’s no one. I’ve never been on a dating app. I like to know the person and be mates with them first.’

Despite her current single status, Hannah is still a hopeless romantic at heart – and is certain she’ll find her happily ever after. ‘I’m romantic. I want the fairy tale!’ she adds.

She’s newly single after her shock split from husband Vernon Kay in May. And now insiders tell Closer that Tess Daly’s best pal Claudia Winkleman is taking charge of her love life – and she’s determined to find Tess a new man before Vernon moves on first with a younger model.

‘Claudia has completely taken the reins of Tess’s love life and has made it her personal project to find her the perfect man and ensure she moves on before Vernon, which she knows is something that’s weighing on her heavily,’ our source reveals.

HOT GUY

‘She knows exactly how much Tess’s pride has been knocked by this split, and she’s determined to make sure Tess is the one who triumphs, so she’s been tapping into her sprawling network, and she’s already using it to orchestrate a string of blind dates for her friend. Claudia is being incredibly protective and vetting every single man herself before letting them anywhere near Tess. She’s already found a particularly hot guy, and she’s excited about the upcoming date as she thinks he’s perfect for Tess.’

And not just anyone will do. Our source says that Claudia, 54, who has been married to husband Kris Thykier since 2000, is using her impressive network of contacts to help find Tess’s dream man.

‘Claudia isn’t part of the splashy celebrity launch or reality TV influencer crowd; she is pulling suitors from a much more sophisticated world through her husband Kris, who’s a top film producer,’ the insider explains.

‘Claudia moves seamlessly among BAFTA winners and producers, and she also has deep, long-standing roots in Fleet Street thanks to her ex-editor mother, Eve Pollard, meaning she can tap into the upper echelons of British media and journalism.

‘Claudia is using these cosy Hampstead dinner parties and private film industry circles to fix Tess up with successful, divorced TV executives or respected authors in her mission to find Tess a stable, well-suited man she can enjoy life with.’

Fans were stunned when Tess, 56, and Vernon, 52, announced they’d ‘amicably’ separated after 22 years of marriage. The famous couple, who married in 2003, released a joint statement confirming the end of their relationship and insisted that they remain good friends.

While they were considered to be one of showbiz’s strongest couples, Tess and Vernon – parents to Phoebe, 21, and Amber, 17 – had endured their fair share of ups and downs throughout the course of their decades-long romance. Vernon’s well-publicised sexting scandal with glamour model Rhian Sugden threw his marriage into chaos in 2010. But after a grovelling public apology, where he branded himself an ‘idiot’ and vowed ‘never’ to do it again, Vernon and Tess ultimately worked through the drama.

EXCITED

Tess – who announced her exit from Strictly Come Dancing alongside Claudia last October – has remained close with Vernon since their split. The estranged pair have been spotted at events together, and both have been seen still wearing their wedding rings, leaving fans scratching their heads.

But despite their close friendship, there’s said to be tension behind the scenes, as both parties navigate their futures. As previously reported by Closer, Tess is growing increasingly worried about the idea of Vernon moving on with younger women, as she fears he may ‘fall back into old habits’ off the back of their split.

And while Tess is now said to be excited by the idea of dating, insiders say that some pals fear she’s putting too much pressure on herself to move on before Vernon beats her to it.

‘Tess is feeling incredibly empowered by Claudia’s elite matchmaking protocol, but friends are quietly warning that this race to move on first is putting a lot of pressure on her,’ the source adds.

CONCERNED

‘She’s so focused on beating Vernon to the punch and launching a high-profile revenge romance before he can step out with a younger woman, they’re concerned that she could force herself into a new relationship not only before she’s ready, but with a man who doesn’t offer her what she needs.

‘Claudia is doing an amazing job keeping her distracted and excited about the future, but Tess has got to make sure she’s going on these dates for her own happiness, not just to score points against her ex, so her pals are urging her not to rush into a relationship which could backfire on her and just make sure she does it for the right reasons.’

Already dubbed the celebrity event of the year, Taylor Swift and Travis Kelce's wedding saw a host of A-list stars gather at Madison Square Garden to celebrate the lavish occasion. And now, sources tell Closer that rival Kim Kardashian wants to wed boyfriend Lewis Hamilton in an even bigger ceremony in a bid to top the singer’s special day.

‘Things with Lewis are going really well, and it’s got serious. Kim doesn’t want to jump the gun, but she has got marriage in her sights again,’ an insider reveals. ‘Seeing Taylor’s grand wedding to Travis has really made her think about what her next wedding could look like.

‘She’s not set a date for when she would ask Lewis to marry her, but she has been thinking about making it one of the most epic nuptials of all time. She loves the idea of having it at the Miami International Autodrome, which can hold up to 275,000 fans when they have races there.’

Pop star Taylor, 36, married three-time Super Bowl champion Travis, also Kim’s a regular at F1 races with Lewis, 36, in front of more than 1,000 guests on 3 July. The A-list crowd, which included pals Gigi Hadid, Hugh Grant and Jennifer Lopez, were driven in blacked-out SUVs to the ceremony at the famous arena.

ROCKY HISTORY

The singer, who got engaged to Travis in August 2025, also had 1,000 orange roses shipped in from Italy to transform the venue into an ‘enchanted forest’. Taylor wore a Christian Dior Haute Couture gown – the designer’s first couture wedding dress for a world-renowned celebrity – paired with custom-made Christian Louboutin shoes, while the wedding was officiated by comedian Adam Sandler.

Kim, 45, has a notoriously rocky history with Taylor. Their bitter feud peaked in 2016 when Kim’s ex-husband, Kanye West, released his track Famous, which took direct jabs at the singer. Kim then claimed Taylor knew about the lyrics all along, infamously leaking an edited phone call of the pair discussing the track before its release. Opening up about the fallout with Kim and Kanye, Taylor admitted it felt like ‘career death’.

Now, our source says Taylor’s headline-making nuptials have sparked some jealousy in Kim. ‘As soon as Kim saw all the hoopla surrounding Taylor’s wedding, it brought out the green-eyed monster in her,’ our insider continues. ‘She was straight on the phone to her mom, Kris, who suggested she could “one-up” Taylor to do something even bigger.

‘Kim’s even thought about doing it in the UK at Silverstone Circuit, where they hold the British Grand Prix. She’s loving being in the racing world and seeing huge global stars like Adele attend with her son. Of course, she would love to have people like Adele at the wedding, and other big stars that have attended F1 races in recent years, like Tom Cruise and Serena Williams. Kim has been speaking to her longtime event planner, Mindy Weiss, about how she would go about putting the spectacle together.’

Kim and British F1 superstar Lewis, 41, first sparked dating rumours in February, and things have been going from strength to strength ever since, with Kim supporting him at the Monaco Grand Prix last month.

LAVISH

However, some pals are worried she’s jumping the gun with her lavish wedding plans. ‘Her sisters have warned her she’s moving too fast and that it could scare a waiting list that goes on for years,’ the insider says.

‘She’s not telling Lewis about any of it yet – although they have been discussing Taylor and Travis’ big day because it’s been everywhere and so far, Kim gets the sense that Lewis would want something grand and on the world stage.’

Kim is no stranger to walking down the aisle, having already said ‘I do’ three times – including an elopement with Damon Thomas when she was just 19 and an infamous 72-day marriage to Kris Humphries. But it was her 2014 nuptials to rapper Kanye that set the standard for celebrity extravagance. The multi-million-pound celebration began with a lavish pre-wedding event at The Palace of Versailles in France before guests were flown to Florence, Italy, for the ceremony.

‘Her last wedding to Kanye was huge and had the world watching. It was a glorious destination wedding in Italy, but it was very much Kanye’s vision she felt at the time, and with that all in the past, she has decided that she would like to get married again,’ our source adds.

‘It’s hard not to feel that in some way it’s resurrected the feud between her and Taylor – Kim’s pals can tell that it has lit a fire in her. It’s no secret that Kim and her family love the spotlight and attention, and seeing what a huge event Taylor’s big day became has really spurred Kim on to get things going with Lewis and to do something even bigger.’

Fans were wowed when Amanda Holden’s model daughter Lexi recently went topless for a stunning photoshoot, with just a leaf covering her modesty.

While many praised the young star for the ‘gorgeous’ and ‘beautiful’ shots, sources tell Closer that her parents – Amanda and her husband Chris Hughes – are butting heads over 20-year-old Lexi’s latest shoot.

‘Amanda has been picking up the pieces with Chris after Lexi’s first official model images were released. He was shocked, but Amanda was blown away by the striking pictures,’ the insider says. ‘She knows it takes some balls to do a shoot like that and Lexi nailed it. Amanda wants Chris to be focusing on that and her achievement, not worrying about it. Amanda is totally 100% behind Lexi doing this. She says it’s her body and she looks incredible. She’s beyond proud as a mum.

‘They’ve had some cross words. Chris knew what to expect but then I don’t think he expected to feel how it landed. It’s a whole different ball game when it’s your daughter and for him it’s never really going to feel OK. Chris is naturally being a protective dad and at no point is a father going to be OK with images of his daughter topless – leaf or no leaf. It’s a bitter pill to swallow. He feels he should be protecting his girls, not putting them out there where they’re open to trolling.’

Lexi posed for the risqué shots, taken by esteemed photographer Zak Walton at Jason Vale’s juice retreat, wearing just a pair of animalprint bikini bottoms, as she holds a palm leaf in front of her chest.

PROUD

It comes after the university student signed a modelling contract with Storm Management in 2022, when she was 16. Since then, she has walked the catwalk at London Fashion Week, done shoots for The Hirst Collection and is the face of Superdrug’s teenage skincare range Pop.

Mum Amanda, 55, is fully behind her firstborn’s modelling career, previously saying, ‘Super proud of you and all the choices you are making’. She also explained, ‘I’m very mindful of what things we go to. We went to the Fashion Awards which was really exciting. So yeah, I want to take her to the right things, the relevant things. She’s interested in the fashion side of things.’

Lexi revealed, ‘Mum’s always there to cheer me on and give advice but also lets me find my own path and have fun with my projects. We love fashion and we enjoy trying new things and finding what works for us.’

As well as introducing her to the right contacts and great connections, Amanda and Lexi have also attended events together over the years, including film premieres, the British Fashion Awards, London Fashion Week and Wimbledon.

COMPLAINTS

Amanda – who has been married to Chris since 2008 and also shares daughter Hollie, 14, with the record producer – is known for her daring fashion choices, with her ‘skimpy’ and revealing Britain’s Got Talent outfits attracting complaints to TV watchdog Ofcom in the past. She’s no stranger to stripping off for sexy shoots, having done so in the past, and admits that she’s proud to walk around in the nude when she’s home.

‘What really annoys them is that I’m naked at home. Last night I went to say goodnight to Lexi wearing only my shower cap and she was screaming, “Mum! I’m on FaceTime! Why do you always have to be naked?”’ she has said.

With Chris in protective dad mode, our source says that Amanda feels that Lexi knows what she’s getting into, having seen her mum’s career.

‘Amanda argues that Lexi is shrewder and more clued up than any girl her age in this business – she’s been born into it, is more than aware and far more savvy than Amanda feels she was at 20,’ the insider continues. ‘Amanda feels she’s a bit more realistic than Chris about what a 20-year-old model would pose like. She knows Lexi is his little girl but the fact she is now 20 doesn’t register with him.

‘Chris doesn’t want Lexi doing nudes or oversexualised imagery but Amanda disagreed and made her point to him that it’s not his choice. It’s Lexi’s career and her body. She thought Chris, being married to her and being in this business, would be OK with it.’

But the source adds, ‘Chris doesn’t want anyone looking at his daughter as a sex symbol – he can just about handle his wife being pored over. He gave up long ago trying to get Amanda to cover up. She knows Lexi is and will always be his little girl, that it’s a dad thing and she sees his point but it’s not a massive deal to Amanda.’

It was meant to be the Sussexes’ great return – their first time back in the UK as a family in four years. But it was a solo Prince Harry who cut a lonely figure as he touched down in London last week, amid uncertainty whether his family would join him later on.

While questions over Meghan Markle and their children, Archie and Lilibet, joining him in London were put down to security issues, sources say that Harry, 41, has been left confused and upset by his wife’s sudden and constant changes of mind over the trip.

HEARTBROKEN

‘Harry’s heartbroken and is feeling more alone and isolated than ever. He was already consumed with anxiety about this trip and the one source of comfort for him was having Meghan and the children by his side – with the kids in particular being a helpful buffer.

‘He’s feeling incredibly betrayed by Meghan’s sudden U-turn,’ the insider says. ‘Meghan is suddenly making all these massive, life-altering decisions on her own, from pulling out of their planned joint charity commitments to freezing him out of family plans. He’s in a state of panic about what she’s planning next.’

The source goes on, ‘Harry’s completely in the dark about why she’s suddenly shutting down and retreating – it’s triggering a lot of old insecurities for him. He’s desperately trying to understand her mindset, but the communication has completely broken down and it’s a terrifyingly lonely position for him to be in.’

The Sussexes last visited the UK together in 2022, when they all returned for the late Queen Elizabeth’s platinum jubilee celebrations. As Closer went to press, speculation was growing that Meghan, 44, would indeed join Harry with the couple’s children for a potential meet with King Charles and reports suggested he wanted to take Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, to visit his mother Diana’s grave in Althorp Estate, Northampton. Insiders say the couple – who celebrated their eighth wedding anniversary in May – have spent the last few weeks rowing after her U turn on wanting to come to the UK and making amends with the royal family.

STRAINED

The insider says, ‘Things have become so strained between them behind closed doors. Meghan insisted she couldn’t fake it anymore in the UK – especially when she’d be having to deal with the stress and anxiety of seeing all the family and the intense spotlight they’d be under having the children there too.’

The insider continued, ‘The last few weeks have been increasingly strained and the pressure of the trip became too much, with Meghan buckling and telling Harry she couldn’t face the eyes of the world looking for even the tiniest fracture, a cold glance, or a hint of distance between them while they navigate their marriage issues.’

During Harry’s short visit – his first since September 2025 – he made a rare appearance at the London premiere of documentary Shoot The People by Misan Harriman, the Sussexes’ photographer friend, and carried out charity engagements at Birmingham Children’s Hospital and the National Exhibition Centre, where the Invictus Games will be held.

The Duke had originally planned to bring his family with him to London but reconsidered over security fears. As a result of the last-minute changes, Harry was told he could no longer stay at Buckingham Palace during his trip. The accommodation at the royal residence had been offered as an olive branch by King Charles amid the feud between the Sussexes and the rest of the royals but was later ‘withdrawn’ despite Harry’s team saying he had accepted the offer, which they called ‘disappointing’.

And there was further upset for Harry after he lost his phone hacking case against the Daily Mail – along with several other high-profile claimants – who together now face the possibility of having to pay a legal bill of up to £50million.

And after it is believed Harry flew to the UK from Portugal where the Sussexes had been spending time with Princess Eugenie and her family, the new rows at home have made him realise that he’s more distant from his family than ever.

The source adds, ‘Harry has privately told people that if Meghan doesn’t show him some form of support, even just a brief fly-in for a couple of days to stand by his side, it feels like the ultimate rejection. He is at his absolute wits’ end, and if she refuses to bridge this gap, this lonely solo trip might signal the start of some serious trouble for their marriage.’

Presenting a united front, Catherine, Princess of Wales, joined Prince William last week after completing the demanding Three Peaks challenge in support of the hospital where she underwent cancer treatment.

For months, speculation has continued to grow that William, 44, and Kate, 44, are quietly laying the foundations for the monarchy they hope to lead one day. Far from slowing down ahead of the traditional summer break, the Prince and Princess of Wales appear to have stepped up their public commitments in recent weeks.

William recently unveiled plans to waive £1.5 million in rental income from the Duchy of Cornwall estate as part of his efforts to tackle homelessness, while Kate has enjoyed a particularly busy schedule.

In the space of just a few days, she conquered Mount Snowdon, made an appearance at Wimbledon and carried out an engagement at London's Evelina Children's Hospital in her role as patron.

Yet despite their strength as a partnership, the long-term vision for a streamlined monarchy means the couple will inevitably rely on a trusted inner circle when they eventually become King and Queen.
Now, sources claim one royal in particular is firmly in their sights.

We're told Kate has developed an especially close relationship with Lady Louise Windsor, the daughter of Prince Edward and Sophie Wessex, a bond that is said to have left Queen Camilla feeling ‘very territorial’ about Charles' reign.

According to an insider, William and Kate already see Louise playing a far more prominent role in the future of the Royal Family.

‘Kate and William absolutely see Louise as someone they would like around them in a much bigger role once they take the throne,’ the source says.

They add, ‘Camilla gets very territorial whenever she feels William and Kate are getting too far ahead of themselves and, in her eyes, that's exactly what's happening here.

‘Seeing Kate become so close to Louise really gets under her skin, she sees it as more proof that they're quietly drawing up their own blueprint for the monarchy without so much as a nod to her or Charles.’

Kate's relationship with Louise stretches back many years and was first seen on the world stage when Louise, then just seven years old, took on the role of bridesmaid at William and Kate's 2011 wedding.

Since then, the Princess of Wales has appeared to forge a close connection with Louise, often spending time alongside both her and Sophie at royal engagements. Kate is also said to have developed a particularly warm friendship with Sophie over the years, with the Duchess becoming one of her most trusted confidantes.

Louise, now 22, also shares a strong bond with Prince George, 12, Princess Charlotte, 11, and Prince Louis, eight. Whether attending official engagements or joining the family at Balmoral, she has become a familiar and reassuring presence in the young royals' lives.

As she has grown into adulthood, Louise has increasingly attracted attention in her own right, with royal watchers frequently praising her quiet confidence and understated approach to public life.

After receiving her Duke of Edinburgh Gold Award from Edward last week, one admirer even drew comparisons between Louise and the late Queen Elizabeth II, writing: 'She really looks like her grandmother.'

Having inherited Prince Philip's passion for carriage driving and with a commitment to service reflected in her involvement with the St Andrews Officers' Training Corps, Louise has earned a reputation for her dedication, traditional values and composed manner.

It's perhaps no surprise, then, that sources claim William and Kate regard both Sophie and Louise as invaluable members of the wider Royal Family, regardless of any reported tensions with Queen Camilla.

The insider says, ‘They absolutely adore her and have told people she’s exactly the type of person the monarchy needs more of. Kate's always been incredibly close to Sophie as well, whereas Camilla has never had much time for her, which only adds to this paranoia she has about being pushed to the sidelines.

‘Kate has no intention of changing course, she and William both feel strongly that Louise and her family are huge assets. What Camilla thinks about this is really of no concern to them as long as she doesn’t upset Louise, but Camilla sees it as yet another example of them undermining her.’

Wednesday 6th May marked three years since King Charles’ coronation, where Camilla was crowned as Queen Consort following the passing of the much-beloved Queen Elizabeth II the previous year.

At the time, not only was Camilla forced to face the daunting task of paving a new path for the monarchy after the late Queen’s incredible 70-year reign, but the popularity of Kate, the then newly appointed Princess of Wales, continued to overshadow Camilla’s new status within the family.

But the source says Kate and William are ‘very protective' of Louise and have their hearts set on encouraging her to join the fold as a working royal following her graduation from St. Andrews University last week. It has been reported by Buckingham Palace that she is set to take a gap year and will undertake a mixture of working, volunteering and travelling. No future plans have so far been announced.

Now we’re told, ‘Kate and William have gotten very good at brushing off Camilla’s comments but when it comes to Louisa they’re very protective so that aspect does concern them; it’s something they will be keeping a very close eye on and if need be William will make an issue of it and escalate it to his father - they won’t stand for her being upset or intimidated by Camilla.

‘They want this to be a positive experience for her because the hope is that she will love it and want to devote herself to a life of service, the way they have. This is very much a case of William and Kate quietly pushing forward with their own vision for the future, so Camilla isn’t off base in her accusations but they simply don’t see anything wrong with it - they want to be ready.’

Meanwhile, there is no escaping the drama surrounding Prince Harry’s trip to the UK this week. And the source says that, six years after Harry and Meghan Markle stepped down as senior working royals – an event that launched the Sussexes six-year-long bitter feud with the Waleses – Kate and William are understandably acting cautiously about the royals they want to be surrounded by during their own reign.

‘They’re thinking very carefully about who they want around them when they do take the throne and Louisa is at the top of that list. As far as they're concerned, she ticks every single box,’ the insider says.

‘She's classy, she's well educated, she's humble, she just gets on with things without expecting applause and she’s never been one to cause drama. She's also mature way beyond her years, people always say that she’s got the same steady temperament that Kate has, so it’s no wonder William and Kate genuinely believe she'd be a huge asset as the monarchy evolves.'

Alongside their shared values, Louise appears to have largely been raised in the way Kate and William have opted to raise their own children – surrounded by nature and instilled with strong values and a sense of duty.

Already, Louise, who is 17th in line to the British throne, appears to have followed in Kate’s footsteps, opting to study at the same Scottish university that she and William both attended and where they first fell in love.

And the source says Louise’s steadfast persona makes her exactly the kind of working royal they want beside them.

We’re told, The fact she was raised without making a fuss about titles and had as normal an upbringing as possible really appeals to them because that's the sort of example they want to set when they’re on the throne.

‘Of course, it doesn’t hurt that she chose St Andrews, William and Kate both say they couldn't have been prouder that she chose to follow in their footsteps. They also have a huge amount of respect for her younger brother James. He’s also someone they want to tap when the time comes.’

Meanwhile, there’s no doubt that Sophie has been a huge support to Kate during her cancer recovery, having poignantly swapped her position in the 2024 Remembrance Sunday Service at the cenotaph to stand next to Kate.The Duchess was also seen affectionately placing a hand on Kate's back in support.

But the source says that when it comes to Louise’s future, while she and Edward have shown nothing but support and the upmost respect for the Crown, they would like for Sophie to be able to choose her own path, be that as a working royal or in pursuing another career like her cousins, Princess Beatrice and Princess Eugenie.

The insider says, ‘They’ve always had such a great relationship with Sophie and Edward but this is bringing them even closer together. That being said, Edward and Sophie are very clear that this is something that has to be her choice, they aren’t going to pressure her to join royal life.

‘Ultimately, William and Kate see Louise as exactly the sort of steady, dependable person they want at the heart of the monarchy and they're determined to make sure she knows there's always a place for her if she decides that's the future she wants.’

As the daughter of Kim Kardashian and Kanye West, it was inevitable that North West would find herself in the headlines, and lately she has seemed to be embracing the spotlight.

Over the years, North, 13, has accompanied her famous mum to a number of high-profile events, including awards ceremonies and fashion shows, and in more recent months, she’s started to step out without her parents.

Despite having made her acting debut and released her first songs, it’s North’s experimental personal style that has had people talking.

After debuting a new aesthetic at Paris Fashion Week last month, the teenager took to TikTok in early July to give fans another look at her transformation, with a couple of new additions.

In a clip posted to the TikTok account North shares with Kim, 45, she could be seen dancing and lip-syncing to various songs, including Kesha’s hit ‘Grow a Pear’ and Eiffel’s ‘A Decade in Blue’.

The latter was no doubt a nod to North’s new hair colour, with the singer having swapped her usual brunette locks for vibrant blue. She styled her hair in long, high pigtails and wore striking make-up, including false eyelashes and blue lipstick, as well as false nails and statement jewellery featuring spikes.

No caption was shared with the clip, but it quickly racked up thousands of comments and reactions, including one from singer Kesha, who simply wrote, ‘ICONIC.’

The majority of comments defended North’s fashion choices, insisting she is simply ‘experimenting’ as most teens do and should be allowed to ‘express’ herself.

However, North’s bold fashion and beauty choices have attracted criticism in recent months, especially after she debuted numerous facial piercings – believed to be fake – including her nose, lips, cheek bone and bridge.

She has also been seen with piercings across her hands and wrists, which are understood to be a nod to her debut single, ‘Piercing on My Hand’.

Kim – also mum to Saint, 10, Chicago, eight, and Psalm, seven, with ex-husband Kanye – shocked fans by speaking out in defence of her daughter’s choices, hitting back at a fan on TikTok who expressed concern about North, who was previously seen with fake tattoos across her face.

Commenting underneath a clip shared in late 2025, Kim responded to the TikTok user, “This is such a non-issue.”

It wasn’t the first time the SKIMS founder had been forced to publicly defend her eldest child, having addressed the backlash about North’s appearance during a podcast appearance around the same time.

“I’m like, ‘Babe, if you want blue hair, it is what it is’. It makes her so happy. I would never take that creativity away from her,” Kim said.

She also defended her parenting techniques during a separate interview, as she insisted North has “a lot of rules”, before adding, “Every kid has phases and growing moments and learning moments and we’ve gotten through all of that.”

North debuted her latest bold look at Paris Fashion Week in June, where she attended the Vetements menswear spring-summer 2027 show alongside Danielle Levi, Kim’s stylist.

An oversized black graphic sweatshirt and pleated skirt made up North’s outfit, which she accessorised with distressed fishnet tights, platform boots and a quirky spiked choker necklace. Her bright blue hair was once again styled in two pigtails and she sported piercings in various places across her face, as well as her ears and hands.

Videos of the 13-year-old began to circulate online, but it wasn’t only her look that had people talking, as many were quick to notice the numerous older men attempting to get close to North at Fashion Week.

One man appeared to try to hug North, despite her offering him a handshake instead, while another man draped his arm over the teenager’s shoulder. Amongst those commenting in outrage was rapper Skepta, 43, who took to X – formerly known as Twitter – to slam the men in the clips, stating that their behaviour made him ‘sick’.

‘My fans know I try to stay out of people’s business, but damn the way grown men, complete strangers, try to use North makes me sick,’ he wrote.

Under his post, people attempted to defend the men’s actions, with one person asking, ‘Is hugging is a social offence now?’

Skepta hit back, ‘She is 13 years old and she put her hand out for a handshake, you don’t ignore that. I can’t believe some of these replies to my tweet.’

Another X user suggested North’s ‘outlook’ meant she’d ‘skipped being a teenager’, which riled Skepta – real name Chief Joseph Olaitan Adenuga Jr – up further.

‘WOW!! Protect your kids people. Protect your kids!’ the rapper responded.

North’s ever-growing social media presence and appearances at high-profile events has seemingly divided her parents – who split in February 2021 after seven years together.

While Kim has encouraged her daughter to have a digital platform and experiment with her style, Kanye, 49, has previously spoken out against letting his daughter on social media, having insisted she was allowed on TikTok ‘against my will’. Indeed, many fans have commented on North’s recent videos in support of Kanye’s views, with one writing, ‘Kanye was right’, and another sharing, ‘Kanye I’m so f*cking sorry bro’.

However, Kanye – now married to Australian architect Bianca Censori – has been supportive of North’s budding music career.

The rapper collaborated with his daughter on three of the songs featured on her debut EP N0rth4evr, and the duo have worked together on other projects, including Kanye and Ty Dolla Sign’s single ‘Talking / Once Again’.

Earlier this year, Kanye shared a touching tribute to North on Instagram, revealing that her music career had inspired him to get back in the studio.

In a now-deleted post, he shared a snap of North busy in a recording studio and said said, ‘This little girl made me love music again. She asked me to make beats for her.’

Her romance with musician Johnny McDaid had a rocky beginning, with the two infamously calling it quits just a year into their engagement during a couple’s therapy session.

While they did reunite in 2016, pals now confirm that, after 13 years of ups and downs, Courteney Cox and Snow Patrol rocker Johnny have called it quits for good.

Their last public appearance together was at the US Open last September, and it’s believed that they quietly ended things not long after. Though Courteney’s inner circle, especially longtime BFF Jennifer Aniston, have offered plenty of support, sources tell Closer that one former Friends castmate has been her ‘rock’ since the split, sparking talk of a new romance brewing with Matt LeBlanc!

An insider reveals, ‘Courteney's been quietly licking her wounds for months. She didn’t tell many people when she and Johnny broke up because she just couldn’t face everyone having an opinion.

‘But she did confide in a handful of people, including Matt [LeBlanc]. They have so much history and this lifelong bond, but they did kind of lose touch over the years, life got so busy, especially for Courteney.’

After the heartbreaking passing of their Friends co-star Matthew Perry in 2023, it’s believed that they made a bigger effort to reconnect.

‘After Matthew’s death the whole cast came together to help each other through the grief and since then they’ve stayed super-tight and they’ve all made a real effort to stay in each other's lives.

‘Courteney started checking in on Matt a lot more because she was worried about him being lonely,” our insider explains. ‘But then her relationship with Johnny imploded, and the tables slowly turned as Matt stepped up to support her through this. He has a way of making her laugh and see life in a different way when she’s feeling down, and that’s done wonders for her. She says he’s been the best medicine.

‘Of course, that has people around them saying that they should be more than friends, that maybe the person they’ve been looking for has been there all along, they just need to open their eyes and see it.’

Courteney was reportedly “devastated” by her breakup with Johnny. As a source previously told Closer, “Everyone told her for so long she was flogging a dead horse; that Johnny was too much of a free spirit who had one foot out the door the whole time they were together. But she stayed around hoping against hope that he’d step up to the plate, which ultimately never happened, so naturally she’s feeling demoralised – especially as there are rumours he’s already moved on with someone new.'

‘She never imagined she'd be starting over in her sixties and, as much as people tell her she's beautiful, successful and has plenty of life ahead of her, the thought of dating again at this age is pretty daunting.’

If Courteney and Matt were to become more than friends – she once called him “a gem of a human being” – it wouldn’t be a first for the Friends gang. During the 2021 TV reunion, Jennifer Aniston openly admitted to a crush on David Schwimmer. David confessed, “The first season, I had a major crush on Jen. At some point, we were both crushing hard on each other, but it was like two ships passing because one of us was always in a relationship.”

Our source goes on, ‘They’ve all had pretty rocky love lives, aside from Lisa [Kudrow], she seems to be the only one who's been able to find lasting love. Over the years there’s been this running joke about a Friends ‘curse’. They don’t seriously believe it, of course, but it is something they do talk about, and now that Matt and Courteney are getting so close, it’s hard for the rest of the group not to get their hopes up that something might spark between them because they are both so wonderful.’

Matt, 58, has been single since he and Aurora Mulligan – a producer on the UK’s Top Gear, which he co-hosted from 2016 to 2019 – parted ways. Before that, he dated actress Andre Anders after his divorce from Melissa McKnight, the mother of his daughter Marina, now 22.

Prior to Johnny, whom Courteney met through Ed Sheeran, the actress was in a six-year relationship with Michael Keaton, broke up in 1995, then wed Scream co-star David Arquette, welcoming daughter Coco (now 22) before splitting in 2010.

Our insider continues, ‘On paper, it definitely makes sense; they have this long history, so they wouldn’t be in for any surprises, and they’re at the same level financially, so neither of them would have to worry that their money was the real draw, which is a genuine fear for them both.

‘Courteney's also got a huge amount of respect for the way Matt lives his life. He doesn't care at all about fame or the Hollywood scene; if anything, he avoids it all like the plague, and she's always admired that about him. She’s reached a stage where those things don't matter nearly as much to her either, so in a lot of ways, the timing for them right now is ideal.

‘Matt isn’t the type of guy to tell anyone how to live their life, but it’s no secret that he was amongst those who thought that her relationship with Johnny wasn't quite right, that she was trying to force something that ultimately was never looking like it had much chance of working in the long term. He kept that to himself and was always supportive, but now that it’s done, he’s telling her she made the right choice.

‘Nobody is expecting her to be ready to jump into another relationship right now; she’s still healing, she has a lot to work through, but there’s definitely a contingent of people in both their lives that are rooting for them to get together.'

They say home is where the heart is – but Jennifer Aniston might be seriously struggling with the sentiment right now, as she wrestles with her latest romantic crisis.

According to insiders, the actress has been knocked for six following her boyfriend Jim Curtis’ decision to take his New York City condo off the market, six months after he first listed it for sale. At the time, Jim’s move to sell the property suggested a serious commitment to the actress and to the West Coast, where the couple predominantly live together in Jen’s $21m Bel-Air mansion. However, now that he’s publicly delisted the property – and also taken it off any rental sites – insiders say it points to a reluctance on Jim’s part to commit full-time to Jen’s LA lifestyle.

As fans will know, that’s an unfortunate fact to face for the A-list actress, who happens to be the ultimate California girl, with a year-round tan, beachy highlights and two sprawling mansions in Bel-Air and Montecito. The big question is, will her heart now have to find another place to call home?

‘The hard truth is that Jim isn’t a California guy,’ says an insider close to the otherwise blissful couple, who are celebrating their first anniversary this Summer, after being first snapped together in July 2025. ‘He doesn’t mind spending part of his time on the West Coast, but his life is really on the East Coast. It’s where he’s anchored. They had agreed to get their own place somewhere in upstate New York where they could have space and privacy, and the plan was to unload his place in the city. But it hasn’t sold and now Jim has gotten cold feet and is taking it as a sign he ought to hang on to the place.’

While Jen, 57, was born and bred in California, having grown up in the starry Sherman Oaks neighbourhood of Los Angeles, Jim, 50, isn’t so acclimatised to LA living. The life and spiritual coach grew up in Massachusetts, and subsequently lived in New York for 30 years – building his A-list coaching business there, and raising his now-teenage son, Aidan, there with his ex-wife, Rachel Napolitano. He bought his current condo in 2015, and – until meeting Jen last year – had lived in the city full-time.

Since falling for each other, Jen and Jim have split their time between both coasts, but their main base has continued to be California. As our source explains, the actress was under the impression they’d be taking steps to really cement their lives together on the West Coast, especially amid rumours that they’re hoping to get married soon. To that end, Jim’s decision to list his condo back in January was ostensibly that first big step.

But now that everything is up in the air, Jen is feeling nervous. And, as our source reveals, there are two key factors driving her nerves. Firstly, she’s a devoted dog mum to her three pups, Clyde, Sophie and Lord Chesterfield, and can’t imagine regularly shipping them over to the urban jungle that is New York, but likewise can’t bear the thought of leaving them behind in LA for long periods of time. ‘They’re her babies, and she misses them terribly when she’s away,’ our insider adds.

Secondly, and crucially, she’s been burned by the romantic tussle of living on opposite coasts with her partner before. Fans might remember that her second husband, Justin Theroux, was a bona fide New Yorker and was adamant that the couple split their time between Manhattan and Los Angeles during their two-year marriage, which ended in 2017. But, while Jen went to great lengths to make things work, she simply couldn’t deal with the fishbowl lifestyle of Manhattan and feeling constantly exposed. Ultimately, her discomfort played a key part in their break-up, and Jen is hellbent on that not happening again.

‘When she met Justin, he was totally all in on living in California full-time, and then that shifted, and he started to constantly complain about missing the East Coast, to the point where Jen even bought an apartment in Manhattan to try and make it work,’ our source explains. ‘But as everyone knows, that was a total disaster. She couldn’t cope with the lack of privacy there and the intensity of everything, and most people in her life would agree that was one of their core issues. Her relationship with Jim couldn’t be more different from what she had with Justin, but it’s still pretty triggering to be facing the exact same struggle.’

What makes the issue all the more frustrating, of course, is the fact that – up until now – Jen and Jim have been living in a loved-up, drama-free bubble. While the actress has been reticent to share too much of her love life since living under such a microscope during her marriages to Brad Pitt and Justin, friends and fans alike have seen an ease in her over the past year, with the general consensus being that she seems happier and more relaxed than ever.

In November, she posted a birthday message to Jim, publicly declaring, ‘Happy birthday, my love. Cherished.’ She’s also posted loved-up pictures of the pair together, and even showed one in which she was flaunting what seemed to be a sparkling band on her ring finger. With Jim’s focus on spirituality, he’s believed to be a much more calming and grounding presence than some of Jen’s former paramours, which makes the East Coast/West Coast crisis an unexpected one to face.

Still, luckily, it’s this calming and grounding energy – and its positive effect on their relationship – which makes the question less overwhelming than Jen might have initially thought. The bottom line, we’re told, is that the pair remain devoted to each other, and they’re both on the same page when it comes to agreeing that compromise is key.

Our source reveals, ‘Jim keeps telling Jen there’s no rush to make any huge decisions, and that they’ll figure it out together. They’re going to have to find a compromise, perhaps a base in upstate and weekend trips to the city. The good news is that neither of them sees this as a dealbreaker. They're still very much in love and committed to finding their way through this, even if it means a lot of time spent flying back and forth.’

They managed to achieve the ultimate accomplishment: staging America’s answer to a royal wedding, while keeping most of the details tightly guarded until the final moments.

Even now – a week after Taylor Swift and Travis Kelce said ‘I do’ in the most lavish and costly fashion imaginable at New York City’s Madison Square Garden – fresh snippets of stories and images from their larger-than-life celebration are still trickling out.

So it’s no surprise that the superstar’s honeymoon plans with her new husband are being handled with the same intense level of secrecy. Insiders say it’s a fully covert mission, with absolutely no expense spared.

‘Just like they did with their wedding, they’re keeping their honeymoon plan on a need-to-know basis,’ shares a source close to the newlyweds, who tied the knot last week on July 3 in front of an estimated 1,100 guests – including many of entertainment’s biggest A-listers. ‘They just don’t want anything getting leaked. They want to be able to enjoy this time with total privacy.

‘Pulling off the wedding without any major leaks ahead of time was a massive feat but they did it, and they’re pretty much following the same playbook with the honeymoon because it’s even more important that no one finds them. Having the kind of money that they have does make it much easier because they can book multiple options – so if something does leak, they can easily switch lanes and go somewhere else.’

Nevertheless, as of now, a few elements are confirmed. They have a fairly limited window as Kansas City Chiefs tight end Travis, 36, is due to report to training camp in late July, which continues through the end of August before the NFL season begins on September 9.

At the same time, their schedule has been slightly shaped by their RSVP to fellow NFL star JuJu Smith-Schuster’s wedding to Laura Kruk this weekend in California. JuJu is a close pal of Travis and was – naturally – in New York with Laura last week to watch his friend and Taylor, 36, exchange vows. Insiders say the couple are thrilled to return the gesture.

All of which suggests they’ll likely jet off somewhere spectacular in the next few days. The million-dollar question – or perhaps billion-dollar question, since money truly is no object – is where?

‘There were some rumours about them starting it off at San Ysidro Ranch in Montecito,’ our insider says, noting that the secluded resort has long been synonymous with luxury and discretion. ‘It’s where John and Jackie Kennedy had their honeymoon, and so did Jennifer Lopez, so it’s ultra private and has so much history. Taylor hasn’t confirmed anything – her lips are sealed – but if she did go down that route, there’s the option to rent out the entire property, which she’s likely to want to do for privacy. That can cost upwards of $500,000 for a week, not that money is even a consideration.’

Clearly, billionaire Taylor is embracing extravagance when it comes to marking her marriage to Travis in the most over-the-top way imaginable.

While fans are still waiting eagerly for official wedding photos, we do know the newlyweds wore Christian Dior Haute Couture, created by Dior’s Creative Director Jonathan Anderson. Completing the ensembles were custom Christian Louboutin shoes for both, with Taylor adorned in Cartier diamonds.

As for the monumental celebration itself, not only did they commandeer the entirety of Madison Square Garden – typically reserved for concerts and sporting events – they also secured performances from genuine global icons, including Paul McCartney and Stevie Nicks.

With attendees such as – though far from limited to – Brad Pitt, Beyoncé, J-Lo, Zoe Kravitz, Ed Sheeran, Tom Hanks, Jennifer Lawrence, Emma Stone, Cindy Crawford and Selena Gomez, they ensured their famous friends were treated to the level of luxury they’re accustomed to. That meant installing enough opulent buffet stations to feed a small nation, plus endless bottles of Ace of Spades champagne, co-owned by guest Jay-Z.

Unsurprisingly, the spectacle is thought to have set them back a staggering $20million – a jaw-dropping sum to most of us, yet merely a minor dip into Taylor’s reported $2.1billion fortune. When combined with Travis’ $100m wealth, they certainly appear to have more than enough left over for an exceptionally indulgent honeymoon.

As the insider explains, the newly married couple clearly spare no expense when it comes to celebrating important moments. But above all else, their focus remains on discretion.

‘Her friend, Selena Gomez, kept her honeymoon low-key, so she was suggesting to Taylor that they do something similar since it’s the last thing anyone would expect, but that’s not really Taylor’s style,’ we’re told.

‘She and Travis love to go big, as everyone saw with their wedding at MSG; nothing is done halfway. Renting out a private island, the way Prince William and Kate Middleton did when they got married [the royal pair stayed in an 11-villa private resort in the Indian Ocean in 2011], is what a lot of people are expecting. That will give them the privacy they want, plus a real chance to relax and soak up this rare bit of time off.

‘The only thing that's really dictating their plans is Travis' football schedule because once training camp starts, it's straight back to reality, so this is a rare opportunity to disappear completely, and they’re doing everything possible to make sure that happens.
‘Unfortunately, that means they can’t even tell the majority of their loved ones the plan. Even the people closest to them are having to wait until they’re on the way home from the honeymoon before they find out the details. They’re just not willing to take any chances; it’s so important for them to take time to relax and be truly alone.’

Exclusive hideaways, high-end indulgence and an unwavering commitment to privacy? It seems Taylor is channelling Jackie Kennedy vibes with effortless flair.

When it comes to sensational showbiz weddings, Taylor Swift pulled out all the stops when she splashed $20million on her big day as she tied the knot with Travis Kelce.

Days later, however, reports began to emerge that some guests were left feeling distinctly unimpressed by the bash at New York’s Madison Square Gardens – dubbing it ‘tacky’ with buffet-style catering and no one seeming to be quite sure whether the theme was Wizard of Oz, Alice in Wonderland, Fairground Americana or Enchanted Forest.

However, insiders now tell Closer that plans for another HUGE celeb wedding are cranking up – but the vibe couldn’t be more different!

Harry Styles and Zoe Kravitz sparked engagement rumours earlier this year after she was spotted with an enormous 10-carat sparkler – believed to have cost the One Direction star a cool $800,000.

But despite the flashy ring, plans for the wedding are said to be distinctly down-to-earth, or, as our insider reveals, down to Mother Earth, as they’re creating a ‘hippy’ ceremony that’s a million miles away from Taylor’s stadium showstopper.

With the couple said to be enjoying quality time this summer in between work commitments, insiders say they are bonding over their love of spirituality and meditation, which is expected to be a big theme when they tie the knot, with some saying that a Christmas wedding is still on the cards.

Our insider says, ‘Harry and Zoe are so in sync when it comes to this stuff, they both genuinely believe in it. They’re fascinated by all the alternative stuff, like crystals and energy healing, moon rituals and sound baths. A lot of people roll their eyes, but they absolutely love it.

‘Meditating together is something they’ve been doing since they met, and now it’s a twice-a-day ritual. Harry's been doing it for years and is super-devoted, to the point where he says he feels off if he misses even one day.  Zoe is into it too, but Harry's helped her take her practice to another level. They laugh that it's the best aphrodisiac going because after meditating together, they always feel so close.’

And their love of all things New Age is said to be a big part of the celebrations when they tie the knot.

‘It's no surprise their hippy side is spilling over into the wedding plans because this is who they genuinely are,’ says our source. ‘They want the whole day to feel authentic and full of positive energy, so there'll be lots of little rituals woven into the ceremony, from blessing crystals and setting intentions, maybe even a guided meditation before they say their vows. They know some people will think it's all a bit out there, but they couldn't care less, they are both very unique characters and their wedding will be too.’

Harry and Zoe’s engagement appeared to be confirmed in April this year when she stepped out with her huge diamond ring. At the time, a source claimed that Harry was “completely smitten. He would jump off a cliff for her,” with no one in their circle said to be surprised by the news.

Earlier this year, a source told Closer, ‘Harry’s aware things are moving fast in this relationship, but he seems to have met Zoë at just the right time. He’s ready to settle down. He wants to build something lasting, and Zoë feels like the person to do it with.

‘His friends feel like he’s really met his match. Zoë’s very independent and not threatened by his sex-symbol status. She’s played it cool and let things unfold naturally, which has only made Harry fall for her even harder. He finds her inspiring and feels lucky to be with her.’

The 32-year-old singer has a long list of famous exes, including Taylor Swift, Kendall Jenner and Olivia Wilde. Zoe, 37, who is the daughter of rock star Lenny Kravitz, famously dated rapper Drake and actor Penn Badgley, then had a romance with actor Karl Glusman – who she divorced in 2021 after two years of marriage - and more recently she dated Channing Tatum, who she split from in 2024.

‘When Zoe married Karl [Glusman], their wedding was very traditional,’ says our insider. ‘They had it at Lenny’s place in Paris, and it was black tie and very elegant. Zoe loved her wedding, but she wants to do something very different this time, and Harry is totally cool with that because all he wants is for her to be happy.

‘They’ve discussed different locations, and they may actually do it at her dad’s compound in the Bahamas. It’s so beautiful, it’s right on a private beach with an organic farm and tons of privacy. Lenny designed every inch of it to be this very bohemian, barefoot paradise, and that’s exactly the vibe they want. It’s so far removed from Hollywood and all those pressures, it’s the perfect place to relax.

‘They love the idea of people dancing under the stars to steel drums all night and then watching the sun rise all together. They’re even saying they might have the ceremony at sunrise; they feel like that would be so symbolic. Nothing is at all set in stone, but they’re both saying they don’t want a wedding that feels formal or standard in any way; that’s one thing that they’re both very clear on.

‘Getting married in the Bahamas, at her dad’s place on the island of Eleuthera, would be so meaningful for Zoe because she’s literally been going there all her life, it’s her happy place. She even took Harry there to celebrate the New Year, and of course, he fell in love with it straight away. They have so much privacy there, and it’s one of the most stunning places you could imagine.

‘Her dad would be thrilled if they chose to get married there, that would mean the world to him because it’s such an important part of his life, his grandfather was born and raised there, so his roots run deep, and he always says that’s his true spiritual home. They’re nowhere near ready to set a date, right now they’re just having fun dreaming up all the possibilities, but Eleuthera is certainly a strong contender, it checks all the boxes.’

In a series of moving photographs that struck an emotional chord with royal fans around the world, Catherine, Princess of Wales, appeared alongside her family after completing the demanding Three Peaks challenge in aid of the hospital where she received cancer treatment.

Shared across the Waleses' social media channels, the images show Kate, 44, standing proudly with Prince William and their children, Prince George, Princess Charlotte and Prince Louis, after conquering the 3,560-foot Mount Snowdon in Wales last week.

Other heartfelt snaps capture intimate family moments, with Charlotte appearing emotional as she hugs her mother, while 12-year-old George is seen holding her protectively. Another touching photograph shows William wrapping his wife in a warm embrace.

The collection of images paints a picture of Kate's strength, resilience and unwavering optimism. Just over a year after announcing she had been given the all-clear, they serve as a powerful reminder of how far the family has come following one of the most challenging periods of their lives.

A few days later, Kate swapped her hiking gear for a chic, blue suit as she made a stylish appearance at Wimbledon.

But despite her radiant smile and positive outlook, sources say one painful issue continues to weigh heavily on the Princess: the ongoing rift between Prince William and Prince Harry, which has left her husband deeply heartbroken.

An insider says, ‘It’s tearing her apart to see him so upset and angry all the time. Kate's tried everything with William. She's listened, she's sympathised, she's encouraged him to talk it through, and nothing seems to work.'

Now, the source claims the practical Princess has delivered a three-word ultimatum to her husband: ‘Get a grip’, as we’re told how Kate is encouraging William to focus on having gratitude for everything he has, instead of what he has lost.

The source says, ‘She’s at the point where she doesn’t know what else to do to help so she’s resorting to a bit of tough love and ordering him to snap out of it. Kate’s looking around thinking they've got so much to be grateful for. She's feeling happier than she has in a long time and she wants William to start seeing the glass half full too.

‘She told him to get a grip and stop letting all this stress dictate his mood because it's affecting everyone around him. The last thing she or the kids need is to see him moping around all the time.’

Back in September 2024, William grew a beard that had such an impact on his look that headlines even stated that ‘stubble maketh the bald man’. He then gained the nickname ‘His royal hotness’ – catapulting him from middle-aged dad to full on palace pin-up.

However, with Kate’s magic wand, the source says we may see yet another iteration yet, as we’re told that fitness fanatic Kate is adamant that a health kick is the ‘best medicine’ to pick William up from his slump.

The insider says, ‘She's told him he needs to take action to get out of this horrible headspace and in her view committing to a serious exercise regime is the answer, she says working up a sweat is the best medicine.

‘She also wants him to give yoga a proper go, because, in her view, he clearly needs a better way to cope with all his stress.’

Despite the composed public image he presents, the past few years have taken a significant emotional toll on William.

The difficulties began when Prince Harry and Meghan Markle stepped back from royal duties in 2020, before their explosive interview with Oprah Winfrey the following year thrust family tensions firmly into the spotlight.

Then, just months after Queen Elizabeth II's funeral in September 2022, the couple's revealing Netflix documentary reignited the controversy.

Many royal watchers believe the deepest blow came with Harry's 2023 memoir, Spare, in which he accused his brother of physically confronting him during a heated argument over Meghan in 2019. The claims marked another painful chapter in what had once been one of the closest relationships within the Royal Family.

According to a source, Kate has witnessed William's heartache every step of the way and understands better than anyone the emotional strain the ongoing family rift has placed on him.

‘It’s not all tough love, of course, because Kate also recognises that underneath all of his bluster, William is very hurt over this situation with Harry,’ the insider says.

‘Deep down, he still loves his brother and had never imagined they'd still be this estranged after so much time.’

In 2024, both Kate and King Charles were also diagnosed with cancer, with William’s ‘pa’ still undergoing a reduced regimen of treatment. However, with his father approaching 80, William is also aware that at some point in the future, he will take the Crown – a responsibility we’re told that also weighs heavily on the Heir Apparent.

The source explains, ‘He has this enormous sense of responsibility on his shoulder as he prepares to become King one day. William puts everything into wanting to serve his country well, which is a lot of pressure, so it's no surprise he struggles to keep a lid on his emotions.

‘People can sometimes mistake it for a bad temper but Kate knows it's actually sadness. He’s learned to hide any sign of what he perceives as weakness but anyone that knows him well will tell you he's an incredibly gentle soul and that’s why it’s especially hard for Kate to see him so consumed with anger and bitterness.’

But following Kate’s mountain feat, we’re told that she is also determined to encourage William to spend more time in nature – an activity she regularly champions for having helped her on her own recovery journey and a cause also close to William’s heart.

‘She knows that isn’t his true nature and she’s determined to help him get out of this terrible headspace he’s in. She keeps reminding him that he's got so many positive things going on in his life, if he'd only allow himself to focus on them,’ the insider says.

‘Earthshot is doing better than ever, he’s getting so much support around the world and within Hollywood; it’s exactly what he had hoped for.

April also marked the couple’s 15th wedding anniversary and through each photograph Kate and William share on their children’s birthdays, it’s clear the Wales children are growing fast.

And with their eldest son George set to follow in his father’s footsteps and start at the prestigious Eton College this September, the source says Kate doesn’t want William ‘wasting another minute’ dwelling on the past and is determined to enjoy the summer with their children.

We’re told, ‘They’ve got this wonderful summer ahead to spend precious time together as a family before George is off to Eton, to her it’s crucial that he soak this time in because it won’t last forever; the kids are growing up so fast.

‘Life is moving forward and she doesn't want him wasting another minute dwelling on things he can't change and she’s made it her mission to help him choose a new mindset.’

As it stands, William is unlikely to meet with Harry this week, but while their bitter feud rumbles on, the source says that - with the encouragement of Kate – William could start to put the past few years behind him.

The insider says, ‘The good news is that William does listen to Kate. She's probably the only person who can really get through to him and she has managed to shake a bit of sense into him but there’s a lot more work to do.’

It could be just weeks now until the Royal Family are set to welcome their newest member – baby Brooksbank!

Princess Eugenie and her husband Jack Brooksbank, are preparing to welcome their third child this summer; a new brother or sister for August, five, and Ernest, three.

The past few months of her pregnancy have no doubt seen Eugenie experience a concerning amount of stress as the furore surrounding her parents, Andrew Mountbatten-Windsor and Sarah Ferguson, has shown no signs of slowing down.

Then last month, it was the turn of Eugenie and her sister Princess Beatrice to endure the eye of the storm when an audit by The National Audit Office (NAO) reported that King Charles covers the accommodation costs for non-working royals' homes, meaning that the sisters live rent-free in their properties within the Royal Family's London palaces.

These latest allegations only intensified the scrutiny of the whole family at a vulnerable time for Eugenie, so it’s little surprise that we’re told that the Princess has refused for one major life event to descend into a ‘circus’ – her upcoming birth.

Eugenie, 35, is likely to give birth at the prestigious Portland Hospital in London – where she welcomed her sons and was born herself – and the source says Andrew and Sarah have been left appalled as they are banned from the delivery room and beyond.

A source reveals, ‘Eugenie's number one priority is having this baby with the absolute minimum of fuss. She doesn't want the hospital turning into a circus and she's made that very clear.

‘Unfortunately, her parents are not taking it well and she’s getting a ton of pushback from Andrew and Sarah. Andrew is fuming and taking it as a personal insult. He doesn’t seem to care that if he’s there it will become the main focus, which is the last thing Eugenie wants.’

While Andrew now spends the majority of his time holed up at Marsh Farm on the Sandringham Estate, it was revealed in April that Sarah had been staying at a £2000-a night ski resort in the Austrian mountains.

However, having not been spotted since then, the widely dubbed ‘disappearing Duchess’ was presumed to have moved on. The only hint that Sarah, 66, may have stayed local, was the presence of her daughters at a wedding in Austria’s capital city of Vienna last month.
Stepping out in Austria while the rest of the family celebrated the Trooping the Colour parade at Buckingham Palace, we were recently told how the sisters did make the three-hour journey to Salzburg, close to where their mother is staying, for an ‘incredibly emotional’ reunion.

There is little doubt that Sarah has been a very present grandparent until now. One of her last public sightings was at the 1st, unicorn-themed birthday party she had hosted for Beatrice’s youngest daughter Sienna.

And following Ernest’s birth in 2023, Sarah posted on social media, ‘Amazing .. the importance of Ernest. Thank you so, so much .. Clever Eugenie and Jack and August Brooksbank.’

With this in mind, we’re now told that Eugenie may consider a little more lenience towards her mother.

‘Sarah has been pleading with Eugenie to reconsider because she desperately wants to be there to welcome her new grandchild into the world,’ the insider says.

‘Jack's been encouraging Eugenie to stick to her guns but of course it’s very difficult because she hates upsetting her parents. The hope is Sarah might quietly be allowed to sneak in at some point, but Andrew has been told he has to stay away. Giving birth is already hard enough so the last thing she needs is to be worrying about the fallout that will inevitably happen if he shows up.’

Meanwhile, while he himself is unlikely to be welcomed back into a public-facing role, Andrew, 66, is widely reported to have been the ‘mastermind’ behind his daughters’ return to the royal fold via the wedding of their cousin Peter Phillips and his bride Harriet Sperling last month.
He is reported to have urged his daughters – who were coincidentally photographed in clear view greeting Prince William – to ‘hold their heads high’ and remember they are ‘princesses of blood’.

But last month, for the UK’s Father’s Day on 21st June, both Beatrice and Eugenie appeared to all but deny their father’s existence.

Instead, Eugenie wrote her own gushing social media post about her husband Jack Brooksbank, with whom she shares sons August, five, and Ernest, three, describing him as ‘the best there is…’, with no mention of her own father whatsoever.

Following this very public snub, we’re told that Andrew has now become so ‘defensive’ that he perceives the decision by his youngest daughter to ban him from meeting his new grandchild at the hospital as further proof of disloyalty.

The insider says, ‘If Andrew wasn't already so bent out of shape about the way he feels he's being treated by the family, this probably wouldn't even be on his radar. He adores his grandchildren, of course he does, but he's never been the sort of granddad who insists on hovering over every birth the way Sarah tends to.

‘The problem is he's become so defensive that he's looking for any little sign that the girls are distancing themselves from him and he's latched onto this as though it's some huge test of loyalty. In his mind, Eugenie ought to be proving she's still firmly in his corner by at least letting him come to the hospital and feel part of it all.’

It’s now been months since the girls were last photographed or reported to have met with their father. Eugenie is believed not to have seen him since before Christmas, whilst Beatrice, 37, was photographed taking her daughter Sienna horse-riding with Andrew in Windsor in January, before his arrest in February under suspicion of misconduct in public office.

And the source says Andrew is simply ‘misisng the point’ and cannot understand that a hospital maternity ward is not the time or the place for Eugenie to put on a public display of togetherness with her father – an event that would ultimately turn what should be a special and private moment into a ‘PR exercise’.

‘Eugenie keeps telling him that's completely missing the point. For her this isn’t the time to be making some big public statement; it's simply about having the birth she wants with as little fuss and distraction as possible,’ the source says.

‘She can’t understand why he won’t accept that she just wants a bit of peace and quiet to settle in with the baby before everyone starts descending. She's promising that they'll all get their turn soon enough.’

‘The truth is, Eugenie and Jack still don’t even want to be seen in public with him, they’re not about to let him turn this momentous day into some sort of PR exercise, they’re pretty appalled he’s being so pushy about it.'

We’re told that Sarah, meanwhile, has been urging her daughter to reconsider, something that her protective husband Jack is pushing back on and insisting Eugenie has nothing to feel guilty about in saying no.

‘Sarah's trying a softer approach and pretty much begging Eugenie to reconsider because she'd love nothing more than to be there as early as possible, but it’s just as out of line,' the insider says.

‘Between the two of them, Eugenie feels like she's constantly having to justify a decision that really shouldn't need any explanation. It’s far from easy to keep saying no though and if it weren’t for Jack she’s probably have given in by now. But he’s adamant that she can’t cave into their demands out of guilt. She has to think of her child and her own well-being above what will make her parents happy. If they can’t accept that it’s too bad.’

Whether they escaped to their private £6.3 million retreat in Portugal or chose a ‘sentimental villa’ in France, Prince Harry and Meghan Markle reportedly spent last week travelling around Europe with their children, Prince Archie, seven, and Princess Lilibet, five. The trip was meant to precede what had been billed as their much-anticipated return to the UK this week.

But their planned homecoming unravelled last weekend amid claims that the Palace had dramatically rescinded its agreement for the family to stay at Buckingham Palace.

As is often the case with the Sussexes, competing versions quickly emerged. Palace sources maintained that Harry had failed to confirm King Charles’ invitation before the deadline, leaving insufficient time to make arrangements at the royal residence.

In response, Harry’s representatives issued a statement on Monday explaining that he had been attempting to clarify security provisions for his family before formally accepting. They acknowledged that the Duke only confirmed attendance at the weekend, while pointing the finger at RAVEC [the Royal and VIP Executive Committee, in control of royal security] for the hold-up.

We’re told that the ensuing drama did little to create a relaxing backdrop after months of hard work at their Montecito mansion. Instead of unwinding with sangria and tapas in Europe’s cobbled squares, tensions reportedly followed them overseas.

A source claims the trip spiralled into a holiday from hell, with Harry, 41, and Meghan, 44, locked in ongoing negotiations over challenges that have dogged them for months and could even pose risks to the long-term stability of their marriage.

An insider says, ‘This was supposed to be a chance to enjoy a bit of downtime together, but instead it turned into one long strategy session. They were constantly on the phone with lawyers and publicists trying to get ahead of the security fallout, and by the time that was over Meghan was pulled into a bunch of work drama with her brand, so there wasn't exactly much time left for romance.

‘The whole security battle and the endless wrangling over their visit [to the U.K.] ended up overshadowing everything, right up until the very last-minute Harry was still desperately trying to find a way to get Meghan and the kids over there.

‘He won’t listen to her and spent what should have been their quality time going over every possible scenario. He built this trip up for so long and genuinely believed they were finally going to pull it off, so when it all started falling apart he was absolutely beside himself.’

Rather than the joyful family reunion and olive branch to the royals Harry had envisioned, the estranged Prince arrived in the UK on Monday ahead of a court decision in his case against a British newspaper - a result that didn't go in his favour. It’s understood he has organised separate accommodation, travelling without Meghan and their children.

In recent months, it has also become increasingly evident that Harry and Meghan’s professional focuses may be evolving in different directions.

Reports have circulated for some time suggesting the pair are pursuing more independent career trajectories. Photographs of Harry appearing subdued at Kris Jenner’s birthday celebration in November fuelled speculation that he may be growing weary of the Hollywood spotlight.

At the same time, while Harry’s charitable commitments remain admirable, insiders have suggested that Meghan is now ‘basically the breadwinner’ as household finances begin to feel ‘tight’.

Even during their European trip last week, Meghan continued sharing promotional material for a new honey collection under her lifestyle brand, As Ever.

And reflecting again on Kris Jenner’s party — where Harry was notably seen wearing a memorial poppy — the insider claims he is hesitant to continue in the role of ‘plus one’ while Meghan channels her energy into what some describe as a fading Hollywood ambition.

‘They had very high hopes for this trip but, by all accounts, it ended up being very stressful with their same old arguments coming to the forefront,’ the insider says.

‘Fact is, Harry doesn't want to spend the rest of his life just sitting in the background being Meghan’s plus one, while she does nothing but work herself to the bone, and she doesn't want to sit around watching him beat himself up with guilt for all the things that are going on with his family.

‘They're both very committed to finding their way through this, so in that sense having time to talk things out was positive, but it certainly wasn't the romantic escape they'd imagined.'

Previously, the California-based Duchess was said to have little interest in setting foot in the UK again, having last returned four years ago for Queen Elizabeth II’s funeral in 2022.

For Harry, despite the most recent setback, hopes of repairing relations appear undimmed. Earlier this week, an insider shared, ‘Harry is still keen to see Charles, which he is looking forward to’; a reflection of his continuing wish to reconcile — something Meghan reportedly fears is merely ‘lining himself up for more torture’.

The insider says, ‘Meghan did her best to be supportive because she knows how much this trip meant to him, but it’s no secret she was incredibly relieved to get out of going. She’s terrified of going back there after everything that’s happened in years gone by and even more anxious about bringing her children.

‘So, as much as she wanted this to work out for Harry’s sake, on her side there is this sense that she’s dodging a bullet. She’s still so deeply wounded by the way she’s been treated and she’s angry at the way they’ve treated Harry, as well. In her view it’s time for him to step back and stop trying because the constant rejection and mind games are taking such a toll on him.

‘The fact that he was invited to stay at Buckingham Palace and then when he accepted the offer, it was withdrawn, says it all as far as she's concerned. They are toying with him and she can’t understand why he keeps lining up for more of this torture.’

Meghan and the children are not expected to accompany Harry to London after their appeal for police protection was refused. However, Harry is scheduled to visit Birmingham for a series of One Year to Go events ahead of the 2027 Invictus Games, leaving open the possibility that his family could join him over the next couple of days.

Further reports have suggested that Charles has 'instructed aides' to undergo further talks with Harry and Meghan to try to find a suitable time and place amidst his busy schedule.

There were also reports that Harry intended to bring Archie and Lilibet to Althorp House — Princess Diana’s childhood home and final resting place — following the announcement that the estate would close to the public on 10th and 11th July. Althorp lies roughly an hour from Birmingham.

After Diana’s tragic death in a Paris car crash in 1997, she was buried on an island at the centre of Althorp’s Round Oval Lake. Harry is also believed to be planning time with his uncle, Earl Charles Spencer, Diana’s brother and the estate’s current custodian, and has long wished to show his children where their grandmother both grew up and was laid to rest.

For now, however, what might have marked an important first stride toward healing relations with the Royal Family remains unsettled, with the insider claiming that the Sussexes’ arrangements are still in flux.

‘One minute they were talking about staying for just one night, then there was the possibility of staying with Charles, then another royal property, then only flying in at the very end for the Invictus commitments,’ the insider says.

‘It just became this endless cycle where every time they thought they'd found a solution, something else changed and they were back to square one. It didn't help matters that they were so proactive in briefing their team. Harry genuinely believed everything was finally coming together, so having to keep backtracking was incredibly humiliating.’

Time was when Blake Lively was nestled snugly - and smugly - in the innermost sanctum of Taylor swift’s inner circle. The two regularly posted BFF selfies to their millions of fans, marked holidays and life milestones together, and publicly championed each other’s projects.

Yes, Taylor may have always surrounded herself with a packed-out girl squad, but Blake sat comfortably at the very top of the pecking order – and the actress duly returned the compliment, naming Taylor godmother of all four of her and husband Ryan Reynolds’ children.

And yet, when you’re at the very top, the only way is down – and that’s something Blake has learnt the hard way. After a decade of friendship, which first began publicly in 2015, the proverbial really hit the fan early last year amid Blake’s very public legal battle against actor and director Justin Baldoni.

In what we now know to be a bid to claim an upper hand over Justin, Blake pulled out the big guns, name dropping Taylor in text messages and calling the superstar one of her Game of Thrones-type “dragons” who would go to bat for her when she needed. That in itself was enough to seriously rattle Taylor, who’s always judiciously guarded her reputation and has likewise made it clear that she’d “very much like to be excluded from [the] narrative” when it comes to celebrity squabbles.

But then things went from bad to worse, after legal documents revealed that Blake had consistently tried to leverage Taylor in her sexual harassment and smear campaign lawsuit against Justin [he countersued her for defamation]. All this led to a whole lot of awkwardness between the once BFFs – leading to emails, that were made public via subpoena, that saw Blake asking Taylor if she was avoiding her. Taylor replied that she had, indeed, been keeping her distance, as she felt like Blake was speaking to her like a corporate ally in her ongoing legal bid, rather than as a friend.

And now, months later, the final death knell has been rung. Blake’s legal battle with Justin is over (they settled things out of court in May), but the war has still left mortal wounds.

Taylor, 36, got married last week – in front of a whopping 1,100-strong guestlist, which included a very long list of showbiz’s most famous faces. And her best friend-turned-persona non grata Blake didn’t even make the Z-list. Indeed, she was conspicuous by her very glaring absence.

Days later, we’re told that Blake is still surveying the wreckage of all that she’s lost. She might have previously thought that time would heal wounds, but the fact she was blacklisted from Taylor’s $20m wedding to Travis Kelce has made things crystal clear: their once unbreakable friendship is irreparable, and she’ll never be top dog again.

‘Blake did her best to hold her head high throughout all this and act as though it was just any other weekend, but this has been absolutely devastating for her,’ says an insider close to the 38-year-old, who was spotted cheering on her daughter Betty in a horserace in upstate New York last week – four hours away from Manhattan - just a day before Taylor’s nuptials took place at New York City’s Madison Square Garden arena. ‘This has forced her to accept that this chapter of her life really is over.

‘There was all this talk that she might get an invite and, of course, she got her hopes up because she’d give anything to fix this, but – obviously – that didn’t happen. To Blake, it all feels incredibly unfair. She accepts that she made a mistake by calling Taylor one of her ‘dragons’ in that text message, but she doesn’t feel like it was so bad that it was worth ending a friendship of more than a decade over.’

Rubbing salt into wounds, of course, was the fact that Taylor and Travis really did seem to invite every other celebrity going. Indeed, just a brief glimpse at the heaving guestlist reads like a Who’s Who of power players. Those included the likes of Tom Hanks, Brad Pitt, Reese Witherspoon, Beyonce, Cara Delevingne, Jennifer Lawrence, Gigi Hadid, Bradley Cooper, Laura Dern, Zoe Kravitz, Dakota Johnson and Jessica Alba – to name but a mere handful. Meanwhile, Paul McCartney casually serenaded the couple with a Beatles song he hasn’t sung publicly since 1964: I Want To Hold Your Hand.

Doubling down on the fever dream that was the celebrity-fuelled wedding, guest Jay-Z provided Champagne from his own line, Ace of Spades, while leading funnyman Adam Sandler was auspiciously designated the ceremony’s officiant.

With so many A-list celebrities in one room, it only stands to reason that anyone not in attendance – and, specifically, not by choice, was made to feel like a pariah in the great popularity contest that is showbiz’s la la land. And for former queen bee Blake, that badge of dishonour cuts deeper than any public reckoning she may have faced as a result of her recent legal battle.

‘Seeing Gigi [Hadid], Cara [Delevingne] and all the people that Blake used to be so close to celebrating with Taylor without her was a brutal reminder of how much has changed,’ our source explains. ‘Ryan's been doing everything he can to keep her spirits up but it’s just very, very hard - especially because there’s this underlying fear that this is going to haunt her for ever. Taylor had so many A-list stars at her wedding, it’s hard not to feel like all of Hollywood is now Team Taylor. It’s really hammered home for her just how much of an outsider she now is.’

Sadly, it seems that Blake has had to learn the hard way that, when it comes to abusing Taylor’s trust and power, there’s no coming back. Indeed, Taylor might just be a dragon after all. An unforgiving one that soars higher than the rest, reigns supreme over all, and breathes scorching fire upon those that dare to wrong her. Tough luck, Blake.

Four months after departing the UK amid the uproar surrounding her former husband, Andrew Mountbatten-Windsor, it emerged in April that Sarah Ferguson had taken refuge at a £2000-a-night ski retreat in the Austrian Alps.

Yet after she was photographed stepping out of a Mercedes outside her chalet on April 16th, the elusive former Duchess appears to have vanished once more, with no further sightings and speculation she has since relocated.

The only suggestion that Sarah, 66, may have remained nearby was the appearance of her daughters, Princess Beatrice, 37, and Princess Eugenie, 35, at a wedding in Vienna, Austria’s capital, last weekend.

While the wider Royal Family gathered at Buckingham Palace for Trooping the Colour, the sisters were in Austria – and sources now claim they made the three-hour trip to Salzburg, near where their mother is believed to be staying, for an ‘incredibly emotional’ reunion.

According to insiders, the meeting was especially charged because Sarah has grown ‘desperate’ after being forced out of Royal Lodge in October and allegedly spending vast sums on luxury accommodation over recent months.

Now, a source claims Sarah has begged her daughters to pull her out of what she describes as a ‘nightmare’ predicament.

An insider says, ‘Beatrice and Eugenie are in an absolutely terrible position because, at the end of the day and for all her faults and flaws, Sarah is still their mother and they love her and worry about her.

‘When they saw her in Austria, it was incredibly emotional; Sarah didn’t even try to hide how desperate the situation has become. The money’s running out, the credit cards are at the limit, and so far, Andrew has had no luck securing any sort of extra help from Charles for her.

‘It’s no wonder Sarah’s convinced the girls are the only ones she can turn to. She’s putting a lot of pressure on them to rescue her from this nightmare.’

It has now been eight months since Sarah and Andrew lost their royal titles and were asked to vacate their Windsor residence. In the months since Andrew's arrest in February on suspicion of misconduct in public office, their daughters have found themselves thrust into unprecedented scrutiny.

Although there is no suggestion of wrongdoing by either princess, public voices have demanded that Beatrice and Eugenie be stripped of their titles and address what they may have known about their parents’ association with convicted paedophile Jeffrey Epstein.

Earlier this month, a royal commentator branded the younger York sisters ‘a rot at the heart of the monarchy’ after a financial review disclosed that both had retained palace properties at peppercorn rent despite not serving as working royals.

Even so, a fortnight ago, the family appeared to set aside the turmoil to celebrate the wedding of Princess Anne’s son, Peter Phillips, to NHS nurse Harriet Sperling in the scenic Cotswolds.

Prince Harry, Andrew and Sarah did not attend, but Beatrice and Eugenie – who, alongside Prince William, are Peter’s first cousins – were present at the picturesque church ceremony before guests moved on to Gatcombe Park, Anne’s country home, for the reception.

The celebration marked the first time the sisters have publicly stepped back into royal circles since Christmas and since Andrew’s February arrest on suspicion of misconduct in public office. He has denied all allegations.

Now insiders say the sisters are wrestling with the fallout from Sarah’s shocking demands.

We’re told that their husbands – Beatrice’s spouse Edoardo Mapelli Mozzi and Eugenie’s husband Jack Brooksbank – are far from enthusiastic about inviting further controversy into their lives. Any indication they are aligning too closely with Sarah could also jeopardise the princesses’ own royal titles.

The source says, ‘The problem is that Beatrice and Eugenie are at a loss as to what they can realistically do. Their husbands are extremely uncomfortable about becoming more involved in Sarah and Andrew’s problems and certainly aren’t keen on the idea of opening up their homes.

‘What makes it even harder is that the girls are painfully aware of how delicate their position already is within the royal family. They don't want to alienate themselves from the family and risk getting the boot themselves. But they also can’t bear the idea of abandoning their mother when she needs them most. It's a lose-lose situation.’

Royal commentators have widely suggested that Sarah still poses a risk to the monarchy, particularly amid claims she has approached publishers regarding a potential royal tell-all, reportedly hoping to secure a deal worth around £2 million.

A source previously told us Sarah had sought an audience with King Charles to negotiate financial support that would enable her to establish herself elsewhere. With no agreement believed to be in place and no meeting on the horizon, insiders suggest she may press ahead with the explosive memoir – a decision that could further endanger her daughters’ futures within the monarchy.

‘If they totally turn their backs on their mother, the odds of her totally blowing everything up are exponentially higher. Sarah isn’t going to come out and say it, but the more they help her out, the less likely she is to go ahead with her dreaded tell-all - that’s the hard truth of this,’ the insider says.

‘If she does write her memoir and throws the Royal Family under the bus, the way she’s been threatening, it will have a huge blowback effect on Beatrice and Eugenie and their standing within the family.

‘It’s hard to imagine it wouldn’t be the absolute end for them. They’re already teetering on being exiled along with their parents, so it’s an incredibly delicate situation. Obviously, it will be very hard for them to extract any promises out of Sarah, no matter how much they help her, but she’ll be a whole lot less vulnerable to all the vultures if she’s not worrying about her survival.’

Sarah has long been associated with an extravagant way of living, and insiders claim that without Andrew’s backing and financial clout, she may struggle to ‘control her spending’ – potentially placing her daughters in a drawn-out and precarious bind rather than offering any quick resolution.

‘Sarah is not exactly known for being frugal. A lot of people are warning the girls that once they start helping her out, they will never see the end of it because she burns through money like you wouldn’t believe,’ the source says.

‘For pretty much her entire adult life, Sarah has had Andrew supporting her, so she never learned to budget or control her spending. Even after they divorced, she relied on him to save the day, and that simply isn’t going to happen this time around, or at least it seems very unlikely.

‘The reality is she’s wholly unprepared to fend for herself, which is a frightening position for her to be in; it’s no wonder she’s putting so much pressure on the girls, they truly are her only option.’

Available in all good newsagents.

If you’re searching for a way to keep kids entertained, engaged and off their screens this summer, the brand-new Kids Activity Book presents Top Trumps bookazine is the ultimate solution - perfect for ages 3-5.

Created by the team behind Take a Break Puzzles - the UK’s biggest puzzle brand - this exciting new launch brings together trusted puzzle expertise with the iconic Top Trumps brand, loved by families for over 50 years. With more than 100 million packs sold in the UK, Top Trumps has been a staple of childhood for generations. Now, it’s been reimagined in a fresh, interactive format designed especially for today’s generation of children - with the additional chance for them to win some fantastic prizes!

As 2026 marks the ‘Year of Reading’, we know that as a parent, you’re actively looking for meaningful ways to reduce screen time and promote healthier habits for your kids. This bookazine has been created by parents within the Take a Break team who understand that balance is key. Every puzzle, challenge and activity is designed to entertain while also supporting problem‑solving skills, concentration and confidence. It’s all part of the brand’s wider mission to entertain, engage and promote positive mental health through puzzles and games.

Priced at £4.99, it delivers far more than your average children’s magazine. Bridging the gap between puzzles and play, it combines brain‑boosting activities with the competitive fun kids already love. Inside, discover exclusive Top Trumps‑inspired puzzles and games, alongside favourites that young fans of the Take a Break Bumper Kids’ Activity Book already enjoy.

With 24 full‑colour pages, it’s packed with engaging content, from under-the-sea themed puzzles and fact files to Top Trumps Ultimate Showdown and iconic ‘Goddit’ game!

And there’s even more excitement in store. Three lucky winners will have the chance to win a bundle of Top Trumps goodies by solving the prize puzzle - encouraging ongoing Top Trumps play beyond the pages. It’s not just a puzzle book; it’s a gateway to hours of interactive fun – giving you the chance as a busy parent to recharge and relax for a moment.

Perfect for long summer days, rainy afternoons, holidays or travel, this activity book provides independent entertainment that doesn’t rely on Wi‑Fi or batteries. It keeps children busy, thinking and learning – without feeling like homework.

It also makes a fantastic gift. Whether you’re a parent, grandparent or family friend, this bookazine offers affordable, high‑quality entertainment with lasting appeal. Instead of another plastic toy or fleeting novelty, give the gift of something interactive, creative and genuinely worthwhile.

For families seeking smarter summer fun, the Kids Activity Book presents Top Trumps is more than just a magazine – it’s a screen‑free adventure waiting to happen. Buy yours in all good newsagents today.

Nine months have now passed since Andrew Mountbatten-Windsor’s highly visible fall from grace within the Royal Family, after being stripped of his Duke and Prince titles and effectively exiled to a subdued existence on the fringes of the Sandringham Estate in Norfolk.

In the wake of the sexual assault allegation brought against him by the late Virginia Giuffre, along with the controversy tied to his association with convicted sex offender Jeffrey Epstein, it’s widely thought the royals distanced themselves completely. Andrew, for his part, has consistently denied any wrongdoing.

More recently, after his arrest in February on suspicion of misconduct in public office, the disgraced former Prince appears to have received a clear signal from King Charles that he no longer has a place in the royal inner circle. Yet insiders claim that hasn’t prevented him from plotting ways to edge back into relevance behind the scenes.

Although a return to official royal duties seems improbable, Andrew, 66, has been described as the driving force behind Princess Beatrice and Princess Eugenie’s reappearance at royal events - most notably at their cousin Peter Phillips’ wedding to Harriet Sperling last month - signalling what some viewed as a soft re-entry into the fold.

According to reports, he encouraged his daughters, who were conveniently photographed greeting Prince William, to ‘hold their heads high’ and remember they are ‘princesses of blood’.

However, on Father’s Day in the UK on 21st June, both Beatrice, 37, and Eugenie, 35, appeared to pointedly overlook their father altogether.

Instead, Princess Eugenie took to social media with an affectionate tribute to her husband Jack Brooksbank, father to their sons August, five, and Ernest, three, calling him ‘the best there is…’, without any reference to Andrew.

We’re told this very public omission left Andrew feeling so ‘abandoned’ that he has threatened to abandon his efforts to restore his daughters’ royal standing - a decision that insiders warn could carry serious repercussions for the Yorks.

An insider says, ‘Andrew simply cannot understand how it’s come to this. He insists he's doing everything he can to help them behind the scenes. He’s been lobbying the King to get them more financial help and fighting to protect their titles, he swears up and down he’s even been trying to help Sarah Ferguson’s standing within the family, and instead of being grateful they are stabbing him in the back.

‘He’s feeling completely abandoned and left to rot by his own family, and he’s warning that if they’re prepared to throw him under the bus to save themselves, then they’ll all go down together because he’s got no reason left to keep protecting people who won’t even give him the time of day.’

Rather than directing his frustration at his daughters or reflecting on his own actions, Andrew is said to have shifted blame onto his ex-wife, Sarah Ferguson. He reportedly believes she has long encouraged Beatrice and Eugenie to stay aligned with King Charles and Prince William to safeguard their future prospects.

The source says, ‘He’s telling anyone who will listen that his daughters have turned on him just so they can stay in the King’s good graces, and that Sarah is to blame because she’s poisoned them against him and made them think their only hope is to kiss up to Charles and William.

‘He’s absolutely convinced that they’ve turned on him and he blames Sarah. He’s accusing her of telling the girls they need to keep him at arm’s length and stay firmly in Charles’ and William’s good books if they want any sort of future. In his view, Sarah has poisoned them against him and turned them into people he barely recognises.’

Last month, further controversy emerged after a National Audit Office (NAO) review revealed that King Charles covers accommodation costs for the sisters’ residences at St James’ Palace and Kensington Palace, despite neither Princess holding a working royal role.

Reports also surfaced that Andrew had previously sub-let three cottages located on the Royal Lodge estate, which he leases from the Crown for 26 years. The audit stated that Andrew, alongside his family and staff, had use of 12 properties owned by either the Crown Estate or the Royal Household.

We were also told that Andrew - who could allegedly claim as much as £558,000 in compensation under the terms of his lease - has been pressing Charles for additional funds, not only for himself but for Sarah and their daughters as well.

A source said, ‘He’s vowed not to let them be sidelined and is saying he will make an almighty stink if they’re evicted. He wants money from Charles as compensation for his own eviction and he says Sarah deserves a chunk too.’

However, with Beatrice and Eugenie increasingly able to communicate directly with William and Charles, insiders suggest Andrew’s relentless focus on their royal status may be doing more harm than good.

‘A lot of people would argue that anything he’s done for them has been motivated purely by his own self-interest but Andrew totally denies that. He’s got this image of himself as the long-suffering father and no one can convince him otherwise,’ the insider says.

‘Of course if they suddenly started making a big public show of supporting Andrew, it would be disastrous. Charles and William would almost certainly wash their hands of them and a lot of doors would slam shut overnight.

‘They’re in an impossible position because they don’t want Andrew to feel they’re abandoning him, but they also have to think about their own children, their husbands and the lives they’ve built for themselves.’

It has now been several months since the sisters were last seen publicly with their father. Eugenie reportedly hasn’t visited him since before Christmas, while Beatrice was photographed with Andrew in Windsor in January, taking her daughter Sienna horse-riding.

The insider adds that the Princesses are ‘making their best efforts’ to reassure him of their affection, yet Andrew struggles to grasp that their careers, charitable work and public standing could suffer if they are perceived as openly backing him - especially after he faced further claims in May of ‘alleged inappropriate behaviour’ at Royal Ascot in 2002.

‘It’s so sad that Andrew is going down this path because Beatrice and Eugenie do love him and they are doing their best to navigate this horrific situation,’ the insider says.

‘Andrew is complaining that they’ve washed their hands of him but that’s just not true, they are still on contact with him and still making their best efforts to show him they care, but any reasonable person can see what a total disaster it would be for them to start publicly rallying around him right now. It would be the equivalent of social suicide.’

Furthermore, their appearance at Peter and Harriet’s wedding, followed by Eugenie’s renewed presence on social media, indicates the sisters are gradually distancing themselves from the ongoing controversies surrounding their parents.

As a result, tensions may continue between Andrew and his daughters over how visibly supportive they should be. The pressing question remains: can Andrew accept that his daughters are forging their own paths?

‘They’ve worked so hard to carve out their own identities, not just within the royal family but within London society as well. Why should they be expected to throw all of that away just because their father made terrible decisions?’ the source asks.

‘But as far as Andrew’s concerned, family should stick together when the chips are down, not run for cover. He’s warning that if his own family is prepared to sacrifice him to save themselves, then he’s got no reason left to keep protecting them either.’

This past weekend saw a staggeringly public tit-for-tat between the palace and Prince Harry, as last-minute battles over the Duke’s security and accommodation ahead of his UK trip descended into complete chaos.

However, there is no denying that two innocent royals in particular have been caught in this bitter war of words – Prince Archie, seven and Princess Lilibet, five.

The children of Harry, 41, and Meghan Markle, 44, had most likely been preparing for their upcoming visit to the UK; one in which they were widely reported to be due to spend some time with their grandfather, King Charles.

But it quickly became clear that as late as 48 hours before the Sussex family, who were holidaying in Europe at the time, were set to return to UK soil, the arrangements were still very much up in the air.

Now, after Harry returned to the UK alone on Monday, he and Meghan have now been accused by royal watchers and fans of having attempted to use Archie and Lilibet as leverage to gain security and special treatment.

And a source says Meghan has been left completely shocked by the suggestion, and believes that this ‘cruel’ accusation may even have been supported by their naysayers behind palace walls.

An insider says, ‘To her this is about as low as it gets. To have people tearing her down and making hurtful and untrue claims is bad enough but to drag her children into it is just beyond the pale. They are going to grow up and potentially read all this poison someday, so it boggles her mind that people could be so cruel.

‘What makes it a thousand times worse is that she’s sure that a lot of this ugly narrative is being sanctioned, or even pushed, by people behind the palace walls, that truly sickens her.

‘She can't believe anyone would seriously suggest she and Harry are using Archie and Lilibet to blackmail the King to get what they want. As far as Meghan's concerned, that’s twisted thinking and completely beneath her.’

Eight days after Harry and Meghan’s UK itinerary was reported, it was the announced on Saturday that Harry would be returning alone, due to not having been granted police protection for their family in the UK ‘at the eleventh hour’.

Meanwhile, it has since been made clear that the armed security – which Harry had previously sworn he wouldn’t bring his children to the UK without - had never been withdrawn, because it had never been granted.

So why make their visit and the children’s potential reunion with their grandpa so public without this in place? According to royal observers, the very public twoing and frowing may have been a very deliberate attempt to use the children to ‘blackmail’ the King into attempting to influence the security decisions made by RAVEC [Royal and VIP Executive Committee].

Tom Sykes shared his view on The Royalist podcast, saying, ‘It felt to me like a really blatant attempt, and actually a really mean attempt, to kind of… emotionally blackmail Charles into intervening into the security decisions of the British state.

He added, ‘I’m told by good sources that actually, a lot of this is coming from Meghan.’

Columnist Alison Boshoff also described Harry and Meghan’s actions as ‘intensely manipulative’, while ex Vanity Fair editor and royal author Tina Brown added, ‘If Harry thought that bringing his children would force RAVEC’s hand, he was, as he is so often, hopelessly misguided.’

However, we’re told that for Harry and Meghan - whose security team undertook their own private review and reportedly concluded that Harry could be a target for terrorists at the Invictus Games – the safety of their family remains paramount.

While the couple have made it clear they will travel with their own security, UK law dictates that only the Metropolitan Police Force can carry arms.

‘The thing people don't seem to understand is that, for Meghan and Harry, this has never been about getting special treatment, it's about the safety of their children and nothing else,’ the insider says.

‘She and Harry genuinely believe that any parents in their position would make exactly the same decisions if they felt there was even the slightest risk. Of course, it breaks their hearts that Archie and Lilibet aren't getting the chance to spend time with their grandfather, but until they are given the proper security, they simply can’t risk it.’

However, it was made clear for Meghan and Harry when they made the decision to step down as senior working royals in 2020 that police protection would not be continued as per protocol.

And despite Meghan and Harry pulling their own children into the situation when sources close to them revealed their plans to return to the UK with Archie and Lili ahead of any decision by RAVEC over their security, we’re told Meghan is still blaming ‘people within the Firm’ for attempting to taint every move she and Harry make.

‘She and Harry are both certain that no one would have the gall to go at them this way if they weren’t being fed information from people within the Firm and that makes them even more wary about bringing Archie and Lilibet over,’ the insider says.

‘Every time something like this happens it makes Meghan wonder how she's ever supposed to rebuild bridges with the rest of the family, for her it feels like they’re out to poison anything good that they try to do.’

As it stands, Meghan and the children are reported not to be joining Harry in London after their request for police protection was denied. However, Harry is due to travel to Birmingham on Thursday to celebrate a series of One Year to Go events ahead of the 2027 Invictus Games, so it is still possible that his family may join him for the latter part of the week.

It was also widely reported how Harry had hoped to take Archie and Lilibet to Althorp House – Princess Diana's childhood home and final resting place - after the estate announced its closure to the public on 10th and 11th July.

However the situation unfolds, we’re told that there could still be light at the end of the tunnel as the source says that, if plans for Archie and Lili to meet with their grandpa don’t come to fruition in the coming days, Harry and Meghan could be set to plan a reunion in ‘total secrecy’ in the near future.

The insider says, ‘Their hope is that a visit can be arranged with Charles somewhere outside the U.K. under total secrecy because they both feel he’s innocent in all of this; they don’t blame him at all. In fact they both say he's always shown nothing but love for Archie and Lili.

‘She and Harry genuinely don't know who else they can trust and it’s a terrible feeling. At this point she’s saying that the best thing they could do is keep their children out of that environment for as long as they possibly can.’

Katie Price and Lee Andrews’ whirlwind relationship has dominated headlines over the past six months. But recently, her past romance with Dane Bowers was thrust back into the spotlight after he featured in her new documentary.

Interestingly, Katie’s new husband, Lee, has insisted he knows her singer ex, Dane, claiming they met after the former Another Level star DJ’ed for him. But now Dane exclusively tells Closer he doesn’t know Lee at all, as he weighs in on the couple’s ‘bizarre’ marriage.

‘He had told her that we’d met and I had DJ’ed for him, which is b*llocks,’ he says. ‘I don’t understand how he can say things, fully knowing that he’s going to get found out within seconds that he’s talking crap.'

‘It’s like a soap opera,’ Dane continues. ‘I’m invested in the story now. But it’s bizarre. Like, what the f**k? She’s not stupid, so we’re all thinking, “What is going on?” Is it all a big, bloody publicity thing? I can’t imagine it is – it’s too deep to go that far.’

Dane, 46, and Katie, 48, dated for two years from 1998, making headlines as a pop star and pin-up model. But they split in 2000 over his ‘controlling’ nature and her career as a glamour model, after he reportedly grew ‘insecure’ about her sexy shoots. Their romance allegedly ended when he gave her an ultimatum over a topless calendar. Katie has since said their split was one of the ‘hardest break-ups’ she has ever been through and that Dane ‘broke my heart’.

Despite the mum-of-five going on to marry Peter Andre, Alex Reid, Kieran Hayler and Lee, she has insisted Dane was her soulmate. In the four-part Sky documentary, Katie Price: Nothing To Hide, she says, ‘Dane was the love of my life. I loved him’, before adding, ‘Why did he f**k it up?’

Now Dane tells Closer he has no regrets about their youthful romance. ‘She says this every few months,’ says Dane with a smile. ‘I’m not really one for regrets when it comes to relationships. Ours was a young, crazy thing. There were some great memories, but it was a long time ago.’

Despite their messy break-up, Katie and Dane have remained civil over the years, even flirting on her reality show My Crazy Life. And he tells us, ‘I don’t dislike Kate. We’ve have bumped into each other over the years.’

In Nothing To Hide, Dane says, ‘We were in love.’ He tells Closer that he decided to feature in the documentary, produced by Louis Theroux, to share his side of the story.

‘It was good to talk about it on my own terms,’ he says. ‘I get asked so many questions about dealing with being in a public relationship at that age. It was an interesting thing to revisit. The past is the past and there was no reason not to talk about it.’

Obsessed with celeb outfits, lifestyle tips and the latest showbiz news? Click here to keep Closer Online at the top of your Google feed.

Since their shock nuptials in January, married life for Katie and Lee has been tumultuous. The self-proclaimed billionaire – who calls himself ‘Britain’s bad boy’ – has faced accusations that he is a ‘swindler’ with embellished connections and background. In May, amid rumours he is unable to leave the UAE due to a travel ban, Lee disappeared for two weeks, claiming to have been ‘kidnapped’ and ‘arrested’ hours before the couple were due to appear on TV for an interview.

Dane – who’s based in Dubai with girlfriend Nicole – says, ‘We live in Dubai and we know lots of people in the same circle, so we hear about various things that have happened. My missus was like, “What is going on?” I said, “I’m going to message Katie.” I messaged her and said, “Look, please, is this Lee thing a wind-up or what? Because what is going on?” She didn’t say much.’

After rising to fame in Another Level and collaborating with Victoria Beckham, Dane – who has also appeared on Celebrity Big Brother and Come Dine With Me – has returned to his boyband roots. After being part of two supergroups, 5th Story and Boyz On Block, he has reunited with Another Level bandmate Mark Baron and friends Shaun Hoyte and Greg Costa to keep the band’s legacy alive with summer shows and festivals.

‘We’re loving it,’ he says. ‘We get to choose whatever we want now. We’re still having massive fun on stage. We’re lucky that we’ve got some great songs people still like. We’re having a good time.’

The future’s looking bright for Another Level, as he continues, ‘We’ve been asked to do performances in the Philippines because we were popular there. That’s exciting for us. We were also big in Norway, Scandinavia and the Netherlands, so we’re going to look into doing shows there too.’

But don’t expect the star, who’s the father of 29-year-old son Kai, to show off his body on stage. ‘I’m nowhere near tempted,’ he says, laughing. ‘Mark’s the fit one, so we leave him to get his top off while we stand at the back with our dad bods firmly covered!’

• Dane was speaking on behalf of Zingo Bingo a new, online bingo brand with several music-themed bingo rooms

Here’s your chance to win a spa break at Mercure Sheffield Kenwood Hall Hotel & Spa.  The prize includes an overnight stay in a suite, breakfast, dinner, 55-minute spa treatment, light spa lunch and use of the sauna and indoor pool.

Parts of this 114-bedroom hotel dates back to 1845 and retain many original features. The hotel offers a spa, bar, private fishing lake, extensive grounds, ice cream parlour and restaurant.

Competition closes 20th July 2026.

Terms and Conditions

The prize is for two adults sharing a suite. Dinner is a £25 per person allowance. Spa treatments must be pre-booked. The prize is subject to availability, valid until 31st March 2027, and is non-transferable. No cash alternatives apply.

Prince Harry has been described as the man who ‘spent a month manufacturing in-out drama across every front page in Britain’ as his bitter six-year rift with his family has again hit headlines globally after he was all but turfed out of Buckingham Palace.

From everything that has been reported or written of King Charles over the span of his near 80 years, the monarch is known to be an incredibly private man, who prefers largely to keep any personal relationships behind palace walls.

So, when a spokesperson for Harry, 41, appeared to then accuse the palace of effectively turning their backs on him when it was announced that the estranged Prince’s invitation to stay at London’s Buckingham Palace this week had been reversed, this very public outburst will have undoubtedly gone down badly with the monarch.

Now, a source tells us that Harry's seeming insistence on making his private correspondence with the palace public and 'throwing his toys out if the pram', as described by one royal fan, has been seen as ‘proof’ of his selfishness. Furthermore, the insider says Harry’s apparently endless demands have only further fuelled Charles’ growing impatience with his youngest son.

An insider says, ‘Everything that has happened the last couple of weeks is being seen by most people around Charles as more proof that Harry thinks the world revolves around him and his wife.

‘The King has been incredibly understanding but Harry is pushing his luck and taking his father’s patience for granted. It's not even about the security issue, it's all the extra demands, the constant briefings and this feeling that Harry expects everyone to dance to his tune. There's a growing sense that Meghan's way of handling things has rubbed off on him and he's become convinced everything has to happen on his terms.’

The last minute withdrawal of Harry’s invitation to stay at Buckingham Palace, which was announced earlier this week, has perhaps been seen by many royal observers as the comeuppance that the defiant Prince may have had coming following the years he spent so publicly lambasting the Royal Family through his and Meghan Markle’s TV tell-alls and the scathing comments he made through his 2023 memoir, Spare.

However, following his 2024 cancer diagnosis, for which he continues to receive a reduced schedule of treatment, the King, it’s been widely reported, wants peace within his family -particularly between his two warring sons, Harry and Prince William - and to spend time with his grandchildren, Prince Archie, seven, and Princess Lilibet, five.

But the source warns that for all of the good grace Charles, 77, has shown his son, who he last met in September for a brief afternoon tea at Clarence House, behind palace walls there is a growing concern that time is running out on Harry’s reconciliation hopes if his entitled attitude doesn’t change.

‘Charles is an extremely busy man and Harry seems to think he can squeeze his father into his diary whenever it suits him and still expect the red carpet to be rolled out,’ the insider says.

‘The feeling inside royal circles is that if he genuinely wants peace, he needs to stop making demands and start showing a bit more humility, otherwise nothing is going to change.’

Instead, Harry has been depicted as ‘going nuclear’ on his family after his spokesperson expressed the Duke’s ‘disappointment’ at the withdrawal of a bed at Buckingham Palace at the ‘last moment’. And our source says Harry is adamant that the King has been influenced by others who are trying to ‘poison’ the monarch against him.

‘Harry was extremely taken aback when his invite to stay at Buckingham Palace was withdrawn at the last moment,’ the insider says.

‘He seems to think it’s William and Camilla causing trouble, no doubt egged on by a section of royal aides who will stop at nothing to poison the King against him and ram home this narrative that he’s this troublemaker who’s not to be trusted.

It has, of course, been claimed by royal observers that Prince William in particular had been left furious over his father’s decision to offer an olive branch to Harry, and the source says that there is a feeling at the Palace that Charles has finally let his head overrule his heart when it comes to decisions over Harry.

They tell us, ‘It’s no secret that many senior members of the Firm – the vast majority, in fact – thought it was madness to extend the invite and they’re delighted that common sense finally prevailed.

‘But what Harry’s overlooking is that His Majesty is more than capable of making his own mind up about this matters and on this occasion he clearly felt that Harry overstepped the mark by getting way ahead of himself and jumping the gun with an unbearably self-serving and entitled attitude.’

As it stands, Meghan and the children are reported not to be joining Harry in London after their request for police protection was denied. However, Harry is due to travel to Birmingham on Thursday to celebrate a series of One Year to Go events ahead of the 2027 Invictus Games, so it is still possible that his family may join him for the latter part of the week.

It was also widely reported that Harry had hoped to take Archie and Lilibet to Althorp House in Northmaptonshire – Princess Diana's childhood home and final resting place - after the estate announced its closure to the public on 10th and 11th July.

Meanwhile, an insider revealed that Harry is still set on a reunion with his father , saying earlier this week, ‘Harry is still keen to see Charles, which he is looking forward to.’

But the question remains: Is the King still ‘keen’ to see his son? We’re told Charles is still in two minds and wants to make it clear that this clear show of power from the palace is a ‘lesson’ for Harry.

The source explains, ‘At this point in time he seems in no mood to break bread with Harry, even if he does allot some time for him during this trip it will almost certainly be a brief meeting at best.

‘Harry’s being taught a lesson, ultimately; he can bleat and squawk about it all he likes but the decision is final and he’s been put squarely in his place. Of course it’s been phrased very carefully with the official excuse being that staff had insufficient time to prepare, plus the King’s busy work calendar was also a factor. But nobody is really buying that, certainly not Harry.’

This latest blow has no doubt come as a huge humiliation for Harry and has come at a time where his role within the Royal Family still very much hangs in the balance.

Meanwhile, while Harry arrived via plane on Monday, Charles was photographed riding atop an army tank during a visit to the Royal Tank Regiment (RTR) in his role as Colonel-in-Chief; an appearance that sent out a clear message: Duty prevails. And while we’re told Harry is still attempting to ‘salvage’ the trip, the source says Charles may never forgive his youngest son as his very public dramas continue to overshadow the monarchy.

The insider says, ‘It’s a huge kick in the teeth that’s left him highly embarrassed and anxious about what the future holds from this point on. He’s got no choice except to go back to the drawing board because the door’s effectively been slammed shut in a very public and unedifying manner.

‘Right now he’s trying to salvage the situation and pushing for a face-to-face with his father during the trip, even if he isn’t staying at the Palace. He’d dearly love advice on how best to navigate the security issue moving forward, so he can bring Meghan and the kids to the UK in due course and enjoy a full catch-up like just they’ve been planning out for months now.

‘But he’s grasping at straws and all the chaos that preceded this latest UK visit has left a very sour taste in everyone’s mouth – especially his father’s.’

Prince Harry is finally in London after weeks of uncertainty over who was coming and where they would stay. For now, Harry is alone, while Meghan and their two children are thought to be at the Sussex holiday home in Portugal – possibly packing to fly to the UK later in the week if the Prince deems the security arrangements suitable.

But while this trip was meant to be a huge step forward in Harry reconciling with his father King Charles – and for Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, to finally spend time getting to know their grandfather – it appears to have had disastrous consequences for the father and son’s relationship.

The royal family were forced to take the unprecedented step of denying that Prince Harry would be staying at Buckingham Palace as he had missed the deadline to accept their offer – their statement designed to correct a briefing to the press from Harry’s team just hours before, claiming that he had accepted an invite and would be staying at the palace.

The latest drama follows a last-minute change of plan from Harry to bring his entire family over. Just one day after confirming the whole Sussex family were coming over, and that they’d accepted an offer from Charles, 77, to stay in a royal residence, the 41-year-old Prince announced he was reconsidering due to security fears. We’re told that many within the Palace, led by Prince William, 44, are convinced the endless ‘drama’ around this visit is just another attention-seeking ploy by the Sussexes.

‘Everyone knows the King put his reputation on the line to accommodate Harry’s family, so this last-minute flip-flopping is bewildering and infuriating,’ an insider tells heat. ‘It only served to further antagonise senior figures, who say Meghan and Harry are self-obsessed drama mongers who are incapable of doing anything without causing stress. Prince William, in particular, is furious at what Harry and Meghan are putting the family through. He feels they’re toying with the King’s emotions while he’s battling cancer. It’s cruel as far as William is concerned.’

Harry’s sudden U-turn over bringing Meghan and the children is down to the reported refusal by the Royal and VIP Executive Committee  (RAVEC) for his family to have full police protection during their stay. It’s now been just over a year since Harry lost his case for government funded police protection for him and his family in the UK. It was instead said that each of Harry’s UK visits would be assessed by on a case-by-case basis.

However, with just a week to go until Harry’s return, it was said that the committee had determined the family should not receive 24hr police protection, leading to Harry’s announcement that he may not be able to bring his family. Royal insiders say the Palace was baffled why Prince Harry would choose to announce that everyone was coming ahead of the RAVEC decision, calling the drastic U-turn ‘a total joke and a farce’.

Speaking about the timing of Harry’s announcement, royal author Tom Sykes said, ‘I believe it was entirely cynical. It was an attempt to bounce a cancer-stricken King Charles into intervening in the RAVEC process to grant Harry the security coverage he has spent years demanding and been repeatedly denied.’

Our source says the King has been desperate to spend some quality time with his grandchildren, who he hasn’t seen since their last trip to the UK for the late Queen’s Jubilee back in 2022. ‘This has all been insulting  and highly upsetting  for Charles,’ we’re told. ‘Everyone knows he’s been longing to spend time with his grandchildren. The fact that this all kicked off barely 24 hours after they confirmed the visit is seriously suspect. Why would Harry make such a fanfare before he had all the required arrangements in place?’

Meanwhile, we’re told William is ‘furious’ at Harry and Meghan, 44. ‘He believes everything they do is calculated to get the maximum attention, so he’s not the least bit surprised that they’ve pulled this stunt,’ says our insider. ‘He thinks they deliberately teased that they’d be bringing the children in order to get attention – before saying it might not be possible without official protection. The timeline makes no sense, unless it’s being done to manipulate things to their advantage.’

The source continues, ‘William has absolutely no issue with Harry wanting to protect his family, but he says the way it’s been handled has just reinforces everything he’s been saying about the Sussexes. He doesn’t trust them and he’s horrified that they’ve managed to weasel their way back into Charles’ good graces. He doesn't see how this can end well.’

Prince Harry, Meghan Markle and their children, Prince Archie and Princess Lilibet, are expected to land in the UK later this week for what is shaping up to be an emotional family visit.

But while Harry is reportedly hoping to spend time at his late mother Princess Diana's childhood home, Althorp House, we’re told how what is bound to be a heartrending visit has already become the latest sticking point in his brother Prince William’s reported reticence over the Sussexes' return.

As Harry, 41, continues building his post-royal life in California with Meghan, 44, reports have been swirling that the couple could be teaming up with Netflix on a deeply personal tribute to Diana ahead of the 30th anniversary of her death next August.

While nothing has been confirmed, Harry is reported to be quietly forging ahead with plans for a major project celebrating his mother's life and legacy, with Meghan expected to play a central role.

The claims came ahead of Harry’s return, but his hopes to take Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, to Althorp – Diana's childhood home and final resting place – have only recently been reported after the estate announced its closure to the public on 10th and 11th July, prompting speculation Harry could be staying there during the visit.

Following Diana's tragic death in a Paris car crash in 1997, she was laid to rest on an island in the middle of Althorp's Round Oval Lake. Harry is also expected to spend time with his uncle and Diana’s brother, Earl Charles Spencer, who is the current resident of the estate, and introduce his children to the place where their grandmother was both raised and buried.

But while Harry is said to see both the visit and the reported documentary as heartfelt ways to honour Diana, we're told William, 44, has been left feeling deeply uneasy by the reports, particularly where Meghan is concerned.

An insider says, ‘William has heard the rumours about them filming some sort of docuseries about Diana, so naturally, he’s suspicious that getting footage for that is the real motivator for Meghan to come on this trip.

‘It sickens him that she’s going to have any part in this tribute to his mother. He blames her for tearing the family apart and doesn’t believe for a second that his mother would approve.’

William’s feelings about Harry's relationship with the streaming giant have long been complicated.

When Harry and Meghan stepped back as senior royals in 2020, reportedly after assuring the late Queen they would not profit from their royal status, one of their first major business moves was signing a widely reported multi-million-dollar deal with Netflix, said to be worth around $100 million.

Just months later, Netflix released the fourth season of The Crown, which introduced Diana's marriage to the then-Prince Charles in dramatic detail, including a scene where Charles has a conversation with ‘Diana’s ghost’ following her death.

At the time, William was widely reported to have been left ‘sickened’ by what he believed was the exploitation of his mother's story. So it’s little wonder that the idea of another Netflix project centred on Diana is especially difficult for him to accept.

The latest claims also come after reports that Meghan could be set to launch a fashion line inspired by Princess Diana, after her visit to Switzerland in May sparked a flurry of reports comparing his sister-in-law to Diana.

During her trip, Meghan stepped out of her usual neutral style when she opted for a calf-length lilac pencil dress that was almost identical to the one her late mother-in-law wore during a similar trip in the 90s.

Furthermore, Harry also compared his wife to his late mother during the couple’s 2022 Netflix series, Harry & Meghan.

He said, ‘So much of what Meghan is, and how she is, is so similar to my mum. She has the same compassion, she has the same empathy, she has the same confidence. She has this warmth about her.’

Now the source says William finds Harry's words ‘deeply offensive’.

‘The fact that Harry keeps trying to sell this idea that Meghan is some sort of Diana 2.0 really gets under William's skin because he finds the comparisons deeply offensive and says they are way off the mark,’ the source says.

‘Harry believes Meghan has all the qualities people admired in his mother and says anyone who can’t see that is blind. Meghan’s incredibly honoured that Harry has so much faith in her and she doesn’t see anything wrong with trying to follow in her late mother-in-law’s footsteps.’

But we’re told how the Sussexes’ speculated stay at Althorp has only fuelled William’s fears that a project is going ahead and, worse, could help to bolster Meghan’s lifestyle brand in the process.

The source adds, 'Meghan is front and centre of anything Harry does, and William says it’s almost guaranteed that she’ll end up front and centre in this too. The fact that they are potentially staying at Althorp and no doubt spending time with the Spencers is only adding to his worry that they’re going to be filming and he’s threatening to step in and put a stop to it.

‘As far as he's concerned, they are using Diana's legacy to help build Meghan’s brand, and that’s something he’ll never stand for.’

Meanwhile, Harry has never hidden how much Diana still means to him. He has previously shared that he and Meghan have a shrine dedicated to his late mother at their family home in Montecito and has often spoken about feeling inspired by her legacy and how philanthropy helped him through his grief.

So, of course, it’s completely natural that he is reportedly determined to mark such a significant anniversary in a meaningful way, but the source says that, amidst the brothers’ bitter rift, William would prefer that Diana’s brother and their family didn’t encourage it.

We’re told, ‘Unfortunately for William, there’s really not much he can do to stop this. Harry is still very close to Diana’s brother and the rest of the Spencer clan, and they’re hardly going to object to him making a film about his mother. They’re just as fond of William and would love to see things improve between him and Harry, but there’s no way they will step in and take sides.

‘While that may be fair, it’s still very hard for William to stomach after all the pain Harry has caused the family. But he can’t tell the Spencers what they should or shouldn't do, that won’t go over well, William knows that and so does Harry.'

Meanwhile, we were previously told that Harry had reached out to William, who rejected the prospect of them teaming up following their previous 2017 BBC documentary, Diana, Our Mother: Her Life and Legacy, which saw the brothers come together to mark the 20th anniversary of her tragic death.

At the time, the brothers shared deeply personal memories of their childhood and any proceeds from the documentary are reported to have been donated to charity, and neither Harry nor William were paid.

Now, the chances of another joint tribute at this stage are very low, if not impossible. Even so, we're told Harry has no intention of abandoning his own plans.

‘Even if they were to suddenly oppose this project, Harry wouldn’t let that derail him. He’s a very strong-minded person, and he’s passionate about making this tribute, so he's not about to ask anyone's permission to do it,’ the source explains.

‘And if people don't like Meghan being involved, as far as Harry’s concerned, that's their problem because he’s absolutely hell-bent on making her a part of whatever tribute he decides to do for his mother. He says it’s his decision and he honestly doesn't understand why it’s even an issue.’

But we’re told how Harry’s insistence on Meghan’s likeness to their late mother is a sore point that continues to infuriate William, who the source says is determined to stop what he sees as a ‘self-serving’ project.

The insider says, ‘Any comparison between Meghan and Diana sets William off because he loathes his sister-in-law and blames her for destroying the family. He says anything Meghan touches ends up becoming all about Meghan, and he's convinced that'll happen here too.

‘He’s told friends that he can't imagine her putting together anything that isn't self-serving and completely inappropriate for Diana's legacy. He’s furious and vowing to find a way to stop this.’

They’ve endured one of Hollywood’s longest, messiest and most heartbreaking celebrity splits, with Brad Pitt and Angelina Jolie’s bitter divorce continuing to make headlines nearly a decade after they first called time on their marriage.

While the legal battle may finally be drawing to a close, the emotional fallout is far from over. Much of the pain has centred on the former couple’s six children – and now, another major milestone is set to bring fresh heartache.

On 12 July, twins Vivienne and Knox will celebrate their 18th birthdays, bringing Brad and Angelina’s long-running custody agreement to an official end.

But instead of marking a fresh start, sources say Brad, 62, fears it will signal the final chapter in his relationship with his youngest children, who are reportedly expected to follow their older siblings – Maddox, 24, Pax, 22, Zahara, 21, and Shiloh, 20 – in remaining estranged from their father.

Angelina, 51, has admitted she has been waiting for the agreement to be over, so she can leave Los Angeles and relocate abroad, once saying ‘I will do so as soon as my children are 18. Right now I'm having to base where their father chooses to live.’

Now, a source tells us, 'Brad is absolutely crushed that the kids are formally disowning him one-by-one. It’s the definition of soul destroying and almost impossible for him to comprehend.

‘Publicly, people see Brad carrying on as normal, but this has really affected him. His children are the one area of his life where he’s completely vulnerable. Brad’s tried so hard to mend his relationship with them, but he’s been shut down so many times that he’s gotten to a point where he’s almost stopped trying. Not because he doesn’t care, but he’s terrified of making things worse.'

The split between Brad, 61, and Angelina - who were dubbed Brangelina throughout their 11-year relationship - shocked fans around the globe. Just two years after tying the knot at their 1,000-acre chateau in the south of France, Angelina filed for divorce in 2016, citing ‘irreconcilable differences’.

It was alleged that Brad was abusive to his wife and two of their children – one of which is known to be a then-15-year-old Maddox – on a private jet. Brad has always denied the allegations and the case was closed after the incident was investigated by child services and the FBI.

Aside from Pax – who continues to use the surname Jolie-Pitt and spends time with his dad's side of the family, but ‘doesn't have much of a relationship with Brad’ – the other five children have all publicly dropped Pitt from their double-barrelled name. Maddox, Zahara and Shiloh have all filed to make the change legally official.

Insiders also reported that the family engaged in ‘a lot of therapy’ to navigate their issues, but it didn’t seem to help, and the sessions stopped in 2020.

Furthermore, we were recently told that while their respective name changes ‘say it all’, that hasn’t stopped the past few years being very difficult for them too, as they continue to rally around their mother.

An insider said, ‘This has been horribly painful for all the kids; no child wants to see their parents fight like this. That being said, there’s no question whose side they’re on. The fact that, one by one, they’re dropping Brad’s last name says it all. The kids don’t sit around trash-talking their dad or wishing him harm. It’s more of a sad and unspoken topic at this point that’s something they’ve learned to live with.

‘They’re fiercely protective of their mom so whenever there’s any sort of conflict, even over something relatively minor, they typically back her. This argument over Zahara’s graduation is the perfect example of that dynamic.’

Following her appearance at a Tom Ford event in April, fans also expressed their concerns over Angelina’s health after the actress appeared frail on the red carpet.

One fan wrote, ‘She looks tired and unwell’, while another added, ‘I know she has health issues but she really looks like she is struggling. Hope she comes back strong.’

And the source added how the children have all seen the toll the divorce and legal battle with Brad has taken on their mum, and it’s not something they’re willing to easily forgive.

They told us, ‘It’s pretty cut and dry as far as the kids are concerned: Their dad is clearly out to destroy their mom, and that’s something they’ll never understand or forgive him for.

‘They see firsthand how much it affects her, emotionally as well as financially, and the fact it’s all going down right before they move to another country only amplifies the stress for everyone concerned.’

Meanwhile, Angelina who had until recently taken a step back from her acting career, has been candid over how she feels trapped in LA due to the restrictions placed on her over the custody agreement she agreed with Brad for the care of their six children

But while their custody agreement is coming to an end, their court battles still aren’t over. It’s now been a decade since Angelina filed for divorce in 2016, and the pair are now gearing up for yet another court showdown next year.

The former couple's divorce was finalised in December 2024, but Brad’s dispute with Angelina over the sale of her share of their French estate and award-winning winery, Chateau Miraval, to a Russian billionaire continues.

Yet despite his heartbreak, sources also say Brad is hoping for a second chance at fatherhood with Ines De Ramon, his partner of almost four years. Sparking romance rumours in November 2022, the pair have gone from strength to strength, making a rare red carpet appearance at the London premiere of his racing drama F1 in June 2025 and packing on the PDAs at the French Open in early June.

Jewellery designer Ines, 33, was hoping to bring Brad and Shiloh – with whom he was widely reported to have a ‘special bond’ – back together, but her attempts have sadly failed. The source goes on, ‘Ines has been a rock for Brad during this ordeal, helping him remain strong, find hope, and keep his mind on the positives. She is very much in love and says Brad will be a wonderful dad – and he'd love to have a family with her.

‘They’ve been together nearly four years now, so it’s not as though things are moving especially fast. Everyone in his life agrees that it’s time to start getting serious about a baby if they want that to happen.’

The source adds, 'The way they've been packing on the PDAs lately and spending nearly every moment together is only adding to the feeling Brad’s ready to take the next step with Ines. He is very traditional, so now they’re talking babies, friends are predicting he’ll put a ring on her finger very soon.’

Will Smith and wife Jada strolled arm in arm in Paris this week, Will laughing and goofing around for the paparazzi. The 56-year-old acting legend seemed determined to show all is just peachy in his marriage.

The pair were leaving swanky eatery Loulou Paris with son Jaden, 27, who was in the fashion capital to show his inaugural collection for Christian Louboutin as the French fashion brand’s Men’s Creative Director. The whole family had come out to support Jaden, with sister Willow, 25, and brother Trey, 33, posing alongside their parents and grandmother on the red carpet last week.

It’s the second time the couple have been snapped out in a matter of weeks, after six months off radar. So, does this mean they’ve rekindled their marriage? Well, no, not exactly, we hear. Although they are keen to be spotted looking close and cozy, behind closed doors it’s a different story.

A longtime colleague of the couple tells us, ‘Appearances can be deceptive as it’s still a marriage of convenience and they have zero physical interaction whatsoever. They’re living like glorified business partners when the cameras are off.’

‘They certainly haven't fixed their marriage but because they are primarily a business partnership, they want to put on a show that they still care about each other and are aligned. It's good for their kids to see that, it's good for their employees to see that, and it’s good for the studios that retain their services to see that they are not at each other's throats.’

The couple’s marriage has been full of twists and turns, reaching a dramatic climax in the recent years.

Will and Jada married in 1997 and lived together until 2016 when they decided to live separate lives, though repeatedly denied split rumours with Will saying divorce was ‘not an option’. They never referred to their arrangement as an open marriage but said that they had no ownership over each other. In 2020 Jada talked about her ‘entanglement’ with a younger man. The pair continued to be seen out as a couple, including at the Oscars where Will slapped host Chris Rock after he made a quip about Jada’s lack of hair [she suffers from alopecia]. Will famous shouted ‘Take my wife’s name out of your f***ing mouth’. Which not only stunned the world as we watched it on live TV but seemed to infer they were very much together… which they weren’t.

A source told Closer just a few months ago that the pair were living together again, after Jada moved back into their $56 million Calabasas home – though she prudently kept hold of her $11.3 million mansion in the Hidden Hills. ‘They’re taking things day by day but getting along a whole lot better, which the kids are so happy to see,’ we were told.

‘Slapgate’ significantly tainted Will’s Golden Boy of Hollywood reputation. His shocking actions served as a huge distraction from the fact he even won his first Oscar that night. He later apologised, calling his behaviour ‘unacceptable and inexcusable.’

And we’re told it’s super important to Will to maintain his leading man status and ensure that the ‘Will and Jada’ brand has legs. Our source says ‘Will continues to push for more high-level Hollywood jobs and grow his social media following. He doesn't want to look like he is struggling with his personal life, even if everybody knows he and Jada have been through some crazy times. The shared brand of Will and Jada as this ultra successful couple who can accomplish anything and who have built multiple companies together has to be reinforced after the damage Will did to that image.’

Last month, it was revealed that Will is set to star in new movie Supermax where he plays an FBI agent investigating a murder that has taken place in the world's most secure prison. Filming is believed to start in August.

So, with rumours of them living together but not being together, things are still far from clear. Our source explains, ‘They're not giving up on each other yet, even if they don't spend much time together. Will and Jada are both pretty pragmatic about it and their extended families have become so intertwined over the years that they are always going to be in each other's lives in some way. They can't really get around that fact without radically disrupting the lives of people they both care about a great deal.’

But that leaves them open to accusations of faking it in order to further their careers: ‘Maybe it’s a disingenuous way to live, and sure a lot of people roll their eyes at these two and call them fake, but Will and Jada both insist that’s not the case. They’re adamant that, however unconventional their arrangement is, it’s still a marriage and they refuse to let other people define what their partnership should look like. They know exactly what message they want to send whenever they step out together. It’s a way to remind everyone that they’re still on the same team. It’s standard for them to do their own thing for months at a time, but whenever they need each other, for whatever reason, they both show up.’

What we might not get so much of is the eye-watering levels of honesty about their marriage we’ve seen in the past, with revelations including how they ‘cried every day’, argued constantly, Will’s jealousies and fantasies about having multiple romantic partners.

‘There was a time when they were pretty indiscreet about their arrangement, but these days they’re much more careful because they don’t want the drama. And, as unconventional as their relationship is, the feeling among people around them is that if the Oscars slap, and all the humiliation and scrutiny that came with it, wasn’t enough to break them apart, then it’s hard to imagine what would. They weathered the biggest storm their marriage has ever faced and still came out the other side presenting a united front. Unless one of them genuinely falls head over heels for somebody else, the odds are they’ll go the distance.’

Melanie Sykes has been flooded with support from fans as she bravely shared a photo of herself completely bald after her ongoing struggle with alopecia.

The 55-year-old TV personality - whose early career was launched by her modelling work and a starring role in iconic '90s Boddingtons Bitter commercials - first disclosed her diagnosis in an emotional announcement to her followers last year.

Back then, she told her audience she was in, ‘so much pain’ and explained, ‘I’ve got an autoimmune condition, I am losing my hair - I keep having crazy inflammation all over and I am working on healing.’

A month ago, the former catwalk star, who was in a five-year relationship with Bros singer Matt Goss in the 90s, shared another update. She revealed that her condition had left her ‘two-thirds bald’, posting fresh insight into her journey via social media.

On Instagram, Melanie uploaded a video, displaying large bare spots along the sides of her scalp. Relaxing on her back, she turned her head from side to side, giving a full view of the toll alopecia had taken, and labeled the post: ‘#Liberty.’

Not long after, Mel—mother to two sons, Roman, 24, and Valentino, 22, whom she shares with ex-husband Daniel Caltagirone—posted another striking update: a headshot featuring her bald head and the message, ‘Loss + Gain = Life.’

Fans rallied after the post, with one writing, ‘Melanie you're still stunning. Embrace it hun xxx’ and another adding, ‘Live life to the full.. beauty is on the inside and you look gorgeous anyway’.

Her latest candid update comes a year after first telling fans about being diagnosed with alopecia, as well as a heart issue and widespread inflammation. She attributed these issues to her experiences with “Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder, shock, mistreatment and malpractice” after feeling dismissed by NHS professionals.

‘This country must do better and get better. Our health services are utterly shocking, bar a few and rare decent humans who listen without prejudice and judgement,’ she said during a heartfelt video shared online.

This struggle follows her autism diagnosis at 51 in 2021. Speaking afterwards, Melanie, who also lives with ADHD, reflected, "I've always felt different to other people and how they think and operate, but now I know it's because I'm autistic it makes me feel validated as I understand why."

Mel ended her long-running TV career—which included roles on Today With Des and Mel, The Vault, Celebrities Under Pressure, and Let’s Do Lunch—after a difficult stint on Celebrity Masterchef.

She claims a remark from co-host Gregg Wallace was the final straw, prompting her departure from the limelight. Wallace later addressed the criticism without mentioning Mel by name, apologising for any hurt caused and admitting he’d not been in “a good head space” at the time.

Currently thought to be single, Mel has told her followers she is learning to find gratitude despite her challenges with alopecia.

‘I’m learning to live with “loss” and counting my blessings instead. It’s not always easy to be grateful, but it is the key to happiness and takes daily, moment-to-moment practice. Practice love.’

Even with health setbacks, Mel has been open about putting her energy into recovery, focusing on optimism, and recently celebrated completing a meditation teacher training course. She has also spoken about experiencing ‘post-traumatic growth’—the transformative benefits that can emerge after enduring personal hardships.

This week, Prince William appears to have pulled out all the stops. During a period where the royals typically begin to wind down toward the summer holidays, William has instead put his foot firmly on the gas pedal.

Forgoing £1.5 million in rent from his Duchy of Cornwall Estate to help the community, in the past week alone, he’s vented about the ‘system’ making people homeless and put his money where his mouth is and shared his plans to combat homelessness. And if that wasn’t princely enough, he’s also shared his fondest memories of his granny, the late Queen Elizabeth II, who he says gave him a love of afternoon tea.

A coincidence or not, the reports of William’s bold philanthropic endeavours also come just days before his younger brother Prince Harry is expected to return to the UK next week and, behind palace walls, we’re told a different story is emerging.

William, 44, is believed not to have spoken to Harry in four years, with many reports suggesting that he is ready to wipe his hands clean of him after what he is said to view as a monumental betrayal of the monarchy by Harry and Meghan Markle.

However, that narrative has always been hard to fully believe given the history and the tragedy the once-close brothers had endured together, and a source tells us that Kate Middleton has become increasingly concerned for William as his emotions bubble to the surface ahead of his brother’s return to the royal fold.

An insider says, ‘Kate has never seen William this tormented, and it's breaking her heart because there's nothing she can really do. She says she feels as though she’s watching him melt down in front of her very eyes, and she’s helpless to stop it.

‘He won’t admit it, but he's incredibly anxious about Harry and Meghan’s visit. He’s pacing around and on edge all the time and barely sleeping.’

In what has been described as an unexpected ‘victory’ for the Sussexes, the couple are, at this very moment, likely to be packing up their suitcases in Montecito ahead of their grand return to the UK.

Harry, 41, and Meghan, 44, who have largely been estranged from the Royal Family for the past six years, are expected to be joined by their children – Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five – and are widely reported to have been welcomed back by King Charles with all of the grace and favour of working royals, complete with the comforts of a royal residence during their stay, widely reported to be Buckingham Palace.

The news of this proverbial royal red carpet has unsurprisingly been reported as a ‘bitter pill’ for Harry’s brother, Prince William, to swallow, with relations between the Heir and his father now said to be so frosty that he has allegedly threatened to distance himself from family events at Sandringham for the foreseeable future.

Meanwhile, royal observers have largely speculated that King Charles is being led by his heart (notably by his desire to reunite with his grandchildren) and not his head (that of course wears the Crown) and could be making a ‘terrible mistake’ by welcoming Harry and Meghan back into the fold.

And while William is expected to give his younger brother and sister-in-law a wide berth during their visit, the source says William feels ‘sickened’ by what he perceives to be a ‘manipulation’ of his father, who continues to receive treatment for cancer.

The source says, ‘He’s convinced they’re only coming over to stir up trouble and manipulate his father. And Charles isn’t exactly putting his mind to rest by piling on the pressure for him to meet with Harry, which William keeps insisting is absolutely a no-go.

‘That’s the worst part of this for him, seeing the way Charles is bending over backwards for Harry and Meghan after the way they betrayed them all sickens him and leaves him feeling totally kicked in the teeth. He’s now got all this tension with his father, and naturally, he’s blaming Harry and Meghan for that, which is only adding to his rage.’

Prompting the start of the bitter rift that has now divided the Royal Family for the past six years, in 2020, Harry stepped back from his role as a senior working royal to begin a new life with Meghan in sunny California.

He has since built set up home in a staggering $29 million mansion in Montecito, one of the US’s most exclusive enclaves, and has pursued projects that either fulfil him on a personal level, such as his continued philanthropic work, or offer a rather sizeable paycheck, such as the couple’s previous $100 million deal with Netflix.

Meanwhile, some may say heavy is the head that wears the future crown, as William has remained in the UK; a mainstay in the royal fold and one who has endured the storms, including the cancer diagnoses of both Kate and Charles, in 2024.

Through their respective experiences, Kate and Charles are also reported to have become closer, and now the source says the Princess is also torn over her understanding for Charles to reunite with Harry, but also of William’s own ‘devastation’ over the unravelling situation.

The source says, ‘That's the part Kate finds hardest to watch because she knows how devastated William is by what's happening with his father. He can't understand why Charles keeps giving Harry and Meghan chance after chance when every concession that’s made only encourages them to push for more, and he doesn’t hold back in saying so.

'He and his father are totally at odds over how Harry and Meghan should be handled, and that’s driven a huge wedge between them. Kate’s constantly trying to help keep the peace between them, but so far it’s been futile; they can’t see eye to eye on this.’

At the same time, the source says that having welcomed his own children – Prince George, 12, Princess Charlotte, 11, and Prince Louis, eight – William feels the absence of his brother in his life keenly.

‘William has a lot of pride; he wants everyone to believe that he's completely detached from whatever Harry and Meghan are doing, but the people closest to him say that's complete nonsense. Anyone can see how much this is weighing on him,’ the insider says.

‘Regardless of what has gone on, Harry is still his flesh and blood and, however angry William may be, he can't simply switch those feelings off. Instead, he's becoming consumed by resentment and bitterness, and it’s taking a real toll on him.’

The coming days are likely to be make-or-break for Harry and Meghan when it comes to their future within the royal fold, but the source says Kate fears that the weight of anger and sadness William has carried for the past six years may not lighten any time soon – if ever.

‘Normally, Kate can calm him down and get him back into a good mood fairly quickly when he’s got a bee in his bonnet, but not when it comes to Harry. That’s a topic that she does tend to tiptoe around, and even more so lately because now that there’s this added layer of Charles taking Harry’s side, or at least that is the way William sees this,’ the insider says.

‘It’s not just Kate, most people in his life avoid bringing Harry up because everyone knows how quickly William gets worked up, and no one wants to make things worse.

‘It's been more than six years of this now, and Kate admits she's running out of ways to help. She's genuinely afraid that all this stress and anger is going to take a toll on his health, especially because it’s not the only burden he’s carrying. It’s very worrisome for Kate and everyone else that cares about William.’

Few people have grown up under quite the same level of scrutiny as Prince William. As the heir to the throne and future King, much of his life has unfolded in front of the public, from his earliest appearances as a cheerful blond-haired youngster waving from the balcony of Buckingham Palace to the 44-year-old man, husband and father he is today.

But if we're being honest, there was one particular chapter in William's life that firmly established him as Britain's most eligible bachelor – although he may not think the same, given that he could be left mortified by a few of these throwback snaps.

When William arrived at the University of St Andrews in 2001, aged 19, the transformation seemed to happen almost overnight.

The slightly awkward teenager the public had watched grow up suddenly emerged as a confident, athletic and undeniably handsome young man.

Gone were the childhood dungarees and school uniforms. In their place came tailored jackets, casual knitwear and effortlessly smart student style that could easily have featured in a fashion campaign. With piercing blue eyes, sun-kissed blond hair and an increasingly athletic frame, it's hardly surprising he quickly caught the eye of a fellow undergraduate named Kate Middleton.

Years before she would become the Princess of Wales, Kate was simply another fresher settling into university life, albeit one who happened to share a campus with an actual prince.

‘I actually think I went bright red when I met you, and sort of scuttled off,’ Kate later laughed during the couple's engagement interview.

William may already have been one of the most recognisable young men on the planet, but he threw himself enthusiastically into student life, particularly sport. Thankfully for royal watchers, that included several sporting pursuits that resulted in some memorable shirtless photographs of the future monarch, including the one snap he may not have wanted us to see…

A keen participant in water polo and polo itself, William spent much of his free time on the sports field. Kate would later become a regular fixture at matches, watching from the sidelines with what we can only assume was considerable satisfaction.

Despite their growing friendship, it would be some time before William and Kate publicly acknowledged their relationship.

In fact, William missed much of Freshers' Week, meaning the pair weren't immediately inseparable. However, both were residents of St Salvator's Hall and quickly discovered shared interests and similar personalities.

William later admitted he was drawn to Kate from the start, saying: ‘When I first met Kate, I knew there was something very special about her. We ended up being friends for a while and that was sort of a good foundation.’

Those first months at university became a pivotal period in William's life. Like many young people leaving home for the first time, he initially found the adjustment challenging and even contemplated abandoning his studies altogether.

Kate reportedly played a significant role in convincing him to stay, encouraging him to transfer from History of Art to Geography, a move that ultimately proved far better suited to him.

While tales of questionable student cocktails and chaotic noughties nightlife remain absent from the official record, William later reflected fondly on the time they spent together as their friendship deepened.

'We just spent more time with each other, had a good giggle, had lots of fun and realised we shared the same interests,’ he recalled.

Away from campus, the rest of the world was becoming increasingly captivated by William. The once-boyish prince had matured into one of the most photographed young men on the planet, frequently appearing on lists of the world's most attractive men alongside stars such as Leonardo DiCaprio and Brad Pitt.

Kate, meanwhile, appeared largely unfazed by the growing attention surrounding him. That changed somewhat when she found herself at the centre of a moment that would later become royal legend.

On 26 March 2002, William secured a front-row seat at St Andrews' renowned Art of Seduction charity fashion show. Having reportedly paid £200 for his ticket, he watched as Kate confidently stepped onto the runway wearing Charlotte Todd's famous sheer black dress layered over a bikini.

The look made an immediate impression. According to friends, William turned to those around him and declared: ‘Wow… Kate's hot’

Designer Charlotte Todd later reflected on the unexpected impact of her creation, admitting: ‘I didn't know who Kate Middleton was.

Everyone says the fashion show was when the romance started, so a small part of me will always be part of royal history.’

At the time, however, Kate was still dating fourth-year law student Rupert Finch. It would be another year before she moved into a shared student property with William and two other friends.

Officially, they were simply sharing accommodation. Unofficially, things were beginning to develop. As William later explained: ‘We moved in together as friends. We lived with a couple of others as well, and it just sort of blossomed from there really.’

Royal author Katie Nicholl has claimed that although William and Kate technically occupied bedrooms on different floors, by this point, the arrangement was largely for appearances.

Behind the scenes, they were enjoying a relatively ordinary university romance, albeit one that required a great deal more discretion than most student relationships.

For a considerable period, they managed to keep things largely out of the spotlight. Then, in 2004, William invited Kate on the royal family's annual ski holiday to Klosters in Switzerland, joining King Charles and Prince Harry - a clear indication that the relationship had become serious.

The holiday photographs quickly found their way into newspapers around the world, much to William's frustration. Determined to protect Kate from excessive media attention, he had hoped they could enjoy their relationship privately for longer before the inevitable spotlight intensified.

Ironically, it was a concern his younger brother Prince Harry would later express during his own relationship with Meghan Markle.

Once those images were published, however, there was little chance of returning to anonymity. Kate rapidly became one of the most photographed women in Britain, with public fascination surrounding every aspect of her life.

There was one brief setback when William embarked on a boys' sailing holiday in Greece featuring an all-female crew, but the separation proved short-lived. By the time they graduated in June 2005, the couple were very much together once again.

As they posed for photographs following their graduation ceremony - both having achieved 2:1 degrees - William and Kate appeared entirely comfortable in each other's company while their families gathered to celebrate.

Years later, during a visit to Scotland in 2021, marking their tenth wedding anniversary, William looked back on where it all began.
‘It was here in Scotland that I first met Catherine. Needless to say, the town where you meet your future wife holds a very special place in your heart.’

After leaving university, their professional paths briefly diverged. William began his officer training at Sandhurst, while Kate worked for Party Pieces before later joining fashion label Jigsaw as an accessories buyer.

Even with increasingly demanding careers, they remained devoted to making time for one another. Kate became a familiar face at William's polo fixtures and rugby matches, while the couple also enjoyed nights out in London, occasionally attracting attention as they left exclusive venues together.

Another important milestone arrived in December 2006 when Kate attended William's passing-out parade at Sandhurst, accompanied by her parents, Carole and Michael Middleton.

Dressed in a striking scarlet coat that perfectly complemented William's military attire, she looked every bit the proud girlfriend.
According to a lip reader, she reportedly told a friend: ‘I love the uniform. It's so sexy.’ Can you blame her?

The young prince who had once seemed shy and awkward had grown into Britain's biggest heart-throb and, in the process, found the woman who would become his closest confidante and greatest supporter.

Fifteen years after their fairytale wedding in 2011, William and Kate remain among the world's most admired royal couples. Together they have welcomed three children — Prince George, 12, Princess Charlotte, 11, and Prince Louis, eight.

And yes, it seems Wills has still got it…

‘I’ve got to keep my mind off him. I'm going to clean the apartment until it shines’, announced Monica when she split with hot doctor Richard in Friends. Monica’s alter ego, Courteney Cox, who also loves cleaning and calls herself a ‘neat freak’, is no doubt keeping similarly distracted since her secret split from Johnny McDaid. The couple were last seen publicly together last September at the US Open and are believed to have ‘quietly split’ shortly afterwards.

While she’s putting on a brave face and the couple say the split is amicable, we’re told she’s ‘devastated’ and wondering if she ‘wasted nearly 13 years of her life waiting on commitment that never came’. And to compound her heartbreak, Johnny is said to have already found a new girlfriend.

Our source tells us, ‘Everyone told her for so long she was beating a dead horse, that Johnny was too much of a free spirit who had one foot out the door the whole time they were together. But she stayed around hoping against hope that he’d step up to the plate, which ultimately never happened, so naturally she’s feeling pretty used and demoralised – especially as he’s already moved on with someone new.’

Apparently, her close pals - which include BFF Jennifer Aniston and Ozark star Jason Bateman - have been worried ever since the couple’s initial split in 2015, which left Courteney blindsided.

Infamously, Johnny - who at 49 is 13 years her junior - broke off their engagement minutes after they sat down for their first couples therapy session in 2015.

Ever honest and open, Courteney talked about this on fellow actress Minnie Driver’s podcast, admitting, ‘We went to this therapist to talk about our boundaries, what we could and couldn't accept about each other. Instead, he just broke up within the first minute. And I was like, “What?” We were engaged, and I was so shocked. I was in so much pain. I also don't like surprises.’

She went on to say she was actually ‘thankful’ for the breakup, saying, ‘I did the most work on myself, by far. I learned how to reclaim my voice, my boundaries.’

With her new sense of self and with time apart to reflect on what went wrong, the couple got back together in 2016. After the reconciliation, she pleaded with him to go back to therapy, but he refused to go, according to our source.

One of the couple’s problems was that American Courteney and Northern Irish Johnny lived halfway across the world from each other. Courtney is based in LA, where her daughter Coco and ex-husband David Arquette reside, while Johnny lives in the UK.

Our insider tells us, ‘Every time he came to LA, it seemed like a chore; he couldn’t wait to go back. To Courteney’s credit she tried everything, even moving over there for a spell. The plain truth is that he just got bored of the arrangement over time and decided to throw in the towel late last year, privately admitting that the spark had gone and he wanted to draw a line so they could both move on. Of course, they’ve been here before and some people are saying never say never in terms of a reunion. But Johnny insists he’s 100 percent done, and Courteney has been forced to come to terms with that.’

Our insider says, ‘Of course, the timing is still terrible. Coco has flown the nest and is busy building her own life, and nearly all her friends are in happy relationships.’

However, far from twiddling her thumbs, Courteney is currently immersed in post-production for her true crime film Evil Genius. The movie, which Courteney directed, is based on the 2003 ‘pizza bomber’ case and stars her ex-sister-in-law, Patricia Arquette, as well as Lily Allen’s much-maligned ex, David Harbour.

Courteney also runs her own ‘modern luxury fine-fragrance brand’ called Homecourt, which sells high-quality skincare, home and laundry products. In her mission statement, she says, ‘As a self-proclaimed neat freak, I’ve always loved the ritual of cleaning. Her ‘kitchen trio’ of cleaning sprays will set you back £70.

Due to Homecourt, Friends royalties, an impressive property portfolio and movie work, Courteney is estimated to be worth close to £120m. This makes her net worth far greater than Johnny’s. Johnny is doing alright for himself too however, as a third of rock band Snow Patrol, who are currently touring the UK. He’s also a prolific songwriter, penning hits for Pink, Robbie Williams, Westlife and Alicia Keys, and co-creating the songs Shape of You, Photograph, Galway Girl, Bad Habits and Shivers with Ed Sheeran. Because the couple weren’t married and don’t have children together, it’s unlikely there will be financial settlements or legal disputes.

Courteney will not be short of suitors, but she’s not ready to date.

‘She never imagined she'd be starting over in her sixties and, as much as people tell her she's beautiful, successful and has plenty of life ahead of her, the thought of dating again at this age is pretty daunting. What has really knocked the wind out of her is seeing Johnny move on so quickly when she's nowhere near ready for that herself.

She’s determined not to let this break-up make her bitter, but she’s only human, of course, there’s some resentments that creep in. She defended this guy to everyone in her lifetime, and again, and in the end, he did exactly what everyone warned her he would. It's hard on her pride and her heart. She wants to stay friends, but it’s tough; she’s doing her best to stay positive and power through the pain.’

But Courteney is a grounded, forgiving person, as our source explains, ‘As upsetting as this has been, Courteney isn't sitting around blaming Johnny because she knows that isn't going to get her anywhere. She’s focused on trying to figure out what her life looks like without him, which is not an easy task considering how many years she spent centring her entire world around this relationship. This isn’t the kind of heartbreak you get over in six months; she’s still processing it all and working through her feelings. But, to her credit, she’s not wallowing.’

Jennifer Aniston is, as ever, her primary confidante and shoulder to cry on. Jen, 57, and Courteney have had each other’s backs for 30 years, and Jen is Coco’s godmother. Jen’s been through her fair share of heartache and breakups, including two divorces, one to Brad Pitt, the other to Justin Theroux. She’s currently believed to be with wellness guru Jim Curtis, 50.

Jen no doubt knows Courteney will bounce back and will reassure her of that. Our source asserts, ‘When she’s ready, no doubt the men will be lining up to date Courteney, she’s still so gorgeous and such a great catch, it’s just a matter of her claiming that and stepping back into her power.'

We all know that you can’t judge the state of a Hollywood marriage by a red-carpet appearance. One minute you’re thanking your amazing wife in your Oscar’s acceptance speech, the next you’re dividing the cutlery. Yes, Ben Affleck we’re talking about you! So when we saw the latest pics of Blake Lively enjoying a piggyback from husband Ryan Reynolds, our 'Spidey senses' started to tingle.

Luckily for the two A-listers, cameras were poised to capture these playful moments and the pair even posed for selfies with fans while they enjoyed their New York date night. You think we’d be relieved, because let’s be honest, it was starting to feel like we were never going to hear Blake Lively’s name again unless it was firmly attached to Justin Baldoni. But in heaven sent news, last month we finally saw the end of the lawsuit to end all lawsuits when it was, at last, settled after 10 of Blake’s claims were dismissed out of court. While Lively’s attorney’s said in a statement, “This settlement is a resounding victory for Blake Lively,” Justin Baldoni’s lawyer stated that it was a “total victory” for his client. I mean, two winners are better than two loser, right?

And while it seems that one huge hurdle is behind the A-list darlings, sources say behind the scenes the couple are facing their own struggles. An insider says, “The last thing they want is for people to think the pressure is getting to them, but there is no denying it's been an incredibly difficult period. Putting on this over-the-top show of being fun and carefree for the cameras is being seen as very contrived by those in their orbit because the reality is they’ve been absolutely battered by this.

Every time they think they’re turning a corner, another setback lands on their doorstep. They finally got a win when the judge ordered Justin’s side to cover her legal fees and they are really trying to frame that as a huge victory but no one’s buying that. There is just no denying the turmoil this ordeal caused them, it completely upended their lives. They can make all the happy social media posts and pose for all the happy selfies but of course this has taken a big toll, even the most solid marriage would feel the pressure under these circumstances. The question is, how much longer can they take this?”

While Ryan’s involvement in the unravelling of Blake and Justin’s working and personal relationship is well documented, as Hollywood husband’s go, he has to be applauded. Reynold’s has steadfastly maintained his loyalty to his wife in the face of any and all criticism. There’s no doubt that while they’ve continued to attend red carpet events together, it’s not been easy. Our source tells us,
“Before all this happened with [Justin] Baldoni, Blake saw this movie as a major comeback opportunity. She was genuinely excited and believed it would make her a rom-com queen and catapult her into a more prominent position in the Hollywood pecking order. Instead, it turned into this epic fiasco that has damaged her reputation and spilled over onto Ryan as well.

They are essentially back at the drawing board now, trying to figure out how to roll with the punches and rebuild from this. That’s a huge reason why they’re working so hard to project a positive image for the cameras, they’re trying to show the world that they’re still standing and still united. But make no mistake, things are grim behind the scenes, this whole situation weighs heavily on both of them. It’s no exaggeration to say it’s been hanging over their lives like a black cloud. The legal situation meant an almost daily back and forth with lawyers and on top of that very few of the secondary consequences in all of this have been resolved. The fallout with Taylor [Swift] has been so painful and there’s no end in sight, and she’s by no means the only relationship they’ve lost. Not to mention the beating that their public image has taken. For a couple that is hyper image-conscious that is arguably the worst part, even worse than the financial hit.

Whether they admit it publicly or not, criticism gets under their skin. At the same time as they’re dealing with all of this, they still have four young children to raise, the pressure is enormous. But as tough as things are they are still very committed to getting through this together. The big and unspoken challenge, though, is that finding a path back from where they are now is likely to be a very long slog.”
Before the It Ends With Us fiasco, Blake and Ryan were seen as one of the most solid couples in Hollywood. Back when they weren’t navigating a gazillion dollar lawsuit, their main problem was finding time together! But an insider close to the parents of four who met in 2010 on the set of Green Lantern, and married two years later in September 2012 tells us that there is also a very real financial fallout from the Baldoni era.

Blake Lively and Ryan Reynolds have some serious legal bills to pay in the wake of their court battle with Justin Baldoni – but thankfully they’re both putting the pedal to the metal and packing their diaries with money making ops ASAP! Says an insider who has worked closely with the family, we’re told "Even after all the chaos of the last year and a half, which has left very little room for acting and filmmaking, Blake and Ryan still see themselves as having bigger potential than just making movies and shows in Hollywood. They're going to stay in expansion mode, and if people accuse them of chasing billionaire status, so be it. Blake has put thousands of hours into developing her skills and taste in the world of fashion and the next order of business for her is to scale that up any way she and Ryan can.

Blake Lively and Ryan Reynolds have some serious legal bills to pay in the wake of their court battle with Justin Baldoni – but thankfully they’re both putting the pedal to the metal and packing their diaries with money making ops ASAP! Says an insider who has worked closely with the family, we’re told "Even after all the chaos of the last year and a half, which has left very little room for acting and filmmaking, Blake and Ryan still see themselves as having bigger potential than just making movies and shows in Hollywood. They're going to stay in expansion mode, and if people accuse them of chasing billionaire status, so be it. Blake has put thousands of hours into developing her skills and taste in the world of fashion and the next order of business for her is to scale that up any way she and Ryan can.

Ryan still has a macho side to him that he hasn't quite satisfied. The guy can ride motorcycles, shoot guns and perform other feats of strength, but there isn't a lot of room for that when you live in a household full of women! And the bigger question for him is how to monetize this area of interest? Tom Cruise puts his stunts into his own movies and Keanu Reeves has a motorcycle company. It's only reasonable for Ryan to want a piece of that action for himself, and he's ready to expand his personal brand in that direction. But the bottom line is that he and Blake don't want to chase pipe dreams that never bear fruit. If they're going to shove a whole bunch of time into endeavors outside of being movie stars, there has to be a giant payday that comes out of the other end of it, no exceptions!”

It’s now just days until the Sussexes’ return to the UK next week and there is no doubt that after six years of animosity, the Royal Family will be on tenterhooks over how this visit will pan out.

Harry is also likely to be all too aware that his relationship with his family hangs in the balance, and one wrong step could inevitably spell the end of any hopes that he and Meghan Markle will ever be welcome back into the royal fold.

So it comes as little wonder that we’re told how Harry and Meghan may be carefully curating a list of the people they would like to see – and there’s one royal who we’re told has not made the cut by a long stretch.

Despite previously showing her support for Meghan, describing her as ‘modern and fabulous’, a source tells us how the Sussexes know that any association with Sarah Ferguson would be a huge ‘risk’ they are not willing to take at such a delicate juncture.

The insider says, ‘Sarah was one of the few people within the family who publicly supported them time and again, so it’s understandable that she’d want Meghan and Harry to return the favor.  But it’s just never going to happen, not with how tarnished Sarah’s reputation has become.

‘At one point she and Meghan were quite close but they haven’t spoken in years and any association now is only going to give critics another stick to beat them with. Fact is, Sarah can’t do anything to help Meghan now so why would she show her any support when doing so would only hurt her brand? She simply can’t risk it.’

Likewise, the source says Harry finds allegations that have emerged surrounding Sarah’s friendship with Jeffrey Epstein ‘reprehensible’. He has never spoken about her publicly but did refer to his uncle Andrew Mountbatten-Windsor in his 2023 memoir, Spare.

Vis-à-vis his own on-going bid for security, Harry wrote, ‘Despite being involved in an embarrassing scandal, accused of having sexually abused a young woman, nobody had suggested removing his security. People may have a lot of grievances towards us, but sexual offences weren’t one of them.’

Now the source adds, ‘Harry can’t stomach the things Sarah has gotten caught up in, and more just keeps coming out.

‘He finds it absolutely reprehensible that she was visiting Epstein when he was serving jail time for his paedophilia and he wants nothing to do with her. He and Meghan have been as gentle as possible about it, but they’ve let Beatrice and Eugenie know that they don’t want to hear from their mother again.’

Meanwhile, we’re told that after having herself been all but banished from the royal fold and having been stripped of her Duchess title and evicted from Royal Lodge alongside her Andrew,  Sarah had hoped that she and Harry could build an ‘alliance’ together.

‘Sarah has been sending messages through Eugenie and Beatrice for quite some time, trying to chip away at Harry's resistance because she’d dearly love to see him and Meghan again,’ the insider says.

‘She swears this isn’t about getting their sympathy, she's insisting that it's for their benefit. They’ve been treated terribly by the royal family and so has she, and in her view they’d do well to form an alliance, or at the very least establish a friendship since they're in the same boat.’

However, Harry, 41, and Sarah, 66, have rarely appeared to share a particularly close bond, despite her remaining a familiar face within the Royal Family for years before she was sensationally ousted from the fold last September.

While there has never been any public feud between the pair, royal watchers have speculated over whether Harry still has doubts over how trustworthy the now disgraced former Duchess is following her explosive 1996 memoir, My Story.

In the book, she offered intimate insights into her friendship with Princess Diana and exposed aspects of the late Princess's private life, including the time she alleged she had caught a verruca after borrowing a pair of Diana’s shoes.

Royal author Andrew Lownie later reflected, ‘The reality was that Diana was very concerned that Sarah Ferguson might well be selling stories about her, and that relationship was never repaired, though Sarah Ferguson pretended it had.

‘Diana would come to Sarah Ferguson every Sunday, and they would moan about the royal family. They both felt very restricted within the confines of the royal family. But at the same time, there were some concerns Diana had that Fergie perhaps was too boisterous, and she was kind of undermining Diana's own reputation, and she began to distance herself.’

Now, we’re told that Harry also shares his mother’s alleged sense of distrust, especially added to the fact that he has always been incredibly respectful and protective of her memory.
The source says, ‘Harry has never trusted Sarah, not after the way she betrayed his mother by writing about her in her [1996] memoir. That was the end of her friendship with Diana and it’s not something Harry has ever forgotten.

‘Even when nearly everyone in the family was icing them out except for Sarah, he still kept her at arm's length and quietly encouraged Meghan to do the same. It was a tough spot for Meghan to be in because she did become very fond of Sarah but Harry always saw her overtures as self-serving.

‘He felt it was safer to keep a little distance and, looking at everything that's come out since, clearly that instinct was right. He and Meghan are both watching the latest revelations unfold with absolute disbelief.’

Sarah was forced to begin her onslaught of public grovelling last September after being caught red handed when a shocking email between her and the now-deceased paedophile and sex trafficker Jeffrey Epstein was made public.

In the exchange, sent in April 2011, a month after she had denounced their friendship in a public statement; in which she said she 'abhor[s] paedophilia and any sexual abuse of children', Sarah refers to sex trafficker Epstein as a ‘steadfast, generous and supreme friend’. It later emerged that Epstein had given her £15,000 the previous year to help pay off her debts.

The fallout was monumental, with one royal commentator summarising, ‘Her lucrative children’s book career is in tatters. Her career as a romantic novelist is also dead and buried. No respectable charity will touch her with a barge pole - the door to redemption through good works has been slammed in her face.’

But the scandal only deepened earlier this year when further emails were released. In one interaction she allegedly describes Epstein as ‘being the brother I have always wished for’ while in another she writes, ‘You are a legend. I really don't have the words to describe, my love, gratitude for your generosity and kindness…I am at your service. Just marry me.’

Now the source says that given the context of Sarah’s at best strongly ill-advised friendship with Epstein, the Sussexes are adamant that they need to stay well away from Sarah’s toxic ‘orbit’ if they want to save themselves from any more reputational harm themselves.

‘As far as they're [Harry and Meghan are] concerned, there are some associations that are impossible to explain away and this is one of them,’ we’re told.

‘They don't see any upside whatsoever in getting dragged into Sarah's orbit now, particularly when they're already fighting constant criticism and trying to protect Meghan's reputation and business interests.’

However, both Meghan and Harry are believed to have maintained a close relationship with Sarah’s daughters, Harry’s cousins Princess Beatrice and Princess Eugenie.

In fact, when Harry met Meghan in 2016, it was Eugenie and her husband Jack Brooksbank who were one of the first to double date with the pair. And when the couple left the royal fold in 2020, Eugenie again showed her support by flying out to visit Harry and Meghan in Montecito.

Now, despite the sisters’ very public show of closeness with Harry’s ‘nemesis’ Prince William at Peter Phillips wedding to Harriet Sterling last month, the source says the Sussexes still feel a great deal of sympathy for how Eugenie and Beatrice have been caught up in the furore surrounding their parents.

Even so, the insider adds that Harry and Meghan are still treading carefully when it comes to how much they share, lest it ends up reaching the wrong ears.

We’re told, ‘They feel terribly sorry for Eugenie and Beatrice because neither of them asked to be caught in the middle of this horror show and they have no intention of cutting them off, but they are very clear they want to keep their relationship with them completely separate from Sarah.

‘He and Meghan have also asked that anything they share with Eugenie and Beatrice be in confidence, they don’t want anything personal getting back to Sarah because who knows how she’ll use that information.

‘Fortunately, Eugenie and Beatrice have been totally understanding, they know what a liability their mother is right now and don’t blame Harry and Meghan for wanting to keep their distance.’

It’s been 20 years since she first revealed her incredible figure – and her incredibly long legs – on Britain’s Next Top Model.

Now aged 40 and a mum-of-four, Abbey Clancy still has the kind of body that could stop traffic, and she’s treated fans on her social media to two sensational new topless images in what could only be described as the thirst trap to end all thirst traps.

Abbey, who has been married to England football legend Peter Crouch since 2011, captioned the photo dump ‘Lately’ and included some of what their family have been up to in recent weeks.

But it was the images of Abbey apparently naked in what looks like a marble-floored bathroom – and then sprawled out on a bed wearing just a skimpy pair of knickers that really got her fans going.

‘Hottest girl in the world’, posted one fan, while another remarked, ‘Banging as f**k’. Another comment hailed her husband’s good fortune, saying, ‘Peter Crouch is one lucky, lucky man’. Another fan honestly confessed, ‘Hands up if you pinched the screen to zoom in?’ Naughty!!

The sultry snaps follow news that the couple – who already have a hit podcast together – will be the stars of their own reality show with cameras following their day-to-day goings on at their £3million mansion, along with daughters Sophie and Liberty and sons Johnny and Jack.

A TV insider recently revealed that, ‘making a fly-on-the-wall show was just the next logical step for them both, with the public already feeling like they know them incredibly well as a duo.’

However, according to a Closer insider, it might be that the couple will be filming the show in an entirely new location, as there’s been talk of a huge move.

‘Abbey and Pete recently revealed they are selling their Surrey mansion as they want a new start and to do it while the children are still young,’ a source told Closer recently. ‘Abbey’s dream has always been to have a big house in the country, where they can have their own animals and grow fruit and veg, and that is what they’d planned. However, she’s been mainly living in Portugal since the start of April. She and the kids have loved it, and she’s starting to wonder if that’s where they should go. They have a holiday home there and have so many friends already, and Abbey loves that lifestyle for her and the kids.’

The source added that it would still mean that they could easily record their hit podcast out there. ‘They often film from there when they’re on holiday, and they rarely have guests anyway. Abbey doesn’t see why Pete couldn’t fly back home for his football work. She thinks it’s an opportunity they can’t waste and that they can figure it out.’

Abbey, who met Peter in 2005, has been a huge success on both sides of the Pond – with dozens of cover shoots over the years and becoming one of the stars of Sports Illustrated swimsuit edition in 2010 and being taken on by Elite management in New York the following year. She came 10th in FHM’s annual 100 Sexiest Women poll in 2010.

She’s branched out into TV in recent years, becoming host of Britain’s Next Top Model in 2015 and starting her hugely successful podcast with Peter, The Therapy Crouch, in 2019, which has had over 10million downloads.

The podcast has become notorious for their sexy talk, with Abbey previously having revealed on the chat that she’s a ‘Lady on the street, freak in bed’ with Peter quipping, ‘Ludacris said it well’, referencing the lyrics ‘Clean in the workplace, dirty in the sheets’ from the rapper’s hit song Nasty Girl.

Abbey also revealed that 6ft7 Peter sends her ‘vile’ emojis on her phone when he’s in the mood for some loving.

She said, ‘I just don’t know how long I can go on with these sexual emojis that you keep sending me. If the kids go to school and he hears me like, put the key in the door, I’m in and no-one’s in the house, I just get a beaver and an aubergine emoji text.

‘I’m not even gonna say the last one but you can imagine what it is.’

Describing the third emoji, she added, ‘I’ve got a bit of hydration in there. How vile is that? Am I supposed to go, “Oh yeah, now I’m bang up for it”.’

Asking Peter, ‘Do you think you’re going to get lucky with those messages?’ he replied, ‘I’m just letting you know, I’m just putting my cards on the table.’

In another saucy exchange, Peter revealed how he loves it when he comes home to find Abbey naked. And she then confessed how she’d once turned up to pick him up from football training wearing a coat but naked underneath.

He said, ‘If I came home and you had no clothes on. It’d be the best surprise ever.’

Abbey replied: ‘I picked you up from training once like that, didn’t I? That Burberry Mac you got me, I picked him up from training once with that on and nothing underneath it – to get him home.’

Peter then remembered: ‘And it worked… very well!’

After months of speculation, it has still yet to be confirmed whether Meghan Markle will join Prince Harry on his forthcoming visit to the UK – marking her first trip back in almost four years. The couple’s decision to return is believed to be being encouraged by King Charles, who has offered them to stay at a royal residence throughout their visit. An offer, which they have yet to confirm if they will accept.
The Sussexes potential visit – bringing Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, along with them would be to celebrate the one-year countdown to the Invictus Games, Harry’s charitable sporting event for wounded service personnel, in Birmingham on 10 July. If they make the trip, they are also expected to spend time with the King, who is said to be keen to build a relationship with his grandchildren and repair ties with his youngest son.

However, not every royal is expected to greet Harry, 41, and Meghan, 44, warmly – particularly the Prince and Princess of Wales, who would be encountering them on home soil following a tense six-year estrangement. While Kate, 44, is said to support the idea of Harry reconciling with his father, Meghan and the children’s arrival has reportedly heightened her concerns, with one source claiming she feels torn about the potential ‘chaos’ that could follow. An insider shares, ‘Kate is an incredibly forgiving person, but she feels there has been so much hurt stirred up over the years by Meghan. It’s impossible for her to forget everything overnight. There’s a lot of distrust there. Kate does want to see Harry and wants to do whatever she can to help the King, but there’s no denying that Meghan being there makes things more complicated for her. ‘If Harry was coming on his own, it would be a very different story. Kate has always had a soft spot for him. As much as Kate wants this peace, it’s impossible not to worry about what chaos Meghan will bring.’

Naturally, Kate is also likely mindful of how the Sussexes’ return could affect Prince William, 43. Writing on his The Royalist substack, royal commentator Tom Sykes alleged, ‘It is an astonishing betrayal of [the King’s] loyal and dutiful heir, who has made clear he never wants to see Harry again, believes he should be exiled (as far away as possible), and has told friends he blames the stress of Harry and Meghan’s betrayal for aggravating Catherine’s cancer.’ The source continues, ‘William is against the whole idea and Kate can’t ignore his feelings. She understands why Charles is pushing for reconciliation and genuinely believes Harry should have this chance, but it’s hard to stomach the idea of having to play nice with Meghan. It’s causing friction between him and his father because William feels betrayed that the King is welcoming her back. Just hearing Meghan’s name can set William off, so naturally that makes Kate worry about him and his stress levels.’

The breakdown between the brothers and their wives has been widely chronicled – not least by Harry and Meghan themselves. In his memoir Spare, Harry claimed William physically attacked him during an argument about his relationship with Meghan. Reports of strain between Kate and Meghan have also circulated for years, most notably the disagreement over Princess Charlotte’s bridesmaid dress, which initially led to claims that Meghan had made Kate cry.In her 2021 interview with Oprah Winfrey, Meghan maintained that it was actually Kate who had reduced her to tears, an account Harry later supported, writing that he had lifted Meghan from ‘the floor’ as she sobbed. He further described Kate in his book as distant and unwelcoming toward Meghan.

In 2023, royal author Omid Scobie – widely described as having close ties to Meghan – alleged that Kate had been the ‘royal racist’ who questioned the skin colour of Meghan and Harry’s then-unborn son, Prince Archie. Scobie refuted this and attributed it to an editorial mistake, while the royal family strongly denied any accusations of racism. According to the source, the Princess of Wales has understandably felt ‘hurt’ by the claims made about her. The insider adds, ‘Kate’s not bad-mouthing Meghan, but everyone knows what a difficult spot this has put her in. It’s no secret there was a lot of friction between them and it hasn’t been forgotten. Kate wants peace, she wants Charles to have this opportunity with Harry and the children, but this is causing her no end of anxiety. There’s been so much hurt for her personally, not to mention the impact it’s had on William.’

Long viewed as the family mediator and someone who hoped to see the brothers reconcile, Kate is now said to worry that Meghan’s involvement could hinder any progress. ‘She had hoped to get Harry alone for a heart-to-heart, to talk sense into him and encourage him to apologise to William, but that won’t happen with Meghan by his side,’ the insider says.‘Most people in the family firmly believe that Harry was manipulated by Meghan and she played a part in turning him against them all, so there’s a huge amount of distrust and bitterness.‘There’s no doubt Meghan’s presence is going to completely change the atmosphere of this visit.’

Prince Harry and Meghan Markle are getting set to return to Britain next week in what insiders are describing as an unexpected turning point in their long-running royal rift.

The Sussexes, who stepped back from royal duties six years ago and have remained largely estranged from the family ever since, are expected to travel from Montecito with their children, Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five. According to reports, King Charles has agreed to extend full security and offer accommodation within a royal residence for the duration of their stay – arrangements typically reserved for working members of the family.

For Prince William, however, the development is said to be far from welcome. Sources suggest the Prince of Wales has struggled with his father’s decision and that relations between William and the King have become increasingly strained in recent weeks. There are even claims William has threatened to boycott upcoming family gatherings at the royal estate of Sandringham.

Yet while William is said to be frustrated, insiders claim Harry is viewing the situation rather differently. The Duke, 41, who has previously referred to his brother, 44, as his ‘arch nemesis’, is reportedly unfazed by the backlash.

‘Harry knew William would fly off the handle as soon as his father rubber stamped the terms of their trip back and he told Meghan to sit back and enjoy the show,’ an insider says.

‘For Harry, seeing his brother throw his toys out of the pram like this just demonstrates that he’s an ill-tempered brat who’s filled with negativity and resentment, whereas he and Meghan are just trying to live their lives and let bygones be bygones.’

According to sources, William was only made aware of the Sussexes’ plans hours before Trooping the Colour last weekend. Observers noted a distinctly restrained atmosphere on the Buckingham Palace balcony as William and Princess Kate stood alongside the King and Queen Camilla.

One source alleged, ‘Queen Camilla, King Charles, and the Princess of Wales were not outwardly warm together that day, and it wasn’t just because of the protesters. Relations were decidedly frosty backstage.'

Another insider added, ‘The King’s relationship with William is not in a good place’, with further claims that William and Kate skipped the customary post-parade lunch and left soon after the formalities concluded.

For King Charles, the balancing act between his sons appears more delicate than ever. But those close to Harry insist he believes William’s reaction only strengthens his own position.

‘Make no mistake, this is tremendously satisfying for Harry and he’s telling Meghan it’s only a matter of time before other royals come to their father’s side and choose their side over his hot-headed brother’s.

‘The longer William’s bad attitude goes on, the more it plays into their hands. It’s enormously satisfying for Meghan, too, and she’s in full agreement their best strategy is to smile sweetly, charm as many people when they come to the UK and let William keep shooting himself in the foot with his bad attitude.’

The primary reason for the Sussexes’ visit is to celebrate the One Year to Go milestone ahead of the Invictus Games – Harry’s beloved charity sports event for wounded sports people. Until recently, it had been unclear whether Meghan and the children would join Harry for the trip, making their reported attendance particularly significant.

It is understood that the King is keen to spend meaningful time with his grandchildren. The last face-to-face meeting between Charles and Harry reportedly took place briefly in September at Clarence House, after Harry revealed his father had declined to meet him during an earlier visit linked to his ongoing legal dispute over security provisions in the UK.

William, by contrast, is not believed to have shown any interest in reconciliation this summer. Insiders say Harry anticipated as much – and interprets his father’s willingness to facilitate the visit as a notable personal victory.

‘Harry is trying to be discreet and not rub it in William’s face too openly, but in private he can’t resist having a humble brag,’ the source says.

‘He knows how hard his brother campaigned to have him banned from the royal fold this summer and that his father is defying his wishes as well as many others by opening the door for him and Meghan after all these years of bad blood.

‘So the fact they’ve finally managed to pull this off and be granted security and accommodation on royal grounds is a huge coup as well as a stunning moral victory, as far as Harry’s concerned.’

The brothers are said not to have had meaningful contact since their grandmother’s funeral, where tensions reportedly remained high in the aftermath of Harry and Meghan’s 2021 Oprah Winfrey interview. During that broadcast, allegations of bullying and racism were raised – claims the Royal Family strongly denied. Prince William later stated publicly, 'We are very much not a racist family'.

While the rift endures, sources maintain Harry still feels a sense of loss over his fractured bond with William. There is also recognition, they say, that his position within the monarchy could become even more precarious in the future.

‘Of course he still feels badly about his terrible relationship with William and there’s an acute awareness on that his relationship with the royal family will be a whole lot worse and quite possibly non-existent once his brother becomes King – especially if he makes good on his threat to strip them of their HRH titles.

‘But for right now it’s one battle at a time, and Harry’s biggest priority is to make this trip a success whilst trying to be the bigger person. He can’t control his brother’s thought process or actions, and in many ways he feels quite sorry for him to be holding onto so much anger and resentment.’

The insider adds, ‘In years gone by, Harry says he would have taken the bait and gone into an open war with his brother. But instead he’s being polite and respectful, telling people that he hopes William finds peace and contentment at some stage in his life because it must be horrible to be consumed by so much negativity.’

Still, tensions reportedly remain high on William’s side. He is said to be deeply angered by the Sussexes’ past public disclosures and, according to some reports, is considering a more definitive separation once he eventually ascends the throne.

‘Of course this all gets back to William and incenses him even more. He finds it staggering that Harry is so unrepentant and downright smug, that he has the audacity to tell people he’s out of line after all the chaos and pain he’s inflicted along with Meghan,’ the source says.

‘In William’s mind Harry may have scored this initial coup but it’s just the start of a long war that he fully intends to win. He’s sticking hard to the line that he won’t be steamrollered or bullied by the Sussexes under any circumstances and that his father is making a very grave mistake in welcoming them back.’

Closer is giving you the chance to win a pair (x2 tickets) to KISSTORY on Blackheath with Subway. Scroll to the bottom to enter the FREE competition for a chance to WIN now!

Meanwhile, here’s what you’ve got in store:

Blackheath, get ready for Saturday 25th July when the UK’s original Old Skool and Anthems party takes over South London for KISSTORY on Blackheath with Subway.

Across 4 massive stages, expect to see MOBO award-winning powerhouse Ms. Dynamite, unstoppable chart-topper Joel Corry, alongside KISSTORY legend Kevin Lyttle, icon Alison Limerick, and global dance pioneer Todd Terry plus loads more!

And of course, it wouldn’t be KISSTORY without wall-to-wall anthems delivered by our very own, Ace, Majestic, Marvin Humes, Nick Bright, DJ Pioneer, Scott Garcia, Tyler West and Wideboys.

And that’s not all… this year we're dialling it up. ALL. DAY. LONG.

🪩 KISSTORY Bingo

🎈 Ball pit + bouncy castle = big kid energy unlocked

⛳ Mini golf + rodeo bull… you think you're brave enough?

🚗 Dodgems + Waltzer rides

✨ And LOADS more!

For more details on how to buy tickets and the full FAQ’s, click here: KISSTORY on Blackheath 2026: Get your tickets now!

This is an over 18s event. Valid photo ID is required as proof of age for all guests on entry. Last entry is at 6pm.

Looking for the best foundations for dark skin? I (Eden-Olivia Lord) tried different foundations for darker skin tones, and I've included the ones I'd recommend. If you wear make-up, then you'll know that finding the perfect foundation is probably one of the hardest things EVER (along with trying to find the best lipstick for dark skin). You need to try and find the right finish, the correct coverage and the best shade you can possibly get your hands on.

I first started wearing foundation back in university (so a good few years ago), and I've struggled like hell trying to find the right shade. It's actually difficult to find the perfect foundation; my ideal finish would be hydrating, dewy and a foundation that actually suits my skin tone. And, over the years, I've hunted everywhere for a foundation for darker skin tones. I've had a look at the high street brands and the high end ones, and the results have all been pretty tragic - they're either too light, too dark or have the wrong undertones. While there are lots of brands that do cater to darker skin tones, it definitely feels like there are loads more that don't.

In the past, I've actually gone into some makeup stores, and the employee has actually said, 'We don't have your shade.' Lovely, that's exactly what you want to hear - in a make-up shop. So I decided to take matters into my own hands and finally find the right foundation for me.

Closer's best foundation for dark skin at a glance:

Best long-lasting foundation for dark skin: Inglot HD Perfect Coverup Foundation, £41.47 on Amazon
Best oil-free foundation for dark skin: Too Faced Born This Way Flawless Coverage Foundation, £38 on Sephora
Best soft-matte finish foundation for dark skin: MAC Cosmetics Studio Fix Fluid Broad Spectrum SPF15, Foundation, £27.20

How we chose the best foundation for dark skin:

I tried over 38 different foundations for darker skin tones (as seen above) to test their coverage, finish, wear and shade range and let me just say, it was an interesting experience. So without further ado, here are my results...

SHOP: The best foundations for dark skin

My results using Inglot HD Perfect Coverup Foundation

My results using Too Faced Born This Way Foundation

My results using Fenty Beauty Pro Filt'r Soft Matte Longwear Foundation

My results using Bobbi Brown's Foundation with Body Shop's Shade Adjusting Drops

My results using Urban Decay's Naked Skin Liquid Foundation

My results using Lancôme Teint Idole Ultra 24H Foundation

I was later joined by beauty writer Adejumoke Ilori who also tested some foundations...

Eden-Olivia is the deputy editor of Closer Online and she’s worked in showbiz since 2016. She's a big fan of shopping and beauty content and you'll likely find her chatting about the best foundations for darker skin tones or reviewing products such as the Fenty Beauty skin tint.

Adejumoke Ilori is a fashion and beauty writer for Closer and heatworld online. She’s a proud mommy of one who absolutely loves writing about everything from fashion and beauty to real life stories. She’s also obsessed with keeping up with the latest reality TV shows and all the hottest celebrity buzz.

Let's face it, finding the time (or motivation) to vacuum isn't easy, but the best budget robot vacuums can take that chore off your hands. With a robot vacuum cleaner, you won't have to worry about quickly running the vacuum round your house before guests arrive, or diving under the sofa to clean up hard-to-reach crumbs as the robo vac does all the hard work for you.

We know the idea of a robot cleaning your house sounds too good to be true, especially at a budget price point. Will it get into the corners? Will it be able to navigate around the room without crashing? So, we've put some of the most popular budget robot vacuum cleaners on the market to the test, to work out whether they are really worth the investment or whether it's best to stick to your handy cordless vacuum.

Robot vacuum cleaners take care of the sweeping, vacuuming and sometimes even the mopping of your house at just the push of a button, so you can put your feet up and let it do its thing. With the use of a handy app, the robot vacuum will create a map of your house and navigate around, cleaning as it goes. After cleaning, the robot returns to its charging station to empty the dust and recharge. All you need to do is remember to empty the charging station's dust collection occasionally. Honestly, it sounds dreamy.

Any opportunity to limit the chore list, we're absolutely jumping on. But for most, this automation sounds expensive, with the only hope of getting an affordable vacuum being during a sale. We're here to bust that myth with these robot vacuum prices starting from a much more reasonable £160. You won't be getting a pro model, but you will be getting a little helper that'll get the job done.

How we tested the best budget robot vacuums

All of these robot vacuums have been put to the test by our Closer shopping experts, who have used each and every robot vacuum in their own homes. Tested on a variety of surfaces - from carpets to hard floors and rugs to underneath furniture - each robot vacuum has been judged on its ease to set up, suction and ultimate value. The options we have tested range from £160 to £299, and while the latter may be more expensive, it's still been deemed as excellent value by our testers.

SHOP: Best budget robot vacuums, tried and tested

Which robot vacuum cleaner is best?

Our top picks go to the eufy L60 Robot Vacuum, £199.99, and the SwitchBot K10+ Mini Robot Vacuum, £199.99, both of which are on the really affordable end when it comes to robot vacuums - a really pleasant surprise! They both boast great suction, easy set up and an amazing partnering app for customising your cleaning settings.

If you are looking for a truly budget robot vacuum cleaner, however, we'd recommend the Midea M7 Robot Vacuum Cleaner, £170, which would definitely be a close third place for us and at under £180, we think that this is such a steal!

Lucy Brown is Life and Style Writer covering everything travel, interiors, celeb wellness and fitness across both print and online for Closer, heat, Bella, Take a Break, Yours and That's Life.

Love Island Series 13 is officially underway, and we're already completely hooked. From flirty first chats and dramatic recouplings to surprise bombshell arrivals and plenty of villa gossip, this summer's season is delivering everything we could want and more. With a fresh cast of singles looking for love, the drama is already heating up, and we can't wait to see what happens next.

Of course, while we're fully invested in the romances, we're just as obsessed with the Islanders' wardrobes. Every year, Love Island serves up endless outfit inspiration, and this series is no exception. From statement evening looks around the firepit to effortless daytime villa style, the fashion has already been giving us plenty to talk about.

We're keeping tabs on all the best Love Island clothes featured in series 13, from high street buys to designer statement pieces. And, we worked hard to hunt down all of the outfit details, but sourced dupes where the exact ones were slightly out of budget. Not to mention, all of those gorgeous bikinis, sparkling jewellery and impressive sunglasses.

Shop the clothes from Love Island series 13 below.

SHOP: The best Love Island outfits from Series 13 2026

Angelista's outfits

Angelista's lemon set

Angelista's gorgeous lemon matching set is the perfect summer lingerie and we've tracked it down from Boux Avenue.

Exact bra: Lisette Embroidered Balconette Bra Butter Yellow £45.00

Exact thong: Lisette Embroidered Thong - Butter Yellow £18.00

Mica's outfits

Mica's orange dress

Mica's bright orange halter neck caught our eye, I mean, how could it not? And we've found it's from Peppermayo.

Exact: Janelle Beaded Maxi Dress Orange, £40.80, Pepper Mayo

Yasmin's outfits

Yasmin's red lace dress

Yasmin brought the heat with this fabulous red lacy number and its surprisingly affordable from Boohoo.

Exact: Lace High Neck Backless Maxi Dress, £25, from Boohoo

Ellie's outfits

Ellie's cowboy hat

We're suckers for a cowboy hat and absolutely LOVE Ellie's, however it will set you back over £100. We've found the perfect alternative on Shein though.

Exact:Exuma Raffia Hat, £110, Monday Swimwear

Alternative: Tropiscape 1pc Vintage Hollow Brim Wide Brim Straw Hat, £6.92, Shein

Ellie's sparkly dress

We're obsessed with Ellie's sparkly pink dress, but after a bit of digging, we've found out that it's nearly £300 from Rat & Boa. Thankfully, there are plenty of dupes out there on the market.

Exact: Verona Dress, £295, Rat & Boa

Alternative: Women's Sequin Spaghetti Strap Draped Neck Dress, £21.49, Shein

Victoria's outfits

Victoria's brown dress

Victoria's brown glitter cut out dress was perfect for her stunning bombshell entrance and its from Jaded London.

Exact:6AM Cut Out Mini Dress in Cocoa, £100, Jaded London

Lucy Brown is Life and Style Writer covering everything travel, interiors, celeb wellness and fitness across both print and online for Closer, heat,Bella, Take a Break, Yours and That's Life.

Celebrate the summer of football and enter to win air up®’s limited-edition Everyone Plays collection, created in collaboration with Munich-based artist GABE.

The collection transforms air up®’s revolutionary Scentaste™ technology into a wearable design piece made for match days and everyday hydration.

Each hand-designed bottle turns water into a bold style statement, while air up®’s scent pods flavour water through scent alone, with 0% sugar and no calories.

From the Unity Bottle, which celebrates all participating nations, to country-specific designs and flavour packs inspired by national colours, this collection brings fans together through art, sport and hydration.

Enter now for your chance to win a collectable football-inspired air up® bundle.

Competition closes 13th July 2026.

Have you recently cracked your phone screen? Chances are you’re either REALLY clumsy (your own fault) or you were scrolling through social media and happened to come across some of Jennifer Lopez’s latest posts (J.Lo’s fault).

Yes, she looks that insanely hot it’s hard to believe that your phone didn’t combust under the heat. Of course, Jenny from the block has always been a dab hand at getting pulses racing, but lately it’s been off the hook to say the least.

Some might say it’s got something to do with her latest flick, Office Romance, and her far-from-gruelling press tour with none other than Brett Goldstein. Sure, they’ve publicly denied rumours that they’re dating, but there’s nothing like hanging out with a bona fide hottie to make you want to put your best self forward, right?

Now, let’s just remind you that the woman is, in earthly years, 56 years old. Yes, FIFTY-SIX-YEARS-OLD with a body that any spritely 21-year-old Victoria Secrets model would envy.

So, what is going on? And is she even real? Well, yes, she is real, and apparently, there’s no place that she can’t make even sexier with two simple additions, her boobs! It seems that for the former Mrs Affleck, has swapped her red carpet PDA’s with Ben for her badass single lady PDB’s ( Public Displays of Boobies)

When our Jen posted pics of herself in her sprawling new home (sans Affleck), rumours began to swirl that she had received some assistance in maintaining her perkier side.

A source at the time confirmed that JLo had opted to go ahead with a few high-end nips and tucks as part of a new ‘self-improvement’ plan, and that her new look has made her feel ‘amazing’ again.

JLo’s cleavage was once again the hot topic when she performed at an Indian wedding at the end of last year. The pop diva wore a plunging sequin corset as she performed a series of hits to an admiring crowd, and all eyes were on her incredible figure.

An insider says, ‘Jennifer has been on a self-improvement mission since she and Ben split, and the results are very evident. She’s back in top shape, and her skin looks absolutely incredible. ‘She won’t admit it, but it’s an open secret among her inner circle that she’s been seeing her surgeon.

Yes, she puts in hours and hours of work in the gym, but she’s also gotten help. And why not? She’s got access to the best of the best, and the results are incredible. She really has turned back the clock.’

Beverly Hills surgeon Dr Robert H. Cohen, who has not treated JLo himself, weighs in, ‘If she has had anything done, it most probably was of the minimally invasive type of procedures to thin the bridge of her nose with Botox or a small amount of filler. She may have used the same light technique to accentuate her cheekbones, which have always been naturally beautiful.’

And while Dr Cohen suggests she may have undergone a ‘non-surgical vampire breast augmentation’ [a procedure where platelets are taken from other parts of the body and injected into the breasts], Dr Otto Placik, of bodysculptor.com, agrees JLo may have enhanced her cleavage, but speculates that she could have had implants.

He says, ‘In my opinion, given her thin body habitus, the very sharp delineation of the cleavage lines is highly suspect for an implant and not clothing manipulation. The pronounced upper fullness is also strongly tell-tale for an implant.’

J Lo has always strongly denied having any invasive surgery, and an insider says, ‘It’s like she’s ageing backwards, but my god, she puts in the work. She does three workouts a day, one really heavy one in the morning, right after her coffee, then she does a dance class.

‘When her workday is over, she does another workout, usually yoga or cardio. She brags about how she does a thousand squats a week, and makes people touch the top of her booty to see how firm and high it is. And now that she’s gone and gotten her boobs done, which she won’t admit, she’s showing them off constantly.’

Last summer, J.Lo threw herself into her Up All Night concerts AKA 'the revenge tour', complete with snogging, sexy outfits and some seriously raunchy on-stage antics. And with a body like hers, it seemed to work wonders for her self-esteem, with sources at the time telling us that her ‘revenge body’ certainly had the desired effect on Ben.

Of course, there’s not a woman alive that wouldn’t welcome the post-split glow up, and it seems JLo has absolutely nailed it. 'She’s been on this self-improvement kick since things imploded with Ben. She’s someone who needs to take action to feel better, so that’s a big part of this,’ they tell us.

‘But she’s also very driven by this idea that if she looks perfect, things won’t hurt as much, she uses that like a shield.’

And her exhausting fitness schedule is just the start, with the insider revealing that J.Lo’s beauty routine, which she often films for fans on social media, is just as exhaustive as the hours she spends at the gym.

‘It takes more than just dedication in the gym for her to look as good as she does. Most days seem to revolve around maintenance,’ the insider says.‘She’s always getting something done, a facial, a laser treatment, a special anti-cellulite massage, cryotherapy, she spends hours and hours every week on her upkeep, and that isn’t even including all the basic stuff like nails and hair and spray tanning.'

They add, ‘She’s got a very restrictive diet; she hasn’t touched sugar or had a drop of booze in months.

She has a dietician who maps out her daily meals with her chef, and it’s all measured down to the gram. Jennifer is big on getting enough protein, fibre, and veggies; she’s always talking about how important it is for women as they age.’ J.Lo, it's a hard job, but somebody's got to do it - not us, but somebody.

WATCH: EXCLUSIVE: Leanne Amaning and Scott van-der-Sluis chat with Closer about their All Stars experience

For much of the past year, the Princess of Wales has earned widespread praise for her quiet determination, carefully balancing her return to public duties while continuing to support both Prince William and King Charles during an exceptionally difficult period for the monarchy.

But while Kate looked relaxed and composed during Trooping the Colour last weekend, sources say the celebrations came against the backdrop of a development that could once again test family relationships.

According to reports, Kate, 44, and William, 43, learned shortly before the King's Birthday Parade that Charles is expected to welcome Prince Harry and Meghan Markle back to the UK in the coming weeks.

The announcement of their return comes four years after Meghan was last on British soil for Queen Elizabeth II's funeral in September 2022. Harry has travelled to the UK alone on several occasions since stepping back from royal life, but this would be the first visit involving Meghan and their children, Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five.

The trip has attracted even more attention because it is said to have been encouraged by King Charles himself. Reports claim the monarch has approved security arrangements and is willing for the Sussexes to stay at a royal residence during their visit, as he hopes to spend precious time with his grandchildren.

While many see the move as an opportunity for Charles to rebuild family ties, others believe it risks reopening wounds that have never fully healed. And according to one insider, Kate is among those feeling torn.

Although she's said to support reconciliation between Harry and his father, the source claims Meghan's involvement makes the situation considerably more complicated.

The insider says, 'Kate is an incredibly forgiving person, but there has been so much hurt stirred up over the years by Meghan, it's impossible for her to simply forget everything and move on overnight.

'Kate does want to see Harry, and she wants to do whatever she can to help the King, but there's no denying that having Meghan there makes things worlds more complicated for her.

'If Harry was coming on his own, it would be a very different story Kate has always had a soft spot for him; it's Meghan's involvement that changes the dynamic completely. As much as Kate wants this peace, it's impossible not to worry about what chaos Meghan will bring.'

The reported plans are also said to have created fresh tensions between Charles and William.

Royal commentator Tom Sykes recently wrote in his The Royalist Substack, 'It is an astonishing betrayal of his loyal and dutiful heir who has made clear he never wants to see Harry again, believes he should be exiled (as far away as possible) and has told friends he blames the stress of Harry and Meghan's betrayal for aggravating Catherine's cancer.'

According to our source, Kate finds herself understanding both sides while trying to keep the peace.

They explain, 'William is so against the whole idea, and Kate can't simply ignore his feelings. She understands why Charles is pushing for reconciliation, and she genuinely believes Harry should have this chance, but it's still hard to stomach the idea of having to play nice with Meghan.

'It's now causing all this friction between him and his father because William feels totally betrayed that the King is welcoming her back. Just hearing Meghan's name can set William off, so naturally that makes Kate worry about him and his stress levels.'

For years, the breakdown in Harry's relationship with William has dominated royal headlines.

Since stepping away from royal duties in 2020, Harry, 41, and Meghan, 44, have openly discussed their experiences within the institution through interviews, documentaries and Harry's bestselling memoir, Spare.

Among the book's biggest revelations was Harry's claim that William physically confronted him during an argument over Meghan. The memoir also revisited longstanding reports of tensions between Kate and Meghan.

The disagreement over Princess Charlotte's bridesmaid dress before the Sussexes' wedding remains one of the most talked-about episodes.

Initial reports suggested Meghan had reduced Kate to tears, but Meghan disputed that version of events during her interview with Oprah Winfrey, insisting that she had been the one left upset.

Harry later wrote in Spare that he found Meghan on "the floor" crying following the disagreement over the dresses and whether the flower girls should wear tights.

Kate also featured elsewhere in Harry's memoir, while royal author Omid Scobie's Endgame generated further controversy after foreign editions appeared to identify the royal alleged to have questioned the skin colour of Harry and Meghan's unborn son. Scobie denied naming anyone, describing it as a translation error, while Buckingham Palace has consistently denied allegations of racism.

Given that history, royal watchers have inevitably questioned what another meeting between Kate and Meghan could look like.

Earlier this week, columnist Amanda Platell reflected on the reported reunion, writing, 'How must she [Kate] feel about the 'homecoming' of grifter Meghan, who has done so much to discredit her, coming back here to be embraced by the King at the heart of the Royal Family?…Not very happy, one would imagine. It would only be human for her to feel slightly betrayed by such a heralded reunion. After all, both Sussexes have been so cruel to her.'

Despite everything that's happened, Kate has consistently avoided speaking publicly about the family fallout.

Privately, however, our source says the situation is far from straightforward.

They tell us, 'Kate's not bad mouthing Meghan, but everyone in her inner circle knows what a difficult spot this has put her in. It's no secret there was a lot of friction between her and Meghan, and that hasn't nearly been forgotten. Kate wants peace; she wants Charles to have this opportunity with Harry and the children, but this is causing her no end of anxiety.

'Kate has always risen above the drama, but just because she's stayed quiet doesn't mean she hasn't been affected by everything that's happened. There's been so much hurt for her personally, not to mention Kate's had a front-row seat to the impact it's had on William, and is still having to this day.'

Sources previously told us Kate had hoped the brothers might finally begin repairing their relationship before the 30th anniversary of Princess Diana's death next year.

However, insiders now believe those hopes have become increasingly complicated by Meghan's reported involvement in the visit.

The source says Kate had imagined an opportunity for Harry and William to reconnect in a more personal setting, but fears that chance may now have disappeared.

They conclude, 'She had hoped to get Harry alone for a heart-to-heart, to talk sense into him and encourage him to apologise to William, but that won't happen now, not with Meghan watching over.

'Kate has always been good about keeping her own feelings in check and focusing on the bigger picture, which is exactly what she intends to do this time around, but there's no doubt Meghan's presence is going to completely change the atmosphere.

'Most people in the family firmly believe that Harry was manipulated by Meghan; that she stirred the pot and purposely turned him against them all, so of course there's a huge amount of distrust and bitterness.'

If Harry and Meghan's reported return does happen, it promises to be one of the most closely watched royal moments in recent years. While King Charles is said to be focused on family reconciliation, insiders suggest others within the Firm remain far more cautious.

And although Kate is expected to carry out her royal duties with the same grace she's become known for, those closest to the Princess say she's quietly preparing herself for an emotionally difficult chapter - one that could either begin healing old wounds or deepen divisions that have lingered for years.

WATCH: EXCLUSIVE: Leanne Amaning and Scott van-der-Sluis chat with Closer about their All Stars experience

After months of speculation, it was finally confirmed that not only will Prince Harry and his wife Meghan Markle be flying to London to attend the one-year countdown to the Invictus Games, but they would also be bringing their two children, Prince Archie and Princess Lilibet. The highly anticipated visit will be the first time in four years that the prince has visited the UK with his family. While the palace has reportedly offered the family a place to stay at one of the Royal Residences, it has yet to be confirmed if the Sussexes plan to take up the offer.

However, the visit has been mired in controversy after it was revealed that Meghan had added another revenue stream to her portfolio of businesses, and this time, the Invictus Games was at the heart of the unrest.

Last week it emerged that The Duchess of Sussex was earning commission from clothing she wore to the Invictus Games - Prince Harry’s charitable sporting event for wounded and injured servicemen and women.

Earlier this year, Meghan became an investor in the shopping platform One Off. She also curates a page highlighting outfits she’s worn, earning between 10 and 20% commission when followers purchase items through the app. The platform has now retrospectively linked outfits she wore at the 2025 Invictus Games in Canada.

Critics say the move amounts to profiting from an event dedicated to injured veterans, resulting in fierce backlash.

‘Meghan’s latest move is really blurring the lines between philanthropy and personal gain,’ an insider tells Closer. ‘If the profits went back to Invictus, there’d be no questions, but they’re going into her bank account and that has definitely raised a few eyebrows. It’s seen as very bad form. Invictus is about raising money for veterans – men and women who have given these huge sacrifices and lost so much.’

Meanwhile, sources claim Harry, who served in Afghanistan with the British Army, is reportedly struggling with the situation, describing it as 'difficult to defend,' which has led to strain behind the scenes. ‘Harry will always try to stand up for Meghan, but this is making him deeply uncomfortable,’ says our source. ‘Aside from his children and Meghan, he says leading Invictus is what gives him the most purpose. It’s one of the few things he’s associated with that still carries a lot of public goodwill.’

The insider adds, ‘Harry and Meghan tend to react differently to this type of controversy. His first instinct is always to think about reputational damage - he spent his whole life being taught that perception matters. But Meghan comes from a Hollywood background, where everything is transactional. She’s told
Harry he needs to stop playing by the old royal rules. And top of the list of priorities? Growing a thicker skin. We’re told, ‘Meghan, says they have to tune the criticism out, because it’s just manufactured outrage. But for Harry, this is highly embarrassing.’

Supporters of the Invictus Games have also voiced concern over the idea that Meghan could indirectly benefit financially from the charity, which receives partial funding from host governments. With Birmingham set to host next year’s Games, some of the costs will be covered by UK taxpayers.

Referring to the 2025 Games, one Canadian follower commented, ‘It’s a charity function, sponsored by the taxpayers of Canada and other donors for war veterans. Meghan is making a dollar on the back of those veterans… Her husband is actively promoting a charity where she is profiting.’

We’re told Meghan, 44, who shares Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, with Harry, 41, views the criticism as excessive. Our insider says, ‘For Meghan, it’s crazy to accuse her of profiting off the games when all she’s doing is sharing various looks she’s worn with affiliate links. This is just another thing that’s been deliberately blown out of proportion. She thinks they waste too much energy worrying about what critics might say. The only sensible approach is to ignore it. She’s only doing what every other celebrity and influencer is doing, but she’s being held to a completely different standard.’

However, there are concerns that the controversy could have wider implications - particularly regarding Harry’s already delicate relationship with his family. Questions remain over whether the Sussexes will meet senior royals when they travel to the UK next month for the one-year countdown to the Birmingham Invictus Games. A royal insider said, ‘They cannot be seen with someone who will sell what they’re wearing when meeting them. It will look like they are using the monarchy to help them move merchandise.’

And while the Sussexes navigate yet more unfavourable headlines, it’s hoped that, the visit to London will mark another step toward a royal reconciliation between Prince Harry and his father.  While the pair enjoyed a face-to-face meeting at Clarence House in Feb 2024, the King has not seen his two grandchildren Archie and Lilibet since the late Queen’s Platinum Jubilee celebrations in 2022.

Since then, Prince Harry lost his legal battle to reinstate his right to automatic police protection when visiting the UK and as a result stated that it was not safe to bring his family to his home country.  It has not been made clear what security arrangements have been put in place for next month’s visit to go ahead but there’s no doubt that the level of protection will be of the highest calibre.

WATCH: EXCLUSIVE: Leanne Amaning and Scott van-der-Sluis chat with Closer about their All Stars experience

She’s no stranger to going under the knife, previously admitting to Closer that she thinks she needs therapy when it comes to her relationship with surgery.

And after Katie Price showed off the results of her latest lip lift last week, insiders say the dramatic new look was influenced by husband Lee Andrews, who is said to be pushing her to undergo even more extreme procedures.

‘Lee was convinced the surgery would make Katie happier,’ our source reveals. ‘He wants to be in control – and friends think he gets off on that. They know Katie was desperate for his approval and exactly how much weight his opinions carry. She’s determined to prove she’ll do anything for him, even if it means going under the knife. They worry he’ll keep pushing her to have more extreme surgery next time.’

Former glamour model Katie, 48, announced her latest procedure on her podcast with sister Sophie, telling listeners, ‘I’ve got my lip correction tomorrow. I’m doing it awake, not on anaesthetic. I’m going to Brussels, because it needs doing.’ Days later, Katie showcased the results, revealing drastically bruised and swollen lips, with her daughter Princess, 19, admitting she ‘doesn’t approve’.

Hinting that more surgery is on the cards, the mum-of-five also said, ‘My nose still looks wonky, but I’m going to have a nose job.’

Katie has a well-documented history of cosmetic surgery, first going under the knife aged 20 for a boob job. In the years since, it has become almost routine for the star, having had an estimated 17 boob jobs, three rhinoplasties, six face lifts – the most recent she flew to Turkey for and set her back £10,000 – in addition to fillers, BBLs and eye and lip lifts.

After her Celebrity Big Brother triumph in 2015, Katie flew to Brussels for corrective surgery on a botched breast reduction, confessing years later that she was advised by doctors to leave the show early because she was ‘really, really poorly’. Prior to her stint on CBB, Katie revealed that doctors were on ‘standby’ for complications from the original surgery.

She recalled, ‘My implant was hanging out. [Doctors] had to check me every four to five hours because of my temperature. They said if my temperature went up, I would have had to leave [the show] because I was going to get septicaemia.’

Ahead of her BBL in 2025, plastic surgeon Dr Gerard Lambe warned of the extreme pressure Katie was putting her health and body under, saying, ‘She is dicing with death.’

And her latest procedure has only increased Katie’s loved ones’ concerns, as our insider continues, ‘The surgery has left them worried this won’t be the end. They’re wondering what the next request will be and whether Katie will feel pressured to go along with that, too.

‘Katie keeps insisting it was her own decision, but those around her aren’t convinced. They think she was trying to become the version of herself she believed Lee wanted. Friends fear Katie’s self worth has become wrapped up in keeping Lee happy instead of making decisions for herself.’

It’s not only surgery that is sparking fears for Katie’s family, as Closer has reported before how they also have worries about her fourth husband, self-proclaimed Dubai-based businessman Lee, 43. Following their marriage days after meeting in person for the first time in January, it wasn’t long before Lee was dogged by allegations of fraud, coercion and misrepresenting his professional credentials, with two of his exes branding him a ‘liar, narcissist and manipulator’.

Lee denied all accusations, but made headlines in May when he ‘disappeared’, with Katie originally fearing he’d been kidnapped. It later transpired that he was in prison on ‘civil’ charges. And while it’s still unclear why he was locked up, Lee thanked his ‘beautiful wife’ on Instagram for ‘making such a noise [that] the UAE actually listened and let me go’ – before unveiling a surprisingly fuller head of hair.

While Katie has since been reunited with her husband in Dubai, she attended the UK premiere of her Sky documentary, Katie Price: Nothing To Hide, without him last week, as he reportedly has a travel ban. The four-part docuseries delves into the highs and lows of Katie’s career, including romances with the likes of Dane Bowers, Gareth Gates and Peter Andre, her mental health and surgery.

And while her family were out in full force to celebrate with her, they are worried what Lee is saying to Katie behind closed doors and how it’s impacting her confidence.

The insider adds, ‘The people who love Katie just want her to realise she doesn’t have to keep changing herself to be enough for somebody else. There are growing fears that if she keeps chasing someone else’s idea of perfection, she’ll lose sight of who she is altogether.’

After Holly Willoughby decided to step down from her presenting role, fans' wishes were granted as Cat Deeley announced she would be taking a permanent spot on the This Morning sofa.

She's joined on the sofa by Ben Shephard, with the pair presenting every Monday to Thursday, while Alison Hammond and Dermot O'Leary host Friday mornings.

Of course, it only makes sense that we've been keeping an eye, not just on Cat's career journey, but also on her fab fashion choices. We've got some real wardrobe envy with Cat Deeley's This Morning outfits, so we've found where you can shop them - along with some very good dupes that cost less.

Obsessed with celeb outfits, lifestyle tips and the latest showbiz news? Click here to keep Closer Online at the top of your Google feed.

SHOP: What is Cat Deeley wearing on This Morning?

Tuesday 30 June

Feeling fruity this morning, Cat stepped out in an embroidered sleeveless blouse from Farm Rio, paired with a bold lace skirt from Mint Velvet.

Monday 29 June

Proving that green is the cure for Monday blues, Cat teamed a cropped linen shirt from Reiss with tailored trousers from ASOS (now out of stock).

Thursday 25 June

Finishing the week in a full Zara look, Cat stepped out in a cotton midi dress (now sold out), which she had altered to her preferred length, and paired it with patent brown mule heels.

Wednesday 24 June

Cat’s beating the heat this morning in a breezy embroidered co-ord from Farm Rio, cinched at the waist with a brown Sézane belt.

Tuesday 23 June

Keeping things cool this morning, Cat opted for a delicate maxi gown from Spell. We love the flattering silhouette it creates and the way it strikes the perfect balance between modern and elegant.

Monday 22 June

Setting the tone for the week, Cat opted for a Zara high-neck mini dress, finished with gold strappy heels from Mint Velvet.

Thursday 18 June

Making the most of the sunny weather, Cat stepped out in a red linen blend dress from Zara. We love the detailing of it, from the decorative buttons to the cowl neckline.

Wednesday 17 June

Halfway through the week, Cat nailed the jeans-and-nice-top combo, wearing a Mint Velvet halter-neck and wide-leg jeans from Donna Ida.

Tuesday 16 June

Making a statement this morning, Cat wore a summery floral mini dress from M&S, finished with brown leather sandals from Sezane.

Thursday 11 June

For her final outfit of the week, Cat opted for an M&S long-sleeved blouse (out of stock) and a button-detailed denim skirt from Reiss, elevating the look with knee-high suede heeled boots.

Wednesday 10 June

For her outfit today, Cat wore a floral-print maxi gown from Rixo, which is perfect holiday evening attire. She styled it with black heeled sandals from Aldo.

Tuesday 9 June

This morning, Cat wore a delicate green lace-trimmed blouse from River Island, paired with flared jeans from one of her go-to brands Donna Ida.

Monday 8 June

Starting off the week strong, Cat wore a short-sleeve shirt from Massimo Dutti with Mint Velvet balloon trousers. The look was finished with a leather belt from The Fold London.

Thursday 4 June

Ending the week on a high note, Cat radiated elegance in a Reiss polka-dot maxi dress paired with black LK Bennet boots.

Monday 1 June

Returning from the half-term break, Cat wore a summery linen co-ord from Sezane with contrasting colour detailing paired with leather ballet flats from Dune London.

Thursday 21 May

Finishing the week strong, Cat wore a Sézane floral print maxi dress, which is now sadly out of stock. However, we have found a summer-ready alternative that will make a perfect holiday outfit.

Wednesday 20 May

Halfway through the week Cat wore a delicate ruffle blouse from Boden, styled with Donna Idaflared jeans and finished with a classic brown leather belt.

Tuesday 19 May

On Tuesday, Cat stepped out in a floaty floral dress from RIXO, which she layered underneath a Boden cashmere cardigan. The outfit was finished with a black gold buckle belt and boots.

Monday 18 May

Cat started the week off in a slinky cream top from Mango (now out of stock), paired with trendy beige balloon pants from Zara and tan heeled sandals by Stuart Weitzman.

Thursday 14 May

For her final outfit of the week, Cat wears a grey jumper from Balzac Paris, matched with a pair of grey trousers from ASOS with a subtle pinstripe running through them.

Wednesday 13 May

Cat and her stylist expertly pair a chartreuse jumper from Karen Millen (now out of stock) with a yellow maxi skirt from Zara, all pulled together with a brown vintage belt, which you can replicate from ASOS.

Tuesday 12 May

This morning, Cat steps out wearing a pink boucle style cardigan from Zara with a pair of patch pocket jeans from one of her favourite brands, Donna Ida. Steal her style right here.

Monday 11 May

Starting the week off strong, Cat wears a sheer embroidered lace jumper from Farm Rio (almost sold out and in demand), paired with beige pleated trousers from Sezane. Shop her look here.

Thursday 7 May

We couldn't believe that Cat's Thursday dress was a budget-friendly pick from Tu Clothing. Unfortunately, it does appear to be out of stock, but we've found an alternative, along with her exact Reiss linen blazer, which makes this look a lovely sunshine-ready ensemble.

Wednesday 6 May

It's midweek, and Cat is glowing in the rust orange satin top from Zara, coming in at £25.99. She's paired that with some equally affordable trousers and boots from ASOS and River Island, respectively, and a spenny belt from Déhanche to level up the whole look.

Tuesday 5 May

Following the bank holiday weekend, Cat wore this gorgeous, very on-trend red jumper from Balzac Paris, paired with cream Bermuda shorts from French Connection.

Thursday 30 April

This week's final outfit is from ME+EM. Cat styles out the striped knitted co-ord in the form of a strappy vest and maxi skirt. Luckily, this summery outfit is still in stock.

Wednesday 29 April

Today, Cat goes for a high-neck knitted vest from Zara (out of stock) and a pair of fabulous pink jeans from River Island, which really make the entire outfit pop.

Tuesday 28 April

For her outfit today, Cat wears a dreamy knitted dress with a floaty skirt from Massimo Dutti. It's the perfect neutral dress to pair with almost everything. Luckily, it's still in stock.

Monday 27 April

This morning, Cat is going for a springtime look with Boden's short-sleeved yellow cardigan and a gorgeous floral lace trim skirt from Rixo. Shop her outfit here.

Thursday 23 April

For her final outfit of the week, Cat wears a Farm Rio two-tone denim shirt with puff sleeves and a pair of relaxed jeans from Mint Velvet in a light wash. We love this outfit on her.

Wednesday 22 April

To support Earth Day, Cat has gone preloved with a beautiful crane-printed midi skirt from Oxfam and a top from Mango. We couldn't find her exact outfit details, so we've sourced some dupes below.

Tuesday 21 April

Today, Cat wears a satin olive slip dress from Autograph at M&S. She pairs it with a fabulous gold bomber jacket from The Summer Edit, although out of stock, it will be restocked soon.

Monday 20 April

It's Monday, and Cat steps out wearing a cool, laidback ensemble: a khaki silk shirt from Reiss and a pair of wide-leg pleated trousers in beige from ME+EM. All paired with LK Bennett shoes.

Who are Cat Deeley's stylists?

Cat Deeley's styling team consists of TV fashion stylists Rachel Hughes, make-up artists Amanda Grossman and Lindsay Bown, with hair stylist, Chad Maxwell.

What beauty products does Cat Deeley use?

Cat Deeley's favourite beauty products include Ella & Jo, where Cat has taken to Instagram to sing the brand's praises. As the brand's beauty ambassador, Cat Deeley shared her love for Ella & Jo's skincare products.

In a statement on the brand's Instagram, Cat said, "Confidence for me really does start with my skin and how I look is related to how I feel. What I love about Ella & Jo products is that my skincare routine is so quick and easy, every day."

Main image credit: @catdeeley Instagram

Samantha Price was a Senior Commercial Content Writer for Closer. During her time at Bauer, she has worked on several projects, from championing the Closer newsletters to writing expertly crafted buying guides on beauty, fashion and lifestyle.

From red carpets and TV screens to sold-out arena tours, celebrities are constantly under the spotlight. Every photograph, interview and close-up appearance is scrutinised by millions of fans, making a confident smile one of the most valuable assets in showbusiness.

While dazzling celebrity smiles may appear effortless, one treatment has quietly become the industry's worst-kept secret: Invisalign alignment.

The clear aligner system has transformed the way people straighten their teeth, offering a discreet alternative to traditional braces that fits seamlessly into even the busiest lifestyles. And it's not just everyday patients embracing the treatment - a number of famous faces have been linked to the Invisalign system over the years.

Back in 2016, former Loose Women panellist Saira Khan openly spoke about undergoing Invisalign treatment to address concerns about her protruding teeth and improve her confidence. She revealed that she had often felt self-conscious about smiling in photographs and was excited to finally straighten her teeth using a discreet solution.

Amanda Holden has also been associated with Invisalign alignment, with reports suggesting the Britain's Got Talent judge chose the treatment to make subtle improvements to her smile while maintaining her polished television appearance.

Meanwhile, fans have speculated that both Davina McCall and singer Rita Ora may have used Invisalign clear aligners as part of their smile transformations over the years, helping to create the straighter, more refined smiles they are known for today.

According to leading cosmetic dentist Dr Adam Thorne, the popularity of Invisaligntreatment among celebrities is no surprise.

'Celebrities are often in front of cameras, on stage or in the public eye, so appearance matters,' he explains. 'Invisalign alignment has become the treatment of choice for many high-profile individuals because it offers a discreet way to straighten teeth without the visibility of traditional braces.'

'The aligners are virtually invisible, removable for important events and photo shoots, and fit seamlessly into busy lifestyles.'

Dr Thorne says the treatment's appeal extends beyond convenience.

'Many celebrities are also attracted to the fact that Invisalign aligners can create subtle, natural-looking improvements rather than the obvious appearance of orthodontic treatment.'

As a Diamond Apex Invisalign provider who has treated more than 3,000 cases, Dr Thorne has seen first-hand how the technology has evolved.

'Over the years we've been fortunate to treat a number of high-profile patients from the worlds of television, sport, business and entertainment,' he says. 'However, confidentiality is at the heart of our practice, so we never comment on individual patients unless they have chosen to speak publicly about their treatment. Trust and discretion are incredibly important, particularly for people in the public eye.'

And while Invisalign treatment has long been celebrated for its discretion, experts say the most exciting developments are happening behind the scenes.

How AI is transforming the Invisalign system

Artificial intelligence is rapidly reshaping dentistry, and the Invisalign system is leading the way.

'The biggest transformation in the Invisalign system over the last decade has been the integration of artificial intelligence and digital smile design,' says Dr Thorne.

Align Technology, the company behind the Invisalign system, has now treated more than 22 million patients worldwide, creating one of the largest orthodontic databases ever assembled. Every completed treatment contributes valuable information that helps make future treatment planning even more accurate.

Using sophisticated AI-powered software, dentists can now predict tooth movements with remarkable precision before treatment even begins.

'Clinicians can predict tooth movements with remarkable accuracy and show patients a simulation of their likely smile before treatment even begins,' Dr Thorne explains.

In practical terms, this means patients can often see a digital preview of their future smile before committing to treatment. Modern software can even create videos showing how a patient's predicted smile will look while they are talking and smiling naturally.

For dentists, the technology has shifted the focus from simply straightening teeth to designing smiles that complement the entire face.

'The biggest change I've seen is the shift from simply straightening teeth to digitally designing smiles,' says Dr Thorne. 'Today's technology allows us to plan treatment around a patient's face, smile and long-term cosmetic goals.'

'We can show and agree on treatment outcomes before starting and this delivers more predictable, personalised and minimally invasive results than ever before.'

AI is also helping clinicians combine orthodontics with cosmetic dentistry, allowing them to visualise treatments such as bonding, veneers and implants before moving a single tooth. The result is often a more conservative approach that preserves more of the patient's natural tooth structure.

Looking ahead, experts believe the technology will only continue to improve. Advanced digital scanning, AI analysis and increasingly sophisticated treatment planning are creating a seamless patient journey from initial consultation through to the final result.

For celebrities and non-celebrities alike, the appeal is clear. The Invisalign system offers a discreet route to a straighter smile, while artificial intelligence is making treatment more accurate, more personalised and more predictable than ever before.

So while Hollywood's brightest smiles may continue to look effortlessly perfect, the secret behind them is becoming increasingly clear - and it's smarter than ever.

WATCH: EXCLUSIVE: Leanne Amaning and Scott van-der-Sluis chat with Closer about their All Stars experience

Whether you're about to celebrate your birthday, or have months to wait until your special day, this week's horoscope makes fascinating reading.

If you thought your horoscope could only tell you about your personality - or who you ought to date - you were wrong.

Because your zodiac can also tell you a lot of other interesting little titbits as well. Think your ideal alcoholic beverage and dream engagement ring, for starters.

Your star sign can also help you to plan for the week ahead - if you know how to read it, that is. Thank goodness, then, for Closer astrologer Rosalie Jones, who has examined the stars of the zodiac to bring you your VERY detailed weekly horoscope.

WATCH: The cast of Love Island reveal ALL of their Love Island secrets

[]{href="https://www.youtube.com/@CloserOnline" }

Prince Harry is expected to return to the UK in just a few weeks, but whether the visit will include any kind of reunion with his family remains one of the biggest unanswered questions surrounding his trip.

While relations between Harry, 41, and King Charles 77, are thought to have thawed slightly in recent months following reports of a private meeting between father and son last September, the same can't be said for Harry's relationship with Prince William. If anything, insiders claim the divide between the brothers has become even more entrenched.

Now, amid increasing speculation about William's future as monarch, we're told Harry has been making no secret of his bleak assessment of how his older brother will fare on the throne.

Behind closed doors, the Duke of Sussex is said to have voiced serious doubts about William's leadership, with one insider claiming Harry believes the public has a very different perception of the Prince of Wales than the man he knows privately.

‘Harry is very snarky about William, he thinks he's drooling over the power and going to be a total nightmare once he gets it. He says people don't know the real William the way he does and once they see the truth they'll be shocked,’ the source says.

‘He is not shy about saying that William doesn't have the temperament to be King. He says he's too vindictive and cruel to be a good ruler, not to mention incredibly stubborn and hot headed.

‘Everyone knows William likes being in charge but struggles when things don't go his way, he's been that way since they were kids, very touchy and quick to explode, according to Harry.’

The reported comments come as William, 44, is increasingly seen as taking on more responsibility within the Royal Family while King Charles continues carrying out royal duties during his cancer treatment.

Although Charles remains firmly on the throne, royal observers have noted that the Prince of Wales has become increasingly influential behind Palace walls, prompting on-going discussion about how the monarchy could evolve in the years ahead.

Earlier this year, reports suggested Charles had ignored William's advice regarding an overseas visit during is on-going treatment, fuelling fresh speculation about occasional differences in opinion between father and son. Those claims followed suggestions that the King had wanted to remind his heir that ultimate authority still rests with the monarch.

Previously, a source told us that Charles and William's annual stay together at Balmoral had become far more significant than simply a family tradition.

‘Getting William out to Balmoral for this father-son summit was a chance for them to have the peace and privacy they needed to really hash things out and quell the noise that's been building about their own issues,’ an insider told us.

‘This meeting was also aimed at reminding William that he's still not at the helm. Charles appreciates all the ways he's been helping, but he's not ready to hand over the reins just yet and he's losing patience with how hard William's been pushing.’

According to our insider, Harry has interpreted those alleged developments as proof that even Charles has concerns about whether William is ready to become King.

We’re told, ‘He's convinced Charles knows William is ready for any sort of real power and that's why he's continuing to work himself non-stop in the middle of battling cancer.

‘Harry is predicting that once William is handed the keys to the Kingdom it will be an epic disaster, he doesn't come out and say he's rooting for him to fail, but it does seem that way.’

It's a remarkable claim given how close the brothers once appeared.
Throughout their childhood, William and Harry were widely viewed as inseparable, particularly after the death of their mother, Princess Diana, in 1997.

The image of the two young princes supporting one another through unimaginable grief became one of the defining stories of modern royal history.

Those closest to Diana have often said she would be devastated by the state of their relationship today.

Her former butler Paul Burrell has previously spoken about how important it was to the late Princess that her sons remained united throughout their lives.

‘If their mother was here today, she would bring them back together…It was very important to her that they stayed close. [Princess Diana's] vision was that the two of them would be inseparable, they would grow together and be two princes, one would be king one day but the prince supporting the king,’ he said.

Burrell also reflected on the very different experiences William and Harry had growing up inside the royal household, explaining that Harry witnessed first-hand the constant preparation his older brother received for his future role.

He added,‘Harry understood his brother would one day be King because Harry listened to people whispering in William's ear all his childhood years, 'One day, you're going to be king. You have to sit up straight because you're going to be king. You have to know how to eat properly with a knife and fork because you're going to be king’.

‘All these lessons were being given to William in the nursery with Harry watching. So, how do you think Harry felt as a child growing up?’

Harry himself has spoken openly about living in William's shadow. In his memoir Spare, he described William as both his "beloved brother" and his "arch nemesis", while suggesting that rivalry between them had existed for much of their lives.

‘There has always been this competition between us, weirdly. I think it really plays into, or was played by the 'heir/spare' [narrative],’ he wrote.

The book also included Harry's allegation that William physically assaulted him during a confrontation about Meghan in 2019; a claim that sent shockwaves around the world and further deepened the rift between the brothers.

Yet despite Harry's own explanation of how difficult he found growing up as the "spare", some Palace insiders continue to believe envy has played a significant role in the deterioration of their relationship.

'It's common knowledge at the palace, and certainly in William's world, that Harry is a jealous character who has got an enormous amount of envy towards his brother,’ the source says.

‘His whole book [Spare] just reeked of pure, unadulterated jealousy, and that was for public consumption, so you can just imagine how bad he is in private. Harry has had an axe to grind with William for years. To this day he will bring up things that happened when they were schoolboys to prove what an ogre his brother is.

‘William didn't ask to be born first, but that was his destiny and he has a role that he takes very seriously. But what really drives him [Harry] mad is how much respect William gets as this great statesman when, in Harry's eyes at least, he is nothing but a buffoon half the time.’

The insider also claims Harry has recently become irritated by stories portraying William as an ordinary, down-to-earth future King, particularly after reports suggesting the Prince of Wales occasionally enjoys low-key nights out with friends while trying to avoid attention.

‘The guy is middle aged and he's dressing up in disguises to sneak off with his friends for drinks. Harry says this kind of laddish behavior is the norm for his brother and yet he somehow always gets away with it,’ the insider says.

‘In Harry's view the only reason people are still being taken in by William's image is because Kate makes him look good. He says Kate is the real star of the operation and always has been.

‘He's been complaining about the double standard for years, way before he wrote Spare and laid it all out there, and obviously that doesn't do a lot for his relationship with William.’

According to the source, those around William believe Harry's continuing criticism has only reinforced the future King's determination to keep his younger brother at arm's length.

With William said to remain deeply upset by Harry's interviews, memoir and repeated public comments about family life, trust between the pair is believed to be virtually non-existent.

Now the insider adds, ‘For his little brother to be knocking him down and making these snipes is pretty infuriating. A lot of people say it's one of the reasons William is so down on Harry, he doesn't trust him not to speak badly about him when his back is turned.

‘In his view his loose lips only prove what bitter troublemaker he really is. William has a lot of confidence in his ability to lead the country when the time comes, he's been preparing his entire life so Harry's criticism isn't shaking him, he has no worries about what he will be like as a King.’

WATCH: EXCLUSIVE: Leanne Amaning and Scott van-der-Sluis chat with Closer about their All Stars experience

There’s no doubt that the shock announcement of Prince Harry and Meghan Markle’s return to the UK next month has divided the public, royal observers and, according to reports, the Royal Family, too.

It has been reported that the decision to welcome back the Sussexes has been led by King Charles, who is reported to be paying for security and ensuring Harry and Meghan, alongside their children – Archie, seven, and Lilbet, five - are put up in a royal residence for the duration of their stay.

There is little doubt that the monarch’s decision will have caused tension behind palace walls, with Prince William already reported to have threatened to ‘boycott’ family events at Sandringham for the foreseeable future.

However, we’re told Charles is very aware of the potential repercussions of Meghan and Harry’s visit and while he personally appears to have wholeheartedly thrown his support behind the trip, the monarch has warned the Sussexes that they must play by his rules if they want this homecoming to be a success.

An insider says, ‘Charles has gone above and beyond to make this visit happen, but nobody should mistake that for blind trust. The reality is that he's taking a huge chance and he knows it.

‘He's made it very clear to Harry that there cannot be any drama or any hint that this trip is being used for personal gain. If he sees any cameras or gets a whiff of troublemaking that will be the end of things.

‘Charles is willing to extend an olive branch, but he's not willing to be embarrassed or blindsided again.’

The announcement of the Sussexes return to celebrate One Year to Go until the Invictus Games comes after months of speculation over whether Harry, 41, would be joined by Meghan, 44, and the children on his trip.

The decision, reportedly driven by the monarch’s desire to spend time with his grandchildren, certainly appears to come as a huge U-turn. The last time Charles met with Harry was briefly back in September, and Harry later admitted that his father had refused to see him during his legal dispute over security for his family in the UK.

However, we’re told how other senior royals, reportedly including Prince William believe that welcoming the Sussexes back with such open arms is a ‘huge mistake’.

On the surface Charles appears to have gone against the grain, but we’re told the monarch has made it crystal clear that any ‘wrong move’, from Meghan in particular, and any hope of a family truce going forward will be shattered.

The insider says, ‘Charles is willing to welcome Meghan because she's Harry's wife and the mother of his grandchildren, but that doesn't mean all is forgiven. Meghan is still viewed by many as the cause of all the drama, and there’s zero trust.

‘Charles has gone against a lot of advice to open this door and truth be told most people around him still think it's a huge mistake. This is only happening because it’s what Charles wants, but one wrong move on Meghan’s part and any hope of a more permanent reconciliation could disappear overnight.’

It is currently not clear whether Charles has arranged to spend time with the Sussexes, but given the lengths he has gone to, it is likely that the King will want to spend time with his grandchildren; a desire a source also made clear earlier this year.

But now speculation is swirling over the personal cost of this reconciliation when it comes to the reaction from the rest of the royals, who have loyally stood by Charles’ side during the darkest of his days, following his mother’s death and his cancer diagnosis.

However, the source says Charles, too, still feels ‘very burned’ over the effect the allegations made by Meghan and Harry have had on the monarchy. The source says he still feels ‘wary’ around Meghan - who is widely believed to have influenced the Sussexes explosive tell-alls and the commercialising of their royal titles against the late Queen’s wishes.

‘Charles has already paid a price for pushing for this reunion, it's caused so much tension between him and William and it’s got Camilla angry with him, too,’ the source says.

‘They’re convinced he’s taking an unnecessary risk and setting them all up for more agony, and the reality is that Charles has spent years giving Harry and Meghan a very wide berth. He got tired of feeling as though every conversation could somehow come back to haunt him.

‘He’s still very burned by all the public airing of grievances that have happened over the years. Fairly or unfairly, there’s a strong feeling within the family that Meghan encouraged a lot of it, which is why there’s still so much wariness around her.’

Celebrating the UK’s Father’s Day last weekend, Meghan posted what could be seen as a subtle nod of humility toward their upcoming trip on social media. Sharing a photograph of the couple’s children hugging Harry, their son Archie could clearly be seen showing off his England Football Club t-shirt.

However, this little nod may be too little, too late, as it comes after months of reports detailing the ways in which Meghan is alleged to have used her royal title and status for commercial gain.

Ahead of Meghan and Harry’s Australian trip in April, a spokesperson for the Sussexes had made it clear that the couple’s visit to the West Coast would entail a mix of charity visits alongside money-making events. What they may have been a little more elusive about, was the combination of both.

Royal watchers were then left stunned when an AI fashion app which Meghan invested in earlier this year – which enables her to create a page to ‘sell’ her outfits to fans and receive 10-20% of the profit if they purchase them through the app- advertised the dress that Meghan had worn to greet sick children, with the children even pictured in the photograph, which was later removed.

Royal author Tom Sykes has described the move as ‘sickening’, with a further source saying, ‘…The idea that these terminally ill children have come out to greet you because you’re a member of the royal family and hours later you’re promoting your ‘hospital look’ for money. The Queen never would have imagined this could happen because it’s just basic human decency.’

A spokesperson for Meghan responded, saying, ‘Meghan wore that outfit all day during daytime hours yesterday, including times when she was enjoying Sydney and on [a] boating trip. OneOff [the app] does sometimes pull [images of stars] from Getty [a picture-sourcing site] but Meghan’s team has been working closely with them to make sure they’re using approved photography and correcting as needed.’

However, it appears the criticism hasn’t held Meghan back, as earlier this month it was revealed that her page on the platform is now selling the outfits the Duchess of Sussex has previously worn to the Invictus Games – Harry’s beloved charity which supports war veterans, who train for an epic sporting contest.

And we were told that this apparent attempt to indirectly profit from an event supporting the futures of war veterans, presumably to continue to fund her and Harry’s lavish Californian lifestyle, had caused outrage.

A source said, ‘She’s blurring the lines between philanthropy and personal profit. If the money she made was going back to Invictus there'd be no questions asked, but the money is going into her account and that is absolutely raising eyebrows - it’s seen as very bad form.’

However, we’re now told how Harry still believes these stories are ‘distorted narratives’ and is pleading with his father to play nice with Meghan; something we’re told he will do, whilst keeping a very close eye on her movements in the UK.

‘Harry has begged Charles to give Meghan a fair chance and stop assuming the worst because of all these distorted narratives but Charles isn't about to switch off his instincts,’ the source says.

‘He knows if this all goes wrong it will be on his shoulders and he simply can’t afford another disaster. That’s why there will be no shortage of people keeping a close eye on how things unfold.

‘Charles will have his trusted aides reporting back to him about how Meghan is conducting herself and whether there are any signs of trouble brewing.’

It’s likely that if the pair are photographed publicly during their visit, Meghan will have already boosted the profile of the Sussex brand through headlines alone, but we’re told there’s still a growing fear that any wrong move by Meghan and their trip could descend into chaos.

The insider adds, ‘There’s a lot of concern about her tendency to throw her weight around and Charles wants to be absolutely sure that doesn’t happen this time. The hope is that everyone behaves, and they get through the visit without incident but behind palace walls there’s still a feeling that Meghan is a potential bomb waiting to go off.

‘Charles wants this reunion to succeed more than anyone, but he's also made it clear that if there are any issues, all bets are off.’

WATCH: EXCLUSIVE: Leanne Amaning and Scott van-der-Sluis chat with Closer about their All Stars experience

As she gears up for her big day, Taylor Swift should be enjoying one of the happiest times of her life. But sources say her ongoing fallout with Blake Lively has sparked a wedding meltdown.

‘Even though it was Taylor’s decision to end the friendship, it’s still very painful. She and Blake were so close for so many years – so of course she misses her – and now here she is getting married and not even inviting Blake to her wedding. It’s got to feel weird,’ an insider says. ‘No doubt there’s an element of guilt at play here too because Taylor’s a very empathic person – it’s no secret Blake is suffering. There was a time she was going to be Taylor’s maid of honour and now she’s not even getting an invite, which is just sad.

‘At the end of the day Taylor is going to do what she wants, but pretty much everyone in her life thinks that inviting Blake would be a mistake because it would become the main talking point and tie her wedding in with all that old drama. Plus, it’s hard to imagine that it wouldn’t be incredibly awkward.’

The Shake It Off singer, 36, is set to tie the knot to NFL star Travis Kelce, 36, next week, amid conflicting reports as to whether the Gossip Girl actress has been invited. One media outlet said that Taylor has extended an olive branch to Blake by sending her an invite to the upcoming wedding while other insiders have claimed that ‘there was no reconciliation call’.

While they were once friends, who have been close since 2015, the pair were reported to have stopped speaking last August. Their decade-long friendship – strengthened by Taylor being godparent to Blake and Ryan Reynolds’ daughters James, Inez and Betty – reportedly came under strain over Blake’s high-profile legal battle with her It Ends With Us co-star and director Justin Baldoni. Blake filed a complaint and lawsuit against Justin in December 2024, alleging that he sexually harassed her on the film’s set and also accused him of breach of contract, infliction of emotional distress and invasion of privacy. Justin denied all her accusations and filed his own $400million defamation and extortion lawsuit against Blake, her husband Ryan and their PR team.

The pop star was dragged into the messy drama after being named in Justin’s lawsuit and was served a subpoena from his lawyers. Her text exchanges with Blake were unsealed in court filings and in May 2025, a source said that ‘their friendship has halted’, as ‘Taylor wants no part in this drama’.

And a year on, insiders claim that Taylor and Blake’s friendship remains fractured. ‘Most people around Taylor don’t think Blake is getting an invitation. Never say never because Taylor does tend to follow her heart, but if you forced people to bet on it, they’d say it’s not happening,’ our source says.

‘That doesn’t mean Taylor has stopped caring about Blake – quite the opposite. One of the reasons this has been so difficult is because the friendship meant so much to her, she’s had to wrestle with a lot of conflicting emotions over this and likely will for a long time. She misses Blake, she misses the friendship and she hates how ugly everything became,’ they explain. ‘At the same time, she was deeply hurt by the way Blake handled this whole thing, she felt massively betrayed. Her inner circle is very protective of her, they’ve all held her hand throughout and seen the pain it’s caused, so it’s pretty hard for them to stomach the idea of her going backwards and potentially inviting more pain in. They’re telling her the healthiest thing is to keep moving forward instead of reopening old wounds.’

Nearly a year on from their lavish engagement, Taylor and Travis are rumoured to wed on 3 July, with their nuptials already being described as ‘the royal wedding’. The couple, who have been together since summer 2023, got engaged last August after the Kansas City Chiefs player surprised the singer by getting down on one knee in the garden of his Missouri home. ‘Your English teacher and your gym teacher are getting married,’ she said.

It’s been reported that they will either tie the knot at her $17million oceanside holiday home in Rhode Island – where she celebrated a pre-wedding do with her girlfriends – or in New York, at Madison Square Garden. Blake was notably absent from the Rhode Island party, so it’s unsure if she’ll be there to see Taylor and Travis say ‘I do’.

‘There’s no question that Blake would jump at the chance to come to the wedding. Everyone knows she’s still hoping that somehow her friendship with Taylor will recover, but to her credit she hasn’t been putting any pressure on things,’ our insider says. ‘For a long time, she was reaching out and trying to make amends, but she finally gave up and that’s definitely the smartest path to take if there’s going to be any hope of healing their friendship in the long term.’

Referring to her previous rift with supermodel Karlie Kloss, they explain, ‘Taylor does not like to be pressured. She has a history of taking a step back from people when she’s hurt and then reassessing later on. Look at what happened with Karlie Kloss. They didn’t speak for years but time did heal things between them, to the point that Karlie is getting an invite, which did shock a fair amount of folks in Taylor’s life.’

The source adds, ‘Whether that happens with Blake remains to be seen. Right now, though, the overwhelming consensus is that chapter is closed. But very few people believe Taylor will hold onto resentment forever. She and Blake had such a deep bond, it’s hard to imagine that there won’t be some sort of healing, but it’s very doubtful it will happen in time for the wedding.’

Whatever Taylor’s decision is, she’s got the full backing of her soon-to-be husband. ‘Travis has been very supportive. Whatever Taylor decides he will get on board for, but he hates seeing how much stress this is causing her. Everyone does,’ our insider says.

WATCH: EXCLUSIVE: Leanne Amaning and Scott van-der-Sluis chat with Closer about their All Stars experience

They’re set to travel to the UK for the launch of the Invictus Games – marking the first time Meghan Markle has been back on British soil in almost four years – and insiders claim Prince Harry and his wife may arrive with an unexpected addition: a Netflix film crew. However, with relations between the Sussexes and the royal family already strained, the development is said to have unsettled the Prince and Princess of Wales.

‘William and Kate are aware Harry and Meghan have been in talks for another fly- on-the-wall project,’ an insider tells Closer. ‘The idea that they could be bringing a film crew with them when they come to the UK has come as a very unwelcome surprise.’The Sussexes famously signed a $100 million deal with Netflix in 2020, which led to the explosive docuseries Harry & Meghan, featuring a series of headline-making claims about their time as senior working royals.

They now hold a ‘first look’ agreement with the streaming platform and are believed to be discussing a fresh project that may once again place their personal world in front of the cameras. According to sources, the proposed series would spotlight their humanitarian efforts and the Invictus Games, founded by Harry to aid injured service personnel.

Palace insiders say the possibility of another behind-the-scenes programme has prompted concern, particularly for the Prince and Princess of Wales, who reportedly feel the Sussexes are edging back into ‘royal territory’. ‘The focus of this new show is expected to be much more heavily weighted towards their charitable work, but the reality is that cameras would still be following Harry and Meghan and documenting their lives – and William and Kate thought that chapter had largely been closed,’ says our insider.

‘William views it as a personal attack. He was under the impression that the Sussexes had chosen a different path and were focused on building their own identity outside the royal family. Instead, there is a growing sense they’re moving closer to territory traditionally occupied by the monarchy.’The source adds that Kate, 44, believes Meghan may be spearheading the idea. ‘Kate doesn’t really understand why Harry and Meghan work with companies like Netflix. So much has been said publicly already. Her feeling is very much, “How could they do this all over again?”’

So far, the couple have produced five projects with Netflix. The first, the six-part Harry & Meghan, offered rare access to their private lives and detailed what they described as largely difficult experiences within the royal fold.Although the series proved hugely popular and generated global headlines, subsequent releases didn’t replicate its impact. These included Live To Lead, featuring conversations with emerging leaders, and Harry’s self-described ‘passion project’ Polo. Meghan’s lifestyle series With Love, Meghan debuted last year but has since been shelved aside from occasional seasonal specials.

Despite reports that their overall deal has been scaled back, a Netflix spokesperson confirmed the pair still ‘have things in development on the TV and film side’, including adaptations of Carley Fortune’s novel Meet Me At The Lake and the Afghanistan war story No Way Out. Nevertheless, insiders suggest viewers remain most interested in a closer look at the Sussexes’ day-to-day lives – which is where the new fly-on-the-wall concept comes into play. While Harry, 41, is said to prioritise charitable initiatives, Meghan’s background in entertainment reportedly makes her more attuned to television strategy, and as Closer has reported, she was ‘keen to guide Harry towards projects that could benefit the network’.

Production on the potential new series could reportedly begin in July when the couple return to Britain to mark the one-year countdown to the Invictus Games in Birmingham. There are also suggestions that their children, Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five, might accompany them. Our insider says, ‘William and Kate aren’t exactly delighted at the prospect of the Sussexes coming to the UK with a camera crew and positioning themselves in a space that has long been occupied by the royal family. The Palace worries the lines are becoming increasingly blurred, and that’s where some of the frustration comes from. The Sussexes are no longer working royals, yet they continue to operate in a space that often looks very similar to official work. A documentary focusing on that inevitably creates comparisons.’

Although ties between the Sussexes and the wider royal family have been tense in recent years, Harry and Meghan are said to be seeking reconciliation, with Harry publicly expressing a desire to reconnect with his relatives.However, insiders warn that another major television venture could complicate matters and potentially undermine any progress towards healing the rift – something Kate, often described as the ‘peacemaker’, is believed to have worked hard to encourage.

We’re told, ‘The view of the Palace is that every time things begin to calm down, something new emerges that puts all the wrong things back in the spotlight. The relationship between William and Harry is complicated enough without another major television project entering the picture.’

Despite the potential new income for the Sussex household, Meghan, 44, and Prince Harry, 41, are widely reported to be under pressure when it comes to their finances and just how they are going to continue to fund their lavish Montecito lifestyle.

Of course, behind the gates of their sun-soaked Californian home, Meghan only shares glimpses of their farmhouse style kitchen and idyllic grounds, but if she were to pan the camera a little further, audiences buying into her ‘simple life’ ethos would see the nine bedrooms, 16 bathrooms, a swimming pool, a play park and the expansive grounds and private rose garden the couple need to maintain.

Last week it was revealed how data collected by YouGov America shows a rapid decline in Meghan’s popularity since last year. Polls showed that compared to 2025, where 37% of voters ‘liked’ Meghan, only 29% voted in favour of the Duchess at the start of this year.  Furthermore, US site Newsweek claimed that a separate search they had conducted revealed that the traffic to Meghan’s As Ever brand’s website fell by 89,000 in the US in January.

The reports come just weeks after royal author Tom Bower made the shocking revelation in his new book, ‘Betrayal: Power, Deceit and the Fight for the Future of the Royal Family’, that the Sussexes need an income of at least $3 million annually to maintain their current lifestyle, with recent US reports speculating that the figure could even reach $6 million.

This figure is said to include a team of house staff, including security and a nanny, on top of key figures like PR advisers, management teams and travel costs – the list is seemingly endless – despite an oft-barefooted Meghan’s insistence that they live a very simple life, fuelled by homemade jam and edible flowers.

Last June, the couple were reported to have parted ways with six employees in, including their two in-house PR reps, US-based deputy press secretary Kyle Boulia and UK press officer Charlie Gipson.

Now a source now tells us that Meghan has taken the lead and has told Harry that they need to start tightening their belts and potentially letting some more of their staff go if they’re going to carry on living in one of the US’s most exclusive post codes.The insider says, ‘They’ve culled their staff several times but she’s now saying they need to let more people go, she feels they are spending too much. It will mean they both need to do more to pick up the slack but she insists it needs to be done.

‘She’s adjusting and cutting back as much as she can and it has not been easy. Having less staff has meant a lot more work for both her and Harry, it’s added stress but the salaries are just too much to carry.’

Harry is reported to have inherited around $20 million from his late mother Princess Diana and his great-grandmother, the Queen Mother, but Dan Wakeford, the former editor of People Magazine, recently claimed the impressive sum has been ‘substantially absorbed.’ The insider says, ‘She’s also pushing Harry to cut way back on his travel to the U.K. Her argument is that the bills are huge and there’s nothing to show for it. She doesn’t see the point in Harry spending a ton of money to kiss up to people who constantly let him down.

‘Private jet travel is out of the question going forward too, it’s just not in the budget. Harry is a very generous guy, he loves to leave outrageous tips, and he’ll lend money to friends no questions asked, but Meghan’s putting the kibosh on all of that. From now on he’s under strict orders to think twice before he opens his wallet.’

Yet we’re told for Meghan, who grew up in a  relatively normal household and worked hard to earn her own money, notably through her role in legal drama Suits, long before she met Harry, this newfound reality hasn’t come easily, either.‘It’s totally not how she envisioned living at this stage in her life. She married a prince, money worries should not factor in,’ the insider says.‘But this is not a fairytale and they unfortunately have put themselves in a precarious spot financially that they need to dig out of. It’s tough but Meghan’s insisting they can do it.’

Meanwhile, as she continues to maintain her focus on building her lifestyle brand, As Ever, the source says Meghan is adamant that there is one area of their finances that she refuses to compromise on.  ‘One thing she isn’t cutting back on is her own beauty and pampering bill, that’s something she feels is a justifiable expense since her appearance is so key to the brand,’ we’re told.

‘But instead of buying clothes she’s using all her connections to get designer stuff on loan or gifted in exchange for the exposure.’Yet while Meghan is now reported to be the ‘breadwinner’ for their household, it has been widely reported how Harry has continued to become disillusioned with Hollywood, as we’re told he would rather ‘simplify their lives’ instead.‘What's making all of this harder is that Harry and Meghan don't see eye to eye on the best way forward,’ the source says.

‘Harry would be happy to simplify their lives but Meghan's reaction is the complete opposite. She thinks this is the moment to work harder, tighten their belts temporarily and push through, not pull back.  That disconnect is causing a lot of arguments.’

WATCH: EXCLUSIVE: Leanne Amaning and Scott van-der-Sluis chat with Closer about their All Stars experience

She’s gearing up to launch her new YouTube lifestyle show, but the pressure couldn’t be higher for Holly Willoughby. After a string of career setbacks, sources tell Closer she’s desperate for the project to succeed – knowing there’s no going back to mainstream TV.

‘Holly has been hit with a few flops and her profile is not what it was, so she feels this latest venture is her last chance and she doesn’t want it to fail,’ an insider says. ‘She has missed presenting – it’s what she loves – but she’s nervous of how the public will react.

‘She feels she was given a tough ride around the This Morning fiasco, and despite public sympathy over her horrific stalker case, she worries how the new online show will be received. Holly hopes this is her chance to win public hearts and re-establish herself. Her confidence has been hit hard, but she’s put everything into this.’

Her online lifestyle series, thought to be called Together, is being produced by her husband Dan Baldwin’s company Hungry Bear Media. Holly, 44, hinted work has begun on the project when she posted that she had ‘reunited with my absolute dream team’ last month.

Holly’s YouTube series, tipped to rival This Morning, comes nearly three years since she quit the ITV flagship show. Her departure came after a horrific plot to kidnap and murder her was uncovered, while the controversy surrounding ‘Queuegate’ had also placed her under intense public scrutiny. Once TV’s golden girl, Holly was left without a primetime show after Dancing On Ice, Bear Hunt and You Bet! were axed, and has been focusing on her wellness brand Wylde Moon.

Obsessed with celeb outfits, lifestyle tips and the latest showbiz news? Click here to keep Closer Online at the top of your Google feed.

Despite Holly’s big plans, our source says that it’s a risky gamble for her – but This Morning bosses aren’t worried. ‘Producers aren’t threatened by a rival lifestyle show. The team feel that audiences have lost their trust in Holly and it might be hard to regain that, plus it’s a completely different platform,’ the insider explains.

To ensure her new show is a success, Holly’s asking her celebrity friends for help. ‘She has big plans to include some of her famous pals such as Emma Bunton, Natalie and Nicole Appleton and even Michael McIntyre in her new YouTube show,’ the insider adds.

‘Holly knows how entertaining and popular they are and wants to use their star power to help her show. They are only too happy to help, especially after the horrible few years Holly has endured.’

WATCH: Love Island's Sam and Mibs open up to Closer about what really happens in holding and that's a new ambition unlocked: become a Love Island chaperone

Four years after their last visit to the UK, Prince Harry and Meghan Markle are finally set to fly back to Blighty in July.

Travelling over with their children Archie, seven, and five-year-old Lilibet, the family are expected to attend a one-year countdown event to the 2027 Invictus Games, taking place in Birmingham. And in a move being viewed as a major step towards welcoming them back into the royal fold, Harry, 41, and Meghan, 44, will also spend time with King Charles at the Scottish royal estate Balmoral.

Now, insiders tell Closer that Charles, 77, has even extended a further invite for them to visit Buckingham Palace - meaning Meghan and her sister-in-law, the Princess of Wales, could have a tense face-to-face showdown.

And after everything that’s happened between them, Kate, 44 – who has been estranged from Meghan since 2020’s ‘Megxit’ – fears it could open the doors to private conversations that the Sussexes have capitalised on in the past, and doesn’t want to fall into that trap.

‘This is Kate’s worst nightmare,’ the source explains. ‘Charles is trying to keep lines of communication open with his son and daughter-in-law, but Kate is far more cautious. Charles believes things can improve, and has never stopped hoping that the family will heal, but Kate and Prince William remain deeply wary after years of private family matters becoming public.

‘Kate's biggest concern isn't Meghan coming back to Britain - it's what comes with it. Kate worries about history repeating itself once they’re back inside Palace walls and privy to private moments. Kate thinks it's dangerous territory, because she feels the Sussexes could worm their way back in.

‘She feels they've all paid a very high price over the last few years - she's cautious about giving them access again when there are still unresolved feelings. She wouldn’t be surprised if it was some sort of trap and the timing couldn't be more delicate.’

Once dubbed ‘The Fab Four’, tensions between the two couples have been bubbling since Harry and Meghan quit royal life more than six years ago. The Sussexes have strained relations further by capitalising on private moments, airing their grievances through their 2021 interview with Oprah Winfrey, their 2022 Netflix docu-series Harry & Meghan and Harry’s 2023 memoir, Spare.

During the bombshell Oprah interview, Meghan claimed that despite reports she had made her sister-in-law cry, it was actually Kate who reduced her to tears over a disagreement about flower-girl dresses for her 2018 wedding to Harry.

In his autobiography, Harry also recalled an argument between Meghan and Kate, when the duchess joked that Kate had ‘baby brain’. The Princess of Wales allegedly told Meghan she ‘was owed an apology’ and said, ‘We’re not close enough for you to talk about my hormones.’

Aside from the late Queen Elizabeth II’s funeral in September 2022, the Sussexes haven’t visited the UK together since her Platinum Jubilee - which was held three months before her death. And our source says that beyond their potential Palace reunion, Kate and Meghan may also have another run-in at one of Kate’s favourite places - Wimbledon.

The princess has been the royal patron of the All England Lawn Tennis and Croquet Club since taking over the role from the Queen in 2016. Attending the tournament almost every year since 2011, fans were thrilled when the princess made an emotional appearance in July 2024, marking one of her first public outings while undergoing cancer treatment. A year later, she received another standing ovation after receiving the all-clear from the disease.

But the Duchess of Sussex – who was seen looking happy and relaxed alongside Kate at the 2018 and 2019 tournaments – is thought to have been invited to this year’s tournament by close friend of 12 years and Wimbledon wildcard, Serena Williams.

‘Wimbledon is very close to Kate’s heart, but she’s already dreading it. People around Kate think Meghan is fully aware of the position this puts her in - and there could be more than just tennis balls flying across the court if the duchess makes an appearance,’ our insider explains.

‘Meghan won't share her plans in advance or arrange her schedule around what works best for Kensington Palace. If she wants to support Serena, she will. The two women could end up in close proximity - and the Palace is handling the situation very carefully. They don't want any misunderstandings, or anybody claiming they were snubbed.’

WATCH: Love Island's Sam and Mibs open up to Closer about what really happens in holding

They shocked the showbiz world when they announced their split in May. But eight weeks on, insiders tell Closer that Tess Daly is already having second thoughts about ending her marriage to Vernon Kay

‘Tess knows she’s silly even reconsidering her decision, but that hasn’t stopped her wishing that she could,’ a source says. ‘She’s been struggling, and asking herself if she’s been too hasty. She can’t help but wonder if she’s made a huge mistake.’

Following the announcement that their 22-year marriage was over – in which they said they were ‘separating amicably’ but vowed to ‘remain great friends… and loving and supportive parents’ – Tess and Vernon, who share daughters Phoebe, 21, and Amber, 17, have remained on friendly terms.

They’ve surprised fans by still being seen hanging out together wearing their wedding rings. Vernon, 52, has also commented on Tess’ social media posts and even recently liked a picture of her modelling her swimwear range Naia Beach in Greece.

After the former Strictly Come Dancing presenter shared photos of herself modelling the new collection, Vernon commented, ‘Absolutely rocking!!!’ And when Tess posted photos of herself in New York with Phoebe earlier this month, Vernon wrote, ‘What a few days’ with a fire and heart emoji.

Our source explains that spending time with Vernon, whom she was with for 25 years since 2001, has caused a surge of emotions for Tess. ‘She’s usually a fairly closed book and not one for going down an emotional “rabbit hole” – but it’s unavoidable. She’s told pals that when it was good, it was amazing between them. But when was bad, it was simply awful,’ our insider says.

‘After being a family over Father’s Day, all those precious moments and memories came bubbling up and she couldn’t escape the emotions that came flooding back in. There’s just still so much love. And how does she not fall back in love with her husband at every family event? It still feels so very alien to not be together.’

The source continues, ‘Tess is stuck between a rock and a hard place. At the end of the day she pulled the plug, but her heart is still ruling her head.’

Tess, 57, and Vernon met when they were starting out in their TV presenting careers. Despite working for rival channels, they crossed paths at a BBC Christmas party in 2001. ‘It was all quite immediate, really, because we instantly had such a blast together,’ she said of their spark. ‘I couldn’t imagine having more fun with anyone else. It was pretty explosive.’ Vernon revealed their love of pop music brought them together. ‘We recreated the video for Britney Spears’ Hit Me Baby One More Time. That’s how we first met,’ he said.

Instantly smitten, the pair started dating. A year later, they were engaged, with Vernon proposing over Christmas in 2002. They married in Vernon’s hometown of Horwich, near Bolton, on 12 September 2003.

Obsessed with celeb outfits, lifestyle tips and the latest showbiz news? Click here to keep Closer Online at the top of your Google feed.

They soon became a family, welcoming Phoebe in 2004 and Amber in 2009. But the following year, their marriage was rocked after Vernon was caught sending flirty messages to glamour model Rhian Sugden. He was forced to apologise for his ‘stupid and daft’ indiscretion, saying, ‘Tess is extremely upset about this and we’re working through it. But in some ways, I’m glad this story has come out. It feels like a weight has been lifted from my shoulders.’

The couple appeared to get their relationship back on track following his public apology, and renewed their vows on their 10th wedding anniversary in the South of France. However, Vernon’s scandal resurfaced in 2016, following reports that he was back in contact with Rhian. The presenter said Tess was aware of their messages and ‘there was never any inappropriate intent to our communication’.

They put the controversy behind them and became one of showbiz’s power couples – until 8 May this year, when they announced that they were ending their partnership. ‘After much consideration, and with a deep sense of care and respect for one another, we have made the decision to separate amicably,’ they said, adding that it had ‘not been an easy choice’ but came ‘from a place of mutual understanding and a shared desire for what is best for both of us’.

As Closer previously reported, they were initially hoping for a ‘quickie divorce’ in order to keep things civil between them, despite Tess’ growing regrets over their split.

‘Tess is calling on her stronghold of family and friends to keep her in check,’ the insider says. ‘She’s told herself she must believe in the process, that deep down she is doing the right thing to achieve the long goal of happiness.’

But our insider adds that friends wouldn’t be surprised if they got back together eventually, saying, ‘At the end of the day, none of her pals would be surprised if they divorced and then remarried later down the line – they wouldn’t be the first or the last!’

WATCH: Love Island's Sam and Mibs open up to Closer about what really happens in holding and that's a new ambition unlocked: become a Love Island chaperone

There are many things we’d find uncomfortable about living in the Love Island villa but the main one is definitely cohabiting with anywhere between 10 and 20 other people at any one time, sharing one bedroom and two bathrooms.

Given that we’ve interviewed a lot of Islanders of the years, we’re well aware of the various sounds and, ahem, smells that are rife in the villa – and one of the ones that come up time and time again are the noises coming from the bedroom at night. Get your mind out of the gutter, we’re of course talking about snoring.

We recently pulled Love Island 2026 OG Ope Sowande for a post-villa debrief following his dumping and he shed some light on this year’s ‘loudest’ snorer.

During a visit to Closer HQ alongside fellow dumpee Robyn Langton, Ope said, ‘I’m not going to name names yeah, because that’s crazy, but there was someone in that bedroom, and we all know who it is, if you know you know.

‘Someone in the bedroom was the loudest snorer.’

Although Ope insisted he wasn’t going to name the snorer, it quickly came to light that he was referring to Priya Jaswal after we brought up that she mentioned it on the show.

‘Bro, that girl is mental. If it’s out, it’s out. It’s crazy. She’s so beautiful then she just made this sound that came out of her mouth. Pure sleep apnoea, babe,’ he added.

Ope and Robyn also spilled the fizz on the alcohol rules in the villa and how the Islanders managed to get ‘buzzy’.

‘I’ll give you the inside scoop on the alcohol in the villa... So, obviously you get two glasses of wine a night, but sometimes you only had one. Most days you didn’t get the two,’ Robyn told us.

‘Aidan [Murphy] got on the red wine. So one night Aidan had the red wine and was a bit like, "I'm feeling it a bit." So the next day, they were like, "Can we have your order for your drinks?" Every single person was like, "RED! RED! RED!"'

‘[The red wine is] not a lot, but it gets you a bit like buzzy. Like, "ooh, I feel like an argument,”’ Ope added.

WATCH: Ope and Robyn sat down with us and it was chicken and rice and all things nice. Looks like the food in the villa was a bit mid but hey, at least it was nutritionally balanced

Nathan Katnoria is heat and Closer online’s senior digital writer. He became obsessed with Love Island when Malin Andersson came back to confront Terry Walsh in series two and hasn’t looked back since. When he’s not interviewing former Islanders, Nathan is scrolling through their Instagram feeds for relationship updates and piping hot tea.

If there’s one European spot absolutely everyone wants to visit at the moment, it’s Ibiza. With stunning beaches, gorgeous restaurants, buzzing nightlife and epic shopping—you literally can’t go wrong. But can you pack it all into just two days?

Where to stay

Nestled just a stone’s throw from the beautiful sandy beach of Talamanca Bay is the Ocean Drive hotel. This is luxury at its best – friendly and helpful staff, delicious food, great cocktails and all sitting in the perfect location.

Walking through the doors into reception, we were greeted with a glass of complimentary bubbles and valet parking for our hire car. After we checked in, the staff escorted us up to our stunning sea-view room, which had views across Talamanca Bay and over towards the port of Ibiza Old Town. The room itself was a total vibe, complete with hangover kits and even a welcome bottle of fizz.

Ocean Drive in Talamanca has four pools—three tiered on the ground floor surrounded by luxury sunloungers, and a fourth on the rooftop with stunning views across the island. We spent the afternoon relaxing and dipping in and out of the water with a cold glass of rosé in hand thanks to the very attentive pool bar service. If only this could be how life was every day!

Where to eat

Ibiza is packed with incredible restaurants, so knowing where to eat can be tricky. On our first night, we dined at Ocean Drive’s Up & Down restaurant, located on the rooftop of our hotel. Eating up here with the amazing view as our backdrop was a memory I won’t forget for a long time. We ordered the classic Ibiza red prawns to start, followed by an unbelievable bowl of trofie pasta with clams, all washed down with plenty of rosé and Aperol Spritzes. This was a classic Spanish meal with a cool, modern twist thrown in—and definitely one to try.

Another must-visit on the island is Aiyanna in Cala Nova. This is in one of the quieter parts of the island, a 40-minute drive from Ibiza Old Town but well worth the journey. Aiyanna is a beachside restaurant that serves classic Mediterranean dishes from lunch through to dinner. I’d booked a large group here for a birthday celebration, and they couldn’t have been more accommodating. Dishes included everything from confit cod to beef rib-eye, followed by strawberry tartare and glazed tiramisu. Follow that with a trip down to the beach and a dip in the sea, and you’ve created the perfect afternoon.

For dinner on the second night of our trip we wondered into Ibiza Old Town to try the famous tapas spot La Bodega. It’s nestled right at the bottom of Dalt Vila, with the picturesque castle walls acting as a beautiful backdrop to the restaurant front. You can’t book here, but it’s well worth the queue. Think giant croquettes, Iberian ham, sizzling prawns and melt-in-the-mouth meatballs. The staff are always up for a laugh, too, and will ensure you’re well fed and watered with plenty of sangria during your visit.

What to do

If you’re just nipping to the island for a two-day break, then eating and drinking should always be top of the list. But hiring a car for a drive around the island is another must. If you’re staying in Talamanca, then you’ve got the sandy beach right there, but for a quieter beach day that feels much less touristy, Cala Llonga couldn’t be better. In fact, it was the ‘secret spot’ recommended to us by the hotel concierge. The sunloungers are just €30 for the whole day, but remember to pack a towel. The ocean here is calm and crystal blue, and to top it off, there’s a beach bar serving simple lunches and cocktails all day long.

If retail therapy is also your thing, then visiting Old Town in the evening will be right up your street. The town centre around Dalt Vila is lined with stunning boutique shops and evening markets selling everything from ‘designer’ bags to gorgeous, locally made clothes. You could stock your entire summer wardrobe here—something I’ve done after a few cocktails on more than one occasion!

Lastly, I can’t talk about Ibiza without mentioning the nightlife. From the epic, massive superclubs to the more intimate bars, you really can’t go wrong. The winding cobblestone streets of Old Town are littered with little bars that you could easily pass the entire night away in, chatting to locals and other holidaymakers. For the more hardcore, there are the early evening residencies at Ushuaïa, which always turn into an early morning finish at Hï. The new superclub UNVRS has been hailed as one of the best nightlife spots on the planet thanks to its sheer size and an abundance of bars and toilets, so the chances of being stuck in queues for hours are massively reduced. Then there are the classic spots that are iconic to Ibiza, including the legendary Pikes Hotel -famed for being the location for George Michael’s Club Tropicana video. Pikes feels like it’s in the middle of nowhere, an old Spanish villa which at night becomes one of the coolest venues to party and an absolute must for anyone visiting the island. Lastly, if you want to see some of the world’s most famous DJs then add the other classic Ibiza institution to your last, Pacha.

But whether you’re popping to the island for the food, the beaches, the nightlife or just to see what all the fuss is about, you won’t be disappointed. The White Isle is pure bliss and somewhere I will continue to visit every year as long as I’m alive.

The info

Reservations for Aiyanna can be made online here.

Rooms at Ocean Drive Talamanca start from €350 a night, visit here to book.

Flights to Ibiza are available from airports across the UK, for the best deals visit skyscanner.com

He’s a vocal powerhouse who - until he met his wife Penny - had spent a good chunk of his life living on a diet of sex, booze and rock ‘n roll.

But after almost 60 years at the top of his game, there are fears for Rod Stewart after a worrying near-collapse incident on stage.

And insiders tell Closer that, behind the scenes, his worried family and wife Penny Lancaster are begging the Da Ya Think I’m Sexy? legend to slow down, as he’s still living a party lifestyle at the age of 81.

Rod’s loved ones were already at their wits' end over his boozing and relentlessly fast-paced lifestyle, as heat previously reported. Now, his terrifying incident on stage - which left him needing to use an oxygen tank to catch his breath - has forced them to step in and take charge. The singer admitted to the audience that he’d ‘nearly f***ing fainted’ during the previous song as he puffed on oxygen supply, then announced he’d sit down for the following song.

Reveals an insider, 'Penny and the kids have been on at Rod for literally years, telling him he’s no spring chicken and that the way he treats his body is bound to catch up with him sooner or later, especially his booze consumption.

'He’s ignored them repeatedly, and now their worst fears are coming true. Even now, after this latest emergency, he’s telling them to back off and insisting he knows his limitations, making excuses about dehydration and saying it looked a whole lot worse to the outside eye than it actually was.

'But for Penny, enough is enough. This is clearly a code red warning. She’s looking very seriously at hiring live-in experts who can be by Rod’s side 24/7 and ensure he’s eating right, pacing himself and above all else staying the heck away from the bottle for a good while.

'His kids are all just as worried as Penny; they can’t understand why he’s pushing himself like this. But the good news is that it’s not too late to save him, and that’s exactly what they all intend to do together!'

Rod’s excessive lifestyle is as famous as his huge back catalogue of hits going back to the 1970s, with his hard-partying becoming legend - especially during his years with The Faces rock band.

Though that has eased up over the years, he admitted in an interview in 2024 that he still enjoyed a drink, especially after performing, though he has realised he needs to look after his legendary vocals.

He said, 'Nowadays, I have to protect my voice before and after every show. The older you get, the more you have to do that. Water has a hell of a lot to do with it. But no, you think I just have water on my rider?

'You’re talking to Rod Stewart here, mate. We go mad after every show. There are 13 of us, six women, really great musicians, and I make them drink,' he said. 'We absolutely love it.'

And as Closer reported last year, insiders were worried about his drinking during his Las Vegas residency.

A source said, ‘Rod's drinking has always been a concern, but lately it's reached a whole new level. He's rarely without a glass in his hand when he's in Vegas. Poor Penny's been begging him to slow down for years, but he just brushes her off. He's 80 years old and still drinking like he's 25. She's terrified something's going to happen.’

Those comments came just weeks after Rod had a very boozy night out when celebrating the birthday of his own whiskey brand at Caesars Palace in Vegas.

After ‘cocktails’ at the bar, Rod reportedly changed up his famous 1971 hit Maggie May, serenading audience members with the lyrics, ‘Oh Maggie, please show your t*ts tonight. I'll take you up to my room. And I'll show you what to do. I love you, Maggie, 'cause I can shag you rotten.’

But after the worrying incident last week while on stage in Salt Lake City, his loving wife wants the whole family to get together in a bid to get Rod to look after himself. Just days earlier, Rod had received a backlash from some fans after cancelling a gig in San Diego, only to be seen with what looked like alcoholic beverages the following day while he watched Scotland’s first game of the World Cup in Boston.

Rod’s team had shared a statement on his Instagram, saying, ‘Rod Stewart very regretfully has had to cancel his show tonight in Chula Vista, California. He travelled to the venue and made every effort to perform, but on the advice of his doctors and following a diagnosis of acute upper respiratory infection that has resulted in laryngitis, he is unable to take to the stage this evening.’

Our insider says, 'Penny wants them all to come together so they can sit Rod down and hammer home some hard truths. She’s asked everyone to prepare something to say to him; she wants to make him see how much this is affecting every single one of them.

'She’s been trying for years with no luck, so now she's getting everyone to help because every time he promises her he’s going to take better care of himself, he goes back on his word and back to all his old bad habits in no time. With their age gap, she always knew their time was limited, but what she can’t accept is that Rod’s bad habits are going to speed up the inevitable.

'She’s not asking him to live like a monk, but it’s clear to everyone he’s going way overboard. He just had to cancel his concert [in Utah] because he was so sick, and yet the next day he’s dragging himself across the country to party with his sons at a football match. Penny wanted him resting in bed after that so he could recover, not partying and knocking back drinks like someone half his age.

'But Rod refused to listen - he never does! He’s been burning the candle at both ends for years, and now that he’s back on this tour, his partying is as bad as ever, so it’s no shock to Penny or anyone else that he wound up getting sick again. Seeing him having to use an oxygen tank during his show was terrifying, but he pretty much just laughed it off.

'He always seems to find a way to explain away the warning signs. If he's exhausted, it's because he's been working too hard. If he's sick, it's dehydration. If a doctor tells him to slow down, he insists he'll be fine after a few days' rest. He’s said this is his last big tour, and Penny and his family have been counting on that, except he keeps extending it, so there really isn’t an end in sight. That's what has Penny so scared: there’s this sense that Rod is going to go hard until the wheels literally come off.

'Penny isn't going to sit back and accept that, though; she feels it's her job as his partner to get him to stop this nonsense so he can enjoy as many more years with his family as possible.'

WATCH: Seems like the red wine is where it’s at in the Love Island villa, according to Ope and Robyn

He was caught cutting a lonely figure as he attended a basketball game alone in Texas earlier this month. And now, insiders reveal that loneliness is creeping in for Prince Harry, as he and wife Meghan Markle – who remained at home in California  – are spending increasing amounts of time apart lately.

The insider shares, ‘Their lives have drifted onto completely different tracks. It started two years ago when they made the conscious decision to go in their own directions with their work – but that has gradually expanded to the point where it’s become impossible to deny that they are now living very separate lives much of the time.’

They continue, ‘Meghan is focused on building her business empire while Harry often seems to be operating in an entirely different world. Meghan could easily have attended the basketball game, but she came up with the same old excuses about needing to take care of the kids and focus on work.’

Harry, 41, and Meghan, 44 – who are parents to Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five – have lived in California since shocking the world with their exit from royal life in 2020. While Meghan is estranged from much of her paternal family - including her father and half-siblings - Harry also has a fractured relationship with the royals, who the couple have hit out at publicly via numerous outlets, including their docuseries and bombshell Oprah Winfrey interview.

It has been reported that Harry in particular has been feeling isolated in the States – and last month, it was alleged that some of the couple’s high-profile friendships have ‘cooled off’ since they tied the knot in 2018, namely with Oprah Winfrey, George and Amal Clooney and Serena Williams, in addition to the Beckhams.

Meanwhile, the Sussexes have not been back to the UK as a couple since the Queen’s funeral in September 2022, but Harry has made fleeting visits over the years, including last autumn when he met his father in their first face-to-face encounter in 19 months.

Reports have claimed Harry was hoping his upcoming UK trip for the Invictus Games one year to go event next month could be a chance for Archie and Lilibet to spend time with King Charles in his beloved Balmoral, where the Harry spent many summers.

And while Closer previously reported the trip would be a family affair, the source now says it doesn't look like Meghan is coming, meaning the pair will be living separately this summer.

The insider shares, ‘Every time he comes back to Britain without Meghan and the children, it reinforces how separated his two worlds have become. Meghan still has reservations about bringing the children over. She wants to know that every possible precaution has been taken before she agrees to a trip. Harry doesn't blame Meghan for feeling protective, but it has left him feeling very alone at times. Harry feels the more his family stays away, the more distant the children will become from the rest of the family. He would love to see his children making memories with their grandfather.’

The source continues, ‘No one is suggesting the marriage is over, but there’s no denying that their relationship looks very different these days. They’re spending a huge amount of time on separate schedules, in separate cities, and, inevitably, in separate beds. It’s become almost the new normal for them to be apart.'

Over their eight-year marriage, the pair have had to bat off a string of divorce rumours. In 2023, a spokesperson denied claims that Harry had a hotel room set aside for when he needed nights away from the marital home. And a year later, Harry touched on the rumours surrounding the state of their marriage in jest, laughing, ‘Apparently we’ve bought or moved house 10, 12 times. We’ve apparently divorced maybe 10, 12 times as well. So it’s just like, what?'

While the couple recently put on a united front during their Australia tour, many of their joint work projects have fallen flat over the years, including their now-axed Spotify deal and several Netflix offerings, including Pearl, which was scrapped before its release.

Meghan appears to be channelling her energy into her individual lifestyle brand, As Ever, although reports suggested it could lose $5million due to unsold jam stock.And the source adds that the former Suits actress isn't as concerned as Harry is about their separate lives – and puts it down to their busy schedules.

‘Meghan’s attitude is that they’re both independent adults with their own interests and ambitions. She doesn’t see any reason why they should have to do everything together and she’s very quick to shut down suggestions that there’s anything wrong. Harry has adopted the same public stance, but there’s no question this arrangement is a world away from the life they originally envisioned,’ the insider says.

WATCH: Seems like the red wine is where it’s at in the Love Island villa, according to Ope and Robyn

Striking a pose in a coral swimsuit, Lisa Snowdon looks as vibrant as ever. She’s positively fizzing with infectious energy, despite being on the tail-end of an action-packed few months. Not only has she trekked through the Sahara to support Meningitis Now, she’s also been busy presenting on This Morning and launching her new collection with Bonmarché.

When Closer catches up with her, she’s fresh from an early Pilates class, and it comes as little surprise to find that she’s in high spirits. In fact, she readily admits she’s learning to listen to her body, prioritising exercise and her mental health.

‘I’m trying to see exercise as a treat rather than a punishment – I even treated myself to an early-morning birthday workout,’ laughs the star, who turned 54 this year.

‘I try to think I’m potentially adding minutes to my life by looking after myself. Of course I want to look good, but as I get older I think more about the stuff going on behind the scenes, like cholesterol and heart health. I want to feel physically and mentally well too – if you haven’t got your health, you have nothing. Exercise has such a positive effect on me, even if that’s just going for a walk.’

Alongside two Pilates classes a week, Lisa does three hour-long strength sessions with a PT. ‘It’s an expense,’ she acknowledges. ‘I see it as an investment, but classes are also a great, affordable way to get into strength training. I don’t pay much attention to what I weigh, but lifting weights has helped to burn fat and shape me. I'm stronger, my bones are stronger and my metabolism keeps ticking over all day.’

It’s fair to say that Lisa hasn’t always felt this fit and strong. During her 40s, she was hit with brain fog, sleeplessness and periods that were so heavy and painful, she couldn’t leave the house. She also struggled with weight gain, which dented her confidence. But if you’re in the same boat, she has encouraging news.

‘It’s been five years since my last period,’ she says. ‘And those extreme symptoms, like anxiety, palpitations and hot flushes, have petered out. I’m still taking my oestrogen and testosterone, but I’m on a more even keel. F*** you, menopause, I feel better now!

‘To all those ladies who are in the depths of misery, I promise you it does get better, but you do have to take a bit of ownership. If you haven’t slept and you have too many coffees, you can end up having palpitations and hot flushes. Believe me, I did it, I made so many mistakes. I got myself spiralling out of control, which was a horrible place to be.

‘When I put on weight, I just bought bigger clothes and threw the ones that didn’t fit to the back of the cupboard. But starting HRT, getting my energy back and starting an exercise routine helped change things. I was more sensible with booze too and I’d have pasta once a week instead of every night. Now, I have a good balance.’

Lisa adores cooking, as anyone who saw her win Celebrity MasterChef will know. ‘I love my food, and I have protein with every meal,’ she says. ‘Breakfast might be seeded bagels with scrambled eggs, or yogurt with berries, seeds and nuts. Lunch might be a chicken wrap and kimchi, or chicken pasta with olives, tomatoes and mozzarella.’ In the evening, Lisa might share grilled salmon with her fiancé, George Smart, and they love a midweek curry. ‘I try to stay away from loads of butter and deep-fried stuff, although I love that when I go out,’ she adds.

So, how does she get her radiant skin? Lisa admits she’s a ‘beauty junkie’ who loves trying out new products. ‘I love Gatineau – their face serum is brilliant, and I use their gradual tan,’ she says. ‘I think Medik8’s Crystal Retinal serum is fabulous, I’ve been using it a couple of times a week.’

If you’ve glanced at Lisa’s Instagram, you might have seen her in Correxiko’s LED light therapy face mask, and she says her skin has more of a ‘glow’ since she started using it four times a week. ‘I’ve noticed a big change,’ she says. ‘I put it on for 10 or 20 minutes, it’s a really nice way to end the day. Red light is really powerful, it’s good for inflammation and it’s anti-ageing – I look more rejuvenated.

‘I’ve also used Correxiko collagen for six years, it’s a non-negotiable. Today, I threw it into a smoothie with milk and a squishy banana, then sipped it on the way to Pilates. I also take their vitamins B, C, D and magnesium.’

So, what would be Lisa’s top tips for anyone planning to hit the beach this summer? ‘If you’re on a mission to be body confident, get a gradual tan,’ she says. ‘It covers a multitude of sins! Apply it with a mitt or your hands, and make sure you wash your hands afterwards. If your skin’s dry, pop on some moisturiser first, around your elbows, knees and the bony bits of your feet.

‘A pedicure looks great too – I go for a gel polish in a nice coral or cherry red on holiday, because it gives you weeks of good toes. Most importantly, choose swimwear that makes you feel good. It can be an insecure time, but with a bit of fake tan, a brightly-coloured costume and a nice pedicure, you just fake it to make it!’

Shop The Edit by Lisa Snowdon at Bonmarché

WATCH: Ope and Robyn deserved way longer in the Love Island villa

Prompting the start of the bitter rift that has now divided the Royal Family for the past six years, in 2020, Prince Harry stepped back from his role as a senior working royal to begin a new life with Meghan Markle in sunny California.

He has since built set up home in a staggering $29 million mansion in Montecito, one of the US’s most exclusive enclaves, and has pursued projects that either fulfil him on a personal level, such as his continued philanthropic work, or offer a rather sizeable paycheck, such as the couple’s previous $100 million deal with Netflix.

Meanwhile, some may say heavy is the head that wears the future crown, as Prince William has remained in the UK; a mainstay in the royal fold and one who has endured the storms, including the cancer diagnoses of both his wife Kate Middleton and father King Charles, over recent years.

So, for many, it will come as little surprise that William, 44, is widely reported to have been left ‘appalled’ and ‘betrayed’ by his father King Charles’ decision to welcome Harry and Meghan back to the UK in the coming weeks.

Now we’re told that this clash over Harry is an issue that has been a long time coming, as a source says it’s plunged the whole Royal Family into chaos, as fears grow that the tension between Charles and William could have a devastating effect on the monarchy as a whole.

The insider says, ‘This has been bubbling away for what seems like an eternity, and neither of them is giving an inch, which of course is taking a heavy toll as everyone is walking on eggshells and wondering how on earth it’s come to this.

‘And of course, there’s an acute awareness that things will get a whole lot worse once the Sussexes come to town. William has been beside himself ever since he received the news. To say he’s upset and feeling undermined is a colossal understatement. The more it sinks in, the angrier he gets.’

What could be a risk to William’s own relationship with his father is speculated to be the monarch’s reported offer for Harry, 41, and Meghan, 44, alongside their children – Archie, seven, and Lilibet, five – to stay in a royal residence for the duration of their trip, alongside the full security detail that is reported to have been put in place.

The news comes weeks after it was reported that the Sussexes former home of Frogmore Cottage – which Charles evicted them from following the release of Harry’s memoir Spare in 2023 - will be stripped of any remaining evidence that Harry and Meghan ever lived there, as all of their renovations are set to be reversed.

According to royal author Tom Sykes, the Heir has already shown his strong disagreement by avoiding the annual family lunch following the Trooping the Colour display at Buckingham Palace last weekend and is now threatening to avoid any events at Sandringham – the estate the royals famously gather for celebrations like Christmas – altogether.

Tom claims on his substack, The Royalist, ‘Prince William has threatened to “boycott Sandringham” and shunned a key family gathering with his father last weekend in disgust at learning of Meghan Markle’s triumphant imminent return to the U.K. on the arm of Prince Harry.’

However, the source says such bold and public actions have not gone down well with King Charles, who finds his son’s attitude to his decision to welcome Harry and Meghan, ‘immature’ and ‘out of step’ – while William sees the situation very differently.

‘He’s effectively telling his father ‘it’s me or Harry’ but it seems to be backfiring in his face,’ we’re told.

‘From Charles’ point of view, he won’t be dictated to by anyone, least of all his own son. He finds William’s attitude immature, obstructive and totally out of step. It makes him worry that his son doesn’t have the temperament to be King, which, of course, is red rag to a bull as far as William’s concerned.

‘He’s literally unable to contain his temper and resentment when it comes to the Sussexes, and the fact his father is rolling out the red carpet and treating Harry like this prodigal son is his very worst nightmare imaginable.’

However, even taking away the very personal grievances he is said to hold against the Sussexes, the source says that, as William prepares to take the throne in the future, he still sees Meghan and Harry as a very real threat to the reputation of the monarchy.

The source says, ‘It’s his unequivocal opinion that the Sussexes are every bit as dangerous today as they were in years gone by, if not more so, because they’ve had so long to plot how to divide and conquer in order to manipulate his father and somehow work their way back into his good graces.

‘They’re the ultimate wolves in sheep’s clothing from William’s point of view, and he is quick to remind people how much they’ve openly hated the monarchy yet never seen fit to apologise for any of the poisonous things they’ve said and done.

‘Allowing them back into the fold serves no purpose except opening the floodgates for chaos and showing horrendous weakness, so William says, and he’s not shy about making his feelings known anymore because he feels it’s his duty to call this for what it is.’

Meghan and Harry’s visit also coincides with reports and polls that suggest the Sussexes popularity could be dropping in the US, with further royal watchers observing that Meghan’s lifestyle brand hasn’t made the splash that the Duchess had been hoping for.

And we’re told William can’t help but see this visit as an opportunity for Meghan and Harry to attempt to get back into the UK public’s good graces, as the source says he fears that interacting with them in any way would only provide further ‘ammunition’ for any future money-making projects.

The insider says, ‘There’s not a shred of doubt in his mind that they’ll be using this trip to network and push Meghan’s lifestyle brand on the British people, whilst filming whatever they can during the trip and presumably saving it all up for some type of money-making TV special.

‘He’s also extremely mindful that one day in the future, Meghan will probably look to spill the beans in her own memoir, just like Harry did with Spare.

‘So he’ll be damned if he’s going to give them any ammunition, let alone content, during this visit or any other time, and he’s advising everyone else that they too need to keep their guards way up and avoid seeing the Sussexes if they possibly can, even if it means defying the King.’

Now, with the countdown to the Sussexes UK return now on, the source says palace officials have been left increasingly concerned over what William’s reported defiance could mean for the future of the Firm.

‘This collision course that he’s been on with his father is extremely disturbing and worrisome for everyone inside the Palace, because he’s clearly intent on digging in and keeping this hard line stance going in the long-term,’ the insider says.

‘Obviously, there’s a fundamental need for them both to work together. They’re still attending meetings and briefings together, but they’re being extremely curt towards each other, and it’s making for an extremely uneasy atmosphere. You can cut the tension between them with a knife.’

Meanwhile, we’re told that all hands are on deck when it comes to trying to cool what has become a very heated situation between Charles and his eldest son – but the source says William refuses to back down.

‘A number of senior figures like Princess Anne and Prince Edward have attempted to intervene and explain to Charles that William is only trying to protect the monarchy, whilst reasoning with William that his father is coming from a place of love and peace,’ the insider says.

'And of course Kate is trying to help calm the situation, which is causing her no end of stress and upset as she hates all this negativity and conflict. But William cannot help himself at this point; he’s adamant that it’s his duty to speak up and stand tall when it comes to Harry and Meghan. He’s absolutely dreading this visit and making it very plain that he finds them utterly repulsive and radioactive.’

WATCH: Seems like the red wine is where it’s at in the Love Island villa, according to Ope and Robyn

When Princess Beatrice and Princess Eugenie stepped out for the wedding of their cousin Peter Phillips and Harriet Sperling earlier this month, it wasn't just their elegant appearance that got royal fans talking. The sisters' warm reunion with senior members of the Royal Family - particularly Prince William - sparked a fresh wave of speculation about where their loyalties now lie.

The affectionate scenes, which saw William, 44, greeting Beatrice, 37, with a kiss on the cheek, have been widely interpreted by royal insiders as a sign that Andrew Mountbatten-Windsor and Sarah Ferguson's daughters are slowly finding their way back into the royal fold after months of uncertainty.

But while the images may have reassured some Palace observers, we're told they had the opposite effect in California, where Prince Harry and Meghan Markle were reportedly left reeling after seeing the cosy family display.

According to a source, the Sussexes, who are believed to have remained in regular contact with Beatrice and Eugenie during recent months, found the photographs deeply unsettling.

‘Seeing them quite literally kiss up to William after all the hours they've spent counselling them on how to handle this threat of eviction he's been hanging over them was very disturbing for Harry and Meghan,’ the insider says.

‘Clearly the girls are doing all they can to save their own skins and unfortunately that does make Meghan and Harry pretty uneasy. How can they trust them if they're going to lay at William's feet the moment that they get the chance?’

For Harry the situation is said to feel especially personal. Long before the royal rift dominated headlines, he shared an exceptionally close bond with his younger cousins – particularly Eugenie, 35. She was among the first members of the family to welcome Meghan after the couple began dating in 2016, while she and husband Jack Brooksbank famously enjoyed double dates with the Sussexes before their 2018 wedding.

Even after Harry, 41, and Meghan, 44, stepped away from royal duties in 2020, Eugenie remained one of the few family members to publicly maintain close ties, travelling to Montecito to spend time with the couple during the early years of their new life in California.

That history, insiders say, makes the recent public show of affection towards William all the more painful.

Harry has never hidden the depth of his fractured relationship with his older brother. In his memoir Spare, he detailed years of tension between them, including his allegation that William physically assaulted him during an argument about Meghan.

Against that backdrop, the latest pictures have reportedly fuelled Harry and Meghan's belief that Beatrice and Eugenie are making a serious mistake by trying so hard to stay on William's good side.

‘They think they're being foolish and frankly quite weak by showing him such blatant adoration. They aren't suggesting they had to be rude but they could have been a little less effusive,’ the insider says.

‘What’s worse is they are now trying to defend William. Meghan and Harry both feel it’s obvious that William is being totally phony and just biding his time until he drops the axe on them. William was nice to Andrew the week before he lost his titles. He's a total two-faced schemer & the epitome of a wolf in sheep's clothing in their view.’

However, Beatrice and Eugenie are believed to see the situation rather differently.

Despite valuing Harry and Meghan's support, they reportedly feel that distancing themselves from the rest of the Royal Family would achieve very little, particularly when their own futures within the institution remain uncertain.

The source explains, ‘Beatrice and Eugenie don't see the situation in such black-and-white terms. They appreciate Harry and Meghan's concern and they do value their advice, but they're simply not prepared to follow them into exile, they still have too much to lose.

‘Whatever frustrations they may have with the institution, they remain part of it and they aren't ashamed to admit they would like to keep it that way. Their feeling is that they've done nothing wrong and shouldn't have to pay for the mistakes of other family members and they are clinging to this hope, however delusional some people may think it is, that William will come around to seeing it that way as well.’

Their cautious approach comes at a difficult time. Although neither Beatrice nor Eugenie is a working royal, both have found themselves increasingly caught up in the continuing controversy surrounding their parents.

Andrew's public scandals continue to cast a long shadow over the York family, while Sarah has also remained under scrutiny. As a result, the sisters have frequently found themselves drawn into headlines despite there being no evidence they have committed any wrongdoing.

Adding to the pressure, recent reports about accommodation arrangements for non-working royals have reignited debate over the financial privileges enjoyed by members of the wider Royal Family, placing Beatrice and Eugenie back under the spotlight once again.

At the same time, William is widely expected to continue shaping a smaller, more streamlined monarchy when he eventually becomes King. His vision is believed to focus on a reduced number of working royals, raising ongoing questions about where extended family members might fit into the institution's future.

Despite those uncertainties, the sisters reportedly remain hopeful that their long-standing relationship with William will count for something.
We’re told, ‘What people have to remember is that William has always been a huge presence in their lives and they desperately want to believe there's a future where they can maintain a positive relationship with him.

The source says, ‘Of course, there's some nervousness too because they know how determined he is to clean house and protect the monarchy. Nobody is under any illusions about that. But from their perspective, there's no advantage in picking a fight before one even exists. They'd much rather focus on building bridges and hoping for the best.’

It's a delicate balancing act. On one side are Harry and Meghan, who remain deeply distrustful of the institution they left behind. On the other is William, whose commitment to modernising the monarchy has fuelled constant speculation over who may - and may not - feature in its future.

Caught between the two camps, Beatrice and Eugenie appear determined not to burn bridges with either side, even if that means disappointing people they once considered among their closest allies. And according to the insider, this difference in outlook lies at the heart of the growing tension.

The insider says, ‘That's where the disagreement with Harry and Meghan comes in because they tend to see every friendly interaction as proof that the girls are being naïve, whereas Beatrice and Eugenie just see it as common sense.

'They were very grateful to be invited to the wedding and treated with courtesy, and they're choosing to take that at face value. Whether that turns out to be wise remains to be seen.’

For now, the sisters are reportedly following the example set by their late grandmother, Queen Elizabeth II, by refusing to engage publicly with the endless speculation surrounding their family.

‘There are certainly people who share Harry and Meghan's suspicion that William is taking a one-problem-at-a-time approach and that his attention is focused elsewhere for now,’ the insider says.

‘But Beatrice and Eugenie have decided there's no point living in fear of what might happen. Their attitude is that they have to keep showing up, keep doing the right thing and hope they aren't ultimately judged by the actions of their parents.’

Whether Harry's reported warning proves prophetic remains to be seen. But after one set of seemingly innocent wedding photographs reignited old divisions, it's clear that every smile, embrace and public appearance within the House of Windsor is now being viewed through the lens of an increasingly fractured family.

WATCH: Seems like the red win is where it’s at in the Love Island villa, according to Ope and Robyn

Love Island 2026 star Namibia Olpherts has defended fellow Islander Mica Harris after some viewers branded her a 'game player', insisting this narrative doesn’t match the person she got to know inside the villa.

Speaking exclusively to us during a tea-spilling chat round Closer HQ, the dumped Islander admitted she was taken aback by the public reaction to her friend once she returned to reality.

'I’m not going to lie, coming out of the villa I was shocked to see how some people came through on the edit,' Namibia said. 'Mica and Simba [Kudyiwa], I was shocked to see how they were being received. I think people are painting Mica out to be a game player and stuff. I can see how it’s coming across, but because I know her, I don’t think she has that intent.'

Namibia continued, stressing that neither Mica nor Simba set out to cause drama or upset anyone in the villa – even if certain moments have been interpreted that way on screen. 'Those two, I think we both know they’re not doing it intentionally or to be a nasty person,' she added.

Sam Workman, who joined Namibia for the chinwag, echoed the sentiment – and suggested Mica’s younger age (she's the youngest in the villa at 21 years old) may be shaping how her actions are being read by some viewers.

'I think Mica’s very genuine,' Sam added. 'Obviously she’s very young, she’s the baby of the villa, so sometimes she might be a bit more emotional. But I think she does really look out for other people.'

As the conversation continued, Sam hinted that Mica’s tendency to think of others could actually be working against her in the villa (and in the edit).

'Sometimes in there you’ve got to be a little bit selfish and she’s thinking about other people and how other people will be affected by her decisions and I think that holds her back a little bit,' he explained.

'So I think she’s got to be more out for herself and be a little bit more selfish.'

WATCH: Ope and Robyn sat down with us and it was chicken and rice and all things nice. Looks like the food in the villa was a bit mid but hey, at least it was nutritionally balanced

Ben Pulsford a digital writer and producer at Bauer Media, creating content for Closer Online and heatworld. Beyond his journalism, he is a presenter, singer and podcaster, co-hosting the Spill the Fizz podcast with Traitors series 2 star Diane Carson.

A chic, floaty dress is our go-to for looking polished in the heat. And while there's a host of new trending colours and patterns to choose from this season, polka dots are still a main-stay in our wardrobe and a polka dot dress is a timeless choice every time.

We've seen polka dot skirts, trousers and polka dot jackets having a moment recently, and now polka dot dresses are proving to be just as popular. Forget the usual striped and tropical patterns - in 2026, polka dots are bringing a fresh, contemporary feel to summer dressing. Step forward Next's Polka Dot Linen Rich Square Neck Cami Midi Dress that we spotted on Next's new in section, which costs a resonable £44. With its chic black-and-white polka dot design, this midi is perfect for those who favour neutrals but still want their outfit to make an impact.

Next say, 'Crafted from a linen-rich, linen-blend fabric, this piece offers a breathable and lightweight feel perfect for warm-weather days. The timeless polka dot print is paired with a modern square-neck silhouette for a look that is both classic and contemporary.'

It's not often a high-street dress looks this premium, so it's no surprise shoppers are snapping it up. This dress is selling quickly so you should move fast to avoid disappointment.

Pair it with a leather tote bag, comfortable sandals, your go-to sunglasses and a slick-back bun for a chic outfit formula that won't see you sweating it out on public transport. Balancing style and practicality, the square neckline brings a modern edge, while the airy linen fabric and flowing midi skirt make it a go-to for chic summer dressing.

So, if you're searching for a one-and-done summer dress, a breathable linen dress for hot weather, or simply an easy answer to the question of what to wear in a heatwave, consider this your sign. Equal parts chic and practical, it's a wardrobe staple you'll rely on throughout the warmer months.

Phoebe Denman is Senior Style Writer for Closer. She writes across both print and online, covering trend reports and shopping pages to product reviews and chatting to celebs. When she's not covering all things beauty and fashion, she enjoys listening to country music and binge-watching One Tree Hill.

If there’s one Love Island 2026 Islander who deserves to inherit the Harry Cooksley Cup for Mad Moving, it’s Tommy Murphy. The builder and part-time model has been causing chaos since the second he slow-mo strutted into the villa alongside Simba Kudyiwa – and now, with Halle Brown dumped and things very much blown with Ellie Chadwick, he’s suddenly got even more room to cause chaos.

Ever since arriving, Tommy’s been getting to know multiple girls a day, kissing multiple girls in one day, saying one thing to one girl and something totally different to another — and he sparked all-out war when he kissed Halle while things were starting to get serious with Ellie.

It’s giving Harry Cooksley with a Newcastle accent, let’s be honest.

But because we’re seeing everything through the Love Island lens, it’s hard to know whether his mad moving is actually as mad as it looks on telly.

But according to two dumped Islanders who popped into Closer HQ to spill the tea just days after leaving the villa, it kind of is.

Namibia Olpherts exclusively told Closer Online, 'I think Tommy does move mad, there's no denying it at all. Obviously I was getting to know him, and he is actually a nice guy. I think he's just a guy doing what he wants. Free holiday, moving mad... I think he's actually a nice guy, I'm not going to say he's not.'

Sam Workman then added, 'Yeah, I think he's a nice guy, but he does move mad. i think he's having fun in there; I don't think that his person is in there, so he's just having fun until that person comes in. I think there was one incident where he sort of snaked me out by saying he wouldn't do something, and then went and did it. So I think he's just in there at the moment having fun.'

And honestly? That seems the perfect Tommy summary: decent guy energy but very Mr Cooksley-coded.

What makes it even messier is what’s brewing next. Tommy is now getting to know sleepover bombshell Tina Rad – but this isn’t a random connection. The pair have history on the outside from the Newcastle nightlife scene, and they’ve even been in each other’s DMs. So now Ellie’s off the table and Halle’s out of the villa and back in the UK, it’s looking very likely Tommy will fully explore that connection… before the next mad move, of course.

So is Tommy Murphy this year's villain? Namibia and Sam aren’t saying that.

They're saying he's a nice guy who moves mad, treats the villa like a free holiday and keeps his options very open.

WATCH: ILove Island's Robyn and Ope reflect on their, ahem, short but sweet time in the villa

Ben Pulsford a digital writer and producer at Bauer Media, creating content for Closer Online and heatworld. Beyond his journalism, he is a presenter, singer and podcaster, co-hosting the Spill the Fizz podcast with Traitors series 2 star Diane Carson.

Nearly a decade has passed since Hollywood’s most talked-about couple shocked the world with their dramatic split, and the fallout from their break-up still continues to make headlines.

Now, with Angelina Jolie and Brad Pitt facing a pivotal new chapter, the situation is about to take another turn. Their youngest children, twins Vivienne and Knox, are soon to celebrate their 18th birthday, which will see the current custody agreement come to an end.

For Brad, 62, who remains embroiled in a contentious legal dispute with Angelina over their French winery estate, the looming change is troubling. His relationship with his kids has become distant, and several have already chosen to remove ‘Pitt’ from their surnames, reportedly as a show of loyalty to their mother.

But sources tell Closer that, in the midst of all these legal battles, Brad’s partner Ines De Ramon, 33, is making it her priority to support him. Insiders confirm that she’s determined to reunite Brad with his children - beginning with Shiloh, his daughter with whom he’s long been said to share a ‘special bond’.

'Brad is absolutely crushed that the kids are one-by-one disowning him formally, it’s the definition of soul destroying and almost impossible for him to comprehend,' said our source, after Maddox, Knox, and Zahara became the latest members of the family to drop ‘Pitt’ from their names.

'Ines has been a rock for Brad during this ordeal, helping him remain strong, find hope, and keep his mind on the positives,' they add. 'But it’s incredibly hard for her, watching the man she loves being pushed out and isolated, and there’s part of her that wants to do more to help.

'Of course, when it comes to the ongoing legal dispute, she can only offer support from the sidelines. But in terms of Brad’s estrangement from the kids, nothing stands in her way if she chooses to reach out. People are saying she may soon be ready to do just that. Shiloh has always been Brad’s favourite, and if anyone’s going to respond positively, it’s likely to be her. The consensus is that if Shiloh comes around, Knox and Vivienne might follow.'

Since that heated 2016 break-up, Brad and Angelina fought hard over custody of their six children: Maddox, now 24, Pax, 22, Zahara, 21, Shiloh, 20, plus the twins. Angelina maintained primary custody, while Brad had visitation rights that will no longer be in place when the twins turn 18 on 12 July, 2026.

Since then, accusations have swirled that Angelina “alienated” some of the children from their father, especially those closest to him. And just last week, in a surprising development, reports surfaced that Angelina, now 51, may have initially wanted to mend things with Brad after their break-up, which followed the now notorious incident on a private jet in 2016. Brad was accused of having a physical altercation with Angelina and pouring wine and beer on two of the kids - allegations he denied and which were dismissed by the FBI.

In another new revelation, some claimed Angelina did try to reconcile with Brad, but he “rebuffed” her. Yet another source suggested she never sought a reunion, but she did 'participate in years of family therapy with Pitt and the children' in a bid to help heal the family.

Whatever the intent, attempts at reconciliation appear to have come to nothing, with Brad growing increasingly distant from his children. And as his legal rights to see Vivienne and Knox reach a close, it’s rumoured that Angelina is preparing for a dramatic exit.

A source recently revealed that Angelina, who has stayed in Los Angeles as part of the custody arrangement, is planning a significant move - possibly planning to spend “a lot more time” in Cambodia, and saying goodbye to 'the shallow world of Hollywood.'

For Brad, meanwhile, there’s talk he may soon make his relationship with Ines official - reports state there’s talk of marriage and potentially starting a family together.

'He says he still believes in marriage and wants to marry Ines because it will make her happy,' a source previously told Closer. 'Ines has been very patient, she’s even said a private commitment ceremony would be fine by her rather than a big legal ceremony.

‘The one thing they don't want to wait on though is having a child. They would love that to happen as soon as possible. Starting a family with Ines is the priority for Brad over a wedding, and she is happy with that. She is very much in love and says Brad will be a wonderful dad,’ the insider said.

But before any of that can happen, our source claims Ines is intent on seeing Brad attempt to fix the fractured relationship with his and Angelina's brood.

'This isn’t something that Ines would ever do without Brad’s permission, she fully respects that his relationship with his kids is incredibly delicate and she doesn’t want to do anything that he isn’t 100 per cent in agreement with,' says our insider.

'But there’s no doubt she’s really struggling, having to sit back and watch Brad suffer for all these years has taken a toll on her too. She’s his partner, when he suffers, she suffers. And he’s been in a heck of a lot more pain than anyone would guess because he puts on such a great cover.

'People see Brad out in public looking relaxed and carrying on as normal, but Ines knows better than anyone how much this has affected him. When it comes to his children, it’s the one area of his life where he’s completely vulnerable, he’s at their mercy. Brad has tried so hard to mend his relationship with them, but he’s been shut down so many times he’s gotten to a point where he’s almost stopped trying. Not because he doesn’t care, he cares immensely, but he’s terrified of making things worse.

'His stance is that all he can do now is leave the door open and hope they eventually walk through it. Ines understands that logic, but she also worries that there’s nobody reminding the kids how much he loves them and how devastated he’s been by all this. Brad always had such a special bond with Shiloh and now that she’s 20 and mostly out on her own, Ines is hoping that she may be more open to reconciling or at least listening.

'Nobody expects her to perform miracles or suddenly fix everything overnight, but in many ways Shiloh’s become something of a leader, especially for Knox and Viv as they both really look up to her, so it isn’t totally out of the question that she could make a dent in things.

'Nothing will happen until Brad gives her the go-ahead but it’s something she’s offered to do. It might sound like a long shot but Ines is just desperate to help.'

WATCH: EXCLUSIVE: Leanne Amaning and Scott van-der-Sluis chat with Closer about their All Stars experience